Demining Plan 2

NATIONAL TECHNICAL
STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES

SUDAN
PART 1
DEMINING
Edition 9, Version 1
01 April 2008
Additional Standards and Guidelines:
Part 2 – Information Management and Reporting

Part 3 – Mine Risk Education (MRE)
CONTENTS
FRONT COVER
CONTENTS
FORWARD & INTRODUCTION
Chapter 1: GMAA, SURVEY AND DANGEROUS AREA MARKING
Chapter 2: SITE PREPARATION AND SETTING OUT
Chapter 3: MINE/UXO CLEARANCE MARKING SYSTEMS
Chapter 4: MANUAL MINE CLEARANCE
Chapter 5: EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE DISPOSAL (EOD)
Chapter 6: NOTICE TO AIR MOVEMENT (NOTAM)
Chapter 7: BATTLE AREA CLEARANCE (BAC)
Chapter 8: MECHANICAL DEMINING
Chapter 9: MINE DETECTION DOGS (MDD)
Chapter 10: MEDICAL SUPPORT, TRAINING AND CASUALTY
EVACUATION
Chapter 11: COMMUNICATIONS
Chapter 12: TRANSPORT AND STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES
Chapter 13: TRAINING AND QUALIFICATIONS
Chapter 14: QUALITY ASSURANCE
Chapter 15: INVESTIGATING MINE/UXO ACCIDENTS AND
INCIDENTS
Chapter 16: ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT
Chapter 17: TECHNICAL SURVEY
Chapter 18: MANAGEMENT OF DEMINING OPERATIONS
Chapter 19: HUMAN REMAINS AND GRAVES LOCATED
DURING MINE ACTION OPERATIONS
Chapter 20: REMOTE EXPLOSIVE SCENT TRACING (REST)
Chapter 21: ACCREDITATION OF DEMINING ORGANISATIONS
Chapter 22: ROAD/ROUTE SURVEY AND CLEARANCE
Chapter 23: STRUCTURE FOR DEMINING OPERATIONS
Chapter 24: TASK ADMINISTRATION
Chapter 25: LANDMINE IMPACT SURVEY
Page 1 of 2
NTSG, Part 1, Edition 9, Version 1
ANNEX TABLE
CHAPTER ANNEX TITLE
Forward & Introduction A Amendments
Forward & Introduction B Glossary
Chapter 1 GMAA, Survey & DA Marking A Marking Systems
Chapter 3 Mine/UXO Clearance Marking System A Marking areas
Locating CDS & Procedures During Its
Chapter 5 Explosive Ordnance Disposal A
Operation
Chapter 6 Notice To Air Movement A NOTAM Request
Chapter 7 Battle Area Clearance A Sub-munitions footprint
Chapter 7 Battle Area Clearance B BAC
Chapter 9 Mine Detection Dogs A MDD Accreditation
Chapter 9 Mine Detection Dogs B MDD Clearance Procedure
Chapter 9 Mine Detection Dogs C MDD First Aid Kit
Chapter 9 Mine Detection Dogs D MDD Log Books
Chapter 10 Medical A Training Matrix
Chapter 10 Medical B Sudan Casevac Plan
Sudan National & Regional
Chapter 11 Communications A
Communications Plan (Pending)
Chapter 12 Transport & Storage of Explosives A Explosive Storage
Chapter 12 Transport & Storage of Explosives A Appendix 1 ELL
Chapter 12 Transport & Storage of Explosives B Safety Dist. Storage
Mine Action Organisations
Chapter 14 Quality Management System A
Responsibilities
Chapter 14 Quality Management System B External Monitoring Planning
Chapter 14 Quality Management System C External Monitoring Report Format
Chapter 14 Quality Management System C Appendix 1 Post Visit Report
Chapter 15 Investigating Mine/UXO Accidents & Formal Investigation
A
Incidents Guide
Chapter 15 Investigating Mine/UXO Accidents & Detailed Investigation
B
Incidents Report Guide
Chapter 15 Investigating Mine/UXO Accidents & Conveying Order
C
Incidents & Terms of Reference
Chapter 15 Investigating Mine/UXO Accidents & BOI / Independent
D
Incidents Investigation Team
Chapter 18 Management of Demining
A Demining Process
Operations
Chapter 21 Accreditation of Demining Orgs A Accreditation Process
Chapter 21 Accreditation of Demining Orgs B Training Declaration
Desk Provisional Accreditation
Chapter 21 Accreditation of Demining Orgs C
Certificate
Operational Provisional Accreditation
Chapter 21 Accreditation of Demining Orgs D
Certificate
Chapter 21 Accreditation of Demining Orgs E Operational Accreditation Certificate
Chapter 22 Road/Route Survey & Clearance A Follow-on clearance
Chapter 22 Road/Route Survey & Clearance B Arrow-head formation
Chapter 22 Road/Route Survey & Clearance C Permanent Fencing
Chapter 24 Clearance Task Administration A Task Dossier Cover
Chapter 24 Clearance Task Administration B Task Dossier Contents
Chapter 24 Clearance Task Administration C Sample Task Dossier
Chapter 24 Clearance Task Administration D Sample Implementation Plan
Chapter 24 Clearance Task Administration E Handover/Declaration Certificate
Chapter 24 Clearance Task Administration F Task Operations Brief
Chapter 24 Clearance Task Administration G Task Safety Brief
Page 2 of 2
FOREWORD
Reference: International Mine Action Standards, 3rd Edition
(2005)
1. The National Technical Standards & Guidelines (NTSG) for humanitarian
demining1 in Sudan are essential to enable the National Mine Action Office
(NMAO) to plan and assess humanitarian demining being conducted in any
form by mine action organisations2 within the Sudan Mine Action Programme
(SudanMAP). The mine action organisation may be involved in one or more of
the following humanitarian demining activities in Sudan:
a. Mine Risk Education (MRE)

b. Humanitarian demining – refers to all mine action activities reasonably
expected to be undertaken during:
(1) Landmine Impact Survey
(2) General Mine Action Assessment (GMAA)
(3) Technical Survey
(4) Manual Mine Clearance (MMC)
(5) Road/Route Survey &/or Verification &/or Clearance Operations
(6) Mechanical Demining Operations
(7) Mine Detection Dogs (MDD) Operations
(8) Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) Operations
(9) Battle Area Clearance (BAC) Operations inclusive of surface / sub-
surface
(10) Remote Explosive Scent Tracing (REST)
(11) Humanitarian Demining Operations involving two or more of MMC,
MMD, Mechanical and/or other aforementioned activities usually
referred to as ‘Integrated Operations’.
c. Stockpile reduction
A separate technical standard, Part 2, is provided for Information

Management and Part 3 is provided for MRE
2. The aim of this and the other aforementioned technical standards is to

provide mine action organisations with references for the conduct and
management of humanitarian demining activities within the SudanMAP. They
have been produced using experiences gained locally and incorporate lessons
and best practices learned in other theatres worldwide.
3. This document is not intended to replace or replicate Standard Operating
Procedures (SOP’s) nor does it absolve mine action organisations from the
responsibility to produce their own SOPs. Conversely, these NTSG are
intended to be used as an aid in developing SOP’s, by detailing the minimum
standards and accepted methods for conducting humanitarian demining as part
of the SudanMAP.
1
The term ‘humanitarian demining’ is used henceforth within Edition 9 to describe and/or refer
to the planning, implementation and/or conduct of all mine action projects and/or tasks and/or
associated activities within Sudan.
2
The term ‘mine action organisation’ is used henceforth within Edition 9 to refer to any
organisation be they government, NGO, military or commercial entity, prime or sub-contractor,
consultant or agent involved in any way in humanitarian demining in Sudan
Page 1 of 4
NTSG Part 1, Edition 9, Version 1
4. Variations in procedures and methods of operation are to be expected
amongst the different mine action organisations. These NTSG provide an
example of practices accepted by the United Nations Mine Action Office
(UNMAO), and provide a basis for comparison during the desk and operational
accreditation process.
5. Organisations that do not conform to the standards outlined in this document
shall not be accredited to work within the SudanMAP. Additionally, accredited
mine action organisations that do not continue to comply and adhere with the
terms of their accreditation i.e. continue to apply the standards and details of
accredited SOPs; may have their accreditation suspended or removed.
6. The following terms used throughout this document indicate specific levels
of obligation:
a. ‘Shall’ is used to indicate a requirements, methods or specifications that
are to be applied in order to conform to the standard.
b. ‘Should’ is used to indicate the preferred requirements, methods or
specifications
c. ‘May’ is used to indicate a possible method or course of action.
7. This document is designed to be a “living” document. The procedures and

practices shall be continually reviewed in order to ensure they remain relevant
to the current mine and UXO situation, and keep up with advances in
technology.
8. Where necessary this document meets and exceeds those minimum

standards set out in the International Mine Action Standards and should be read
in conjunction with that publication at all times.
J. PANSEGROUW
Director of Mine Action / Programme Manager
United Nations Mine Action Office, Sudan
01 April 2008
Page 2 of 4
INTRODUCTION
BACKGROUND
1. In accordance to ‘Security Resolution 1590’, the United Nations Mine Action

Office (UNMAO) Sudan, has been appointed by the National Mine Action Office
(NMAO) who represent the Government of Sudan (GoS) and the Southern
Sudan Demining Commission (SSDC) that represents the Government of
Southern Sudan (GoSS) to co-ordinate and facilitate all humanitarian demining
activities in Sudan. This includes the establishment of technical standards for
humanitarian demining, accreditation of mine action organisations and the
quality assurance tasks completed by such organisations. This requires:
a. The establishment of minimum standards for humanitarian demining to

include the safety of people directly or indirectly involved in the work, the
quality of the work (level of clearance), medical evacuation procedures and
common activities such as minefield marking and reporting.
b. The identification of acceptable procedures that shall provide guidelines
for the conduct of clearance operations. These shall provide the basis for
SOP’s to be developed by mine action organisations.
c. The evaluation and approval of SOP’s and training programmes
submitted by the mine action organisations.
d. The formulation of minimum standards which must be fulfilled in order to
receive accreditation to conduct mine action operations within Sudan.
e. The preparation of an evaluation ground for dogs and criteria for the
evaluation of dogs.
f. Quality Assurance (QA) of humanitarian demining activities.
The standards in this document have been written in conjunction with the
International Mine Action Standards (IMAS). Where necessary these
minimum standards have been enhanced to provide the most appropriate
level of safety required for humanitarian demining operations in Sudan.
NATIONAL TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES
2. The NTSG shall be adhered to by all mine action organisations.
3. This NTSG provides limited explanations for conducting specific

humanitarian demining activities in order to provide the minimum requirements
for conducting recommended and proven clearance methods safely and
effectively. In the absence of additional clarification from IMAS, an amendment
shall be made to the NTSG by the UNMAO. In circumstances where the
organisation intends to conduct specific procedures which are not detailed in
the NTSG or IMAS, prior authorisation must be granted by the UNMAO. In this
and all cases mine action organisations will be required to have their SOPs and
on-site humanitarian demining activities accredited as detailed in Chapter 21.
4. Any amendments to the NTSG must be authorised by the Director of Mine

Action or Chief of Staff / Deputy Programme Manager for the UNMAO.
Page 3 of 4
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOP)
5. All mine action organisations must provide the UNMAO with a complete set
of SOPs in English that covers all humanitarian demining activities that they
wish to be authorised to conduct.
ACCREDITATION REQUIREMENTS
6. To allow the UNMAO to effectively monitor all humanitarian demining
activities conducted in Sudan and to achieve an accepted standard of
competence and operational best practice, all organisations are required to
conform to the necessary accreditation requirements before and during
humanitarian demining activities in Sudan.
Page 4 of 4
ANNEX A to Foreword & Intro
AMENDMENTS
Amendments to this document will be published from periodically. An accurate record of amendments is to be maintained in the table
below.
Any comments, suggestions or proposed amendments to this document should be addressed to:
National QA Coordinator, United Nations Mine Action Office – SudanMAP
Ser Date Chapter Paragraph Amendment Remarks/Reason

Old New
01 01/10/07 Cover page n/a n/a Amended to reflect Version change Amendments as detailed in Serials – 4, 5
and 6
02 01/10/07 Amendments n/a n/a Amended to reflect Version change Amendments as detailed in Serials – 4, 5
and 6
03 01/10/07 3 1.2f 1.2f ‘When used during clearance For clarity and accurateness of the
operations, small red topped pickets or required standard
red rocks shall be positioned between
the long red topped post or large rocks
at a minimum of 2 metre intervals’
amended to read ‘When used during
clearance operations, small red topped
pickets or red rocks shall be positioned
between the long red topped post or
large rocks at a maximum of 2 metre
intervals’.
04 01/10/07 3 1.2f 1.2f Final sentence added – ‘This will To provide an explanation
normally be necessary when visibility
between long pickets/large stones is
restricted due to terrain and/or
vegetation’.
05 01/10/07 4 2.1j 2.1j In the 5th sentence all after – ‘…… the Original detail was incorrect.
deminer shall be moved to an
alternative lane…..’ – is deleted.
Page 1 of 1
ANNEX B to Foreword & Intro
GLOSSARY OF MINE ACTION TERMS,

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
This Glossary is taken direct from the current edition of IMAS and provides a
summary of the mine action terms, definitions and abbreviations used in mine
action. If two or more alternative definitions are in common use, then both are
given in this glossary.
All of the terms listed within this glossary may not have been used in this NTSG.
They are however included should the requirement to include them in the
drafting of mine action organisations SOPs or other documentation arise.
When a term listed in this glossary has been used within the NTSG it is not
generally accompanied by the definition. For purposes of clarity and conformity
this glossary should be referred to at these times.
All mine action organisations are requested to apply these principals during the
compilation of SOPs, referring to an activity, task or other or when the need to
refer to the relevant term is required.
Abandoned Explosive Ordnance (AXO)

explosive ordnance that has not been used during an armed conflict, that has
been left behind or dumped by a party to an armed conflict, and which is no
longer under control of the party that left it behind or dumped it. Abandoned
explosive ordnance may or may not have been primed, fuzed, armed or
otherwise prepared for use. (CCW protocol V)
acceptance
the formal acknowledgement by the sponsor, or the sponsor’s nominated
representative that the equipment meets the stated requirements and is
suitable for use in mine action programmes. An acceptance may be given with
outstanding caveats.
access lane
a marked passage leading through a mined area that has been cleared to
provide safe movement to a required point or area.
accident
an undesired event which results in harm.
Note: Modified from definition in OHSAS 18001:1999.
accreditation
the procedure by which a demining organisation is formally recognised as
competent and able to plan, manage and operationally conduct mine action
activities safely, effectively and efficiently.
Note: For most mine action programmes, the NMAA will be the body which
provides accreditation. International organisations such as the United
Nations or regional bodies may also introduce accreditation schemes.
Page 1 of 32
Note: ISO 9000 usage is that an ‘Accreditation’ body accredits the

’Certification or Registration’ bodies that award ISO 9000 certificates to
organisations. The usage in IMAS is completely different to this, and is
based on the main definition above, which is well understood in the
mine action community.
accreditation body
an organisation, normally an element of the NMAA, responsible for the
management and implementation of the national accreditation system.
advocacy
in the context of mine action, the term refers to …. public support,
recommendation or positive publicity with the aim of removing, or at least
reducing, the threat from, and the impact of, mines and UXO.
agreement
an alternative term for a contract. An agreement includes all the crucial
elements of a contract.
Note: Definition when used in a legal sense.
alienation
in the context of mine action, the term refers to …. the transfer of ownership or
property rights following the handover of cleared land.
Amended Protocol II (APII)

Amended Protocol II (APII) to the Convention on Prohibitions or Restrictions on
the Use of Certain Conventional Weapons which May be Deemed to be
Excessively Injurious or to have Indiscriminate Effects (CCW).
Note: It prohibits the use of all undetectable anti-personnel mines and
regulates the use of wider categories of mines, booby-traps and
other devices. For the purposes of the IMAS, Article 5 lays down
requirements for the marking and monitoring of mined areas. Article
9 provides for the recording and use of information on minefields and
mined areas. The Technical Annex provides guidelines on, inter alia,
the recording of information and international signs for minefields and
mined areas.
ammunition
see munition
anti-handling device
a device intended to protect a mine and which is part of, linked to, attached or
placed under the mine and which activates when an attempt is made to tamper
with or otherwise intentionally disturb the mine. [MBT]
Anti-Personnel Mine Ban Convention (APMBC)

Ottawa Convention
Mine Ban Treaty (MBT)
Page 2 of 32
Note: Provides for a complete ban on the use, stockpiling, production and
transfer of anti-personnel mines (APMs) and on their destruction. For
the purposes of IMAS documents, Article 5 of the APMBC lays down
requirements for the destruction of APMs in mined areas. Article 6
details transparency measures required under the Treaty including
information on the location of mined or suspected mined areas and
measures taken to warn the local population.
Anti-Personnel Mines (APM)

a mine designed to be exploded by the presence, proximity or contact of a
person and that will incapacitate, injure or kill one or more persons.
Note: Mines designed to be detonated by the presence, proximity or contact
of a vehicle as opposed to a person that are equipped with anti-
handling devices, are not considered APM as a result of being so
equipped. [MBT]
applied research
research focused at clearly defined problems and market opportunities.
Note: Its principal purpose is to establish the feasibility of applying technology to solve a clearly
defined problem, within defined parameters such as cost, time and risk.
area reduction
the process through which the initial area indicated as contaminated (during any
information gathering activities or surveys which form part of the GMAA
process) is reduced to a smaller area.
Note: Area reduction may involve some limited clearance, such as the
opening of access routes and the destruction of mines and UXO
which represent an immediate and unacceptable risk, but it will mainly
be as a consequence of collecting more reliable information on the
extent of the hazardous area. Usually it will be appropriate to mark
the remaining hazardous area(s) with permanent or temporary
marking systems.
Note: Likewise, area reduction is sometimes done as part of the clearance
operation.
audit
a timely process or system inspection to ensure that specifications conform to
documented quality standards. An audit highlights discrepancies between the
documented standards and the standards followed and might also show how
well or how badly the documented standards support the processes currently
followed.
Battle Area Clearance (BAC)

the systematic and controlled clearance of hazardous areas where the threat is
known not to contain mines.
benchmark
in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to … a fixed point of
reference used to locate a marked and recorded hazard or hazardous area. It
should normally be located a short distance outside the hazardous area.
Note: A benchmark may not be necessary if the reference point is
sufficiently close to the perimeter of the hazardous area.
Page 3 of 32
Bomb Live Unit (BLU)

part of the nomenclature of a type of submunition e.g. BLU 26 or BLU 97.
bomblet
see submunition.
booby trap
an explosive or non-explosive device, or other material, deliberately placed to
cause casualties when an apparently harmless object is disturbed or a normally
safe act is performed. [AAP-6]
boundary lane
a cleared lane around the perimeter of a hazardous area.
box
a squared area that is developed for the purpose of being searched by MDDs.
Note: A box normally measures 10m x 10m, but other sizes may be
preferred.
briefing area
in the context of humanitarian demining …. a clearly identifiable control
point intended to be the first point of entry to a demining worksite.
Note: The briefing area contains a plan of the minefield and its current level
of clearance, at a scale large enough for briefing purposes, showing
the location of control points (car park, first aid point, explosive storage
areas, the areas where mine clearance work is progressing and
distances), and where safety equipment is issued to visitors.
burning site
an area authorised for the destruction of munitions and explosives by burning.
cancelled area
an area previously recorded as a hazardous area which subsequently is
considered, as a result of actions other than clearance, not to represent a risk
from mines and UXO.
Note: This change in status will be the result of more accurate and reliable
information, for example from technical survey, and will normally only
be authorised by the NMAA, in accordance with national policy. The
documentation of all cancelled areas shall be retained together with a
detailed explanation of the reasons for the change in status.
CEN (Committee European Normalisation)

CEN is the European Committee for Standardisation.
Note: The mission of CEN is to promote voluntary technical harmonisation in
Europe in conjunction with worldwide bodies and its European
partners. European standards (referred to as EN (Europe
Normalisation)) form a collection which ensures its own continuity for
the benefit of users.
CEN Workshop Agreement (CWA)

an endorsed and adopted standard voluntarily applied by participants.
Page 4 of 32
certification committee
a committee appointed by UNMAS to regularly review compliance of the impact
component of the GMAA process with the UN certification guidelines based on
the reports of the UN quality assurance monitor from the field.
Note: Acceptance of the findings of the impact component of the GMAA of a
specific country by the international community is dependent on its
certification by the UN certification committee.
clearance
(Explosive Ordnance Clearance (EOC))
tasks or actions to reduce or eliminate the Explosive Ordnance (EO) hazards
from a specified area. [NATO Study 2187]
cleared area
cleared land
an area that has been physically and systematically processed by a demining
organisation to ensure the removal and/or destruction of all mine and UXO
hazards to a specified depth.
Note: IMAS 09.10 specifies the quality system (i.e. the organisation,
procedures and responsibilities) necessary to determine that land has
been cleared by the demining organisation in accordance with its
contractual obligations.
Note: Cleared areas may include land cleared during the technical survey
process, including boundary lanes and cleared lanes.
cleared lane
safety lane
the generic term for any lane, other than a boundary lane, cleared by a survey
or clearance team to the international standard for cleared land. This may
include access lanes outside the hazardous area or cross/verification lanes
inside a hazardous area.
Cluster Bomb Unit (CBU)

an expendable aircraft store composed of a dispenser and sub-munitions.
[AAP-6]
a bomb containing and dispensing sub-munitions which may be mines (anti-
personnel or anti-tank), penetration (runway cratering) bomblets, fragmentation
bomblets etc.
collaboration
in the context of mine action equipment procurement, the term refers to ….
an activity which applies solely to the procurement of common equipment by
two or more organisations.
Commercial off the Shelf (COTS)

an equipment that is available direct from the manufacturer and requires no
further development prior to introduction into service apart from minor
modifications.
Page 5 of 32
commonality
in the context of mine action equipment procurement, the term refers to …. a
state achieved when groups of individuals or organisations use common
procedures and/or equipment.
community liaison
community mine action liaison
liaison with mine/UXO affected communities to exchange information on the
presence and impact of mines and UXO, create a reporting link with the mine
action programme and develop risk reduction strategies. Community mine
action liaison aims to ensure community needs and priorities are central to the
planning, implementation and monitoring of mine action operations.
Note: Community liaison is based on an exchange of information and
involves communities in the decision making process, (before, during
and after demining), in order to establish priorities for mine action. In
this way mine action programmes aim to be inclusive, community
focused and ensure the maximum involvement of all sections of the
community. This involvement includes joint planning, implementation,
monitoring and evaluation of projects.
Note: Community liaison also works with communities to develop specific
interim safety strategies promoting individual and community
behavioural change. This is designed to reduce the impact of
mines/UXO on individuals and communities until such time as the
threat is removed.
compatibility
the capability of two or more components or sub-components of equipment or
material to exist or function in the same environment without mutual
interference.
concept formulation
the first stage in the procurement process, and covers the period of the
emergence of the idea to the initial SON.
contract
a formal agreement with specific terms between two or more entities in which
there is a promise to do something in return for a valuable benefit known as a
consideration.
contractor
any organisation (governmental, non-government or commercial entity)
contracted to undertake a mine action activity. The organisation responsible for
the conduct of the overall contract is referred to as the ‘prime contractor’. Other
organisations or parties the prime contractor engages to undertake components
of the larger contract are referred to as ‘sub-contractors’. Sub-contractors are
responsible to the prime contractor and not to the principal.
control area or point

all points or areas used to control the movements of visitors and staff on a
demining worksite.
Page 6 of 32
cost-effectiveness
an assessment of the balance between a system’s performance and its whole
life costs.
cost-plus contract
a contract in which the contractor is reimbursed all costs incurred in undertaking
a specific scope of work and is paid an additional lump sum or fixed percentage
of the reimbursable costs.
critical non-conformity
the failure of a 1.0m2 unit of land during inspection to meet the stated
clearance requirements. IMAS identifies two types of critical non-conformities:
a) the discovery of a mine or UXO; and
b) other critical non conformities as defined by NMAAs.
decontamination
a process of removing undesired contamination from test items, tools and
accessories that are used when preparing a field test. (Definition for MDD use
only).
deflagration
the conversion of explosives into gaseous products by chemical reactions at or
near the surface of the explosive (c.f. detonation).
demilitarisation
the process that renders munitions unfit for their originally intended purpose.
Note: Definition from NATO Maintenance and Supply Agency (NAMSA),
Peter Courtney-Green, May 2000.
deminer
a person qualified and employed to undertake demining activities on a
demining worksite.
demining
humanitarian demining
activities which lead to the removal of mine and UXO hazards, including
technical survey, mapping, clearance, marking, post-clearance
documentation, community mine action liaison and the handover of cleared
land. Demining may be carried out by different types of organisations, such as
NGOs, commercial companies, national mine action teams or military units.
Demining may be emergency-based or developmental.
Note: in IMAS standards and guides, mine and UXO clearance is
considered to be just one part of the demining process.
Note: in IMAS standards and guides, demining is considered to be one
component of mine action.
Note: in IMAS standards and guides, the terms demining and humanitarian
demining are interchangeable.
demining accident
an accident at a demining workplace involving a mine or UXO hazard (c.f.
mine accident).
Page 7 of 32
demining accident response plan

a documented plan developed for each demining workplace which details the
procedures to be applied to move victims from a demining accident site to an
appropriate treatment or surgical care facility.
demining incident
an incident at a demining workplace involving a mine or UXO hazard (c.f.
mine incident).
demining organisation
refers to any organisation (government, NGO, military or commercial entity)
responsible for implementing demining projects or tasks. The demining
organisation may be a prime contractor, subcontractor, consultant or agent.
demining sub-unit
an element of a demining organisation, however named, which is
operationally accredited to conduct one or more prescribed demining activities,
such as technical surveys, manual clearance, EOD or the use of MDD teams.
demining worker
all employees who work at a demining worksite.
demining worksite
any workplace where demining activities are being undertaken.
Note: Demining worksites include workplaces where survey, clearance and
EOD activities are undertaken including centralised disposal sites used
for the destruction of mines and UXO identified and removed during
clearance operations.
Note: Survey, in relation to a demining worksite includes general survey
undertaken to identify mine and UXO hazards and hazardous areas.
demolition (dml)
destruction of structures, facilities or material by use of fire, water, explosives,
mechanical or other means.
demolition ground
an area authorised for the destruction of munitions and explosives by
detonation.
destroy (destruction) in situ

blow in situ.
the destruction of any item of ordnance by explosives without moving the item
from where it was found, normally by placing an explosive charge alongside.
destruction
the process of final conversion of munitions and explosives into an inert state
whereby they can no longer function as designed.
Page 8 of 32
destruction organisation
refers to any organisation (government, military or commercial entity)
responsible for implementing stockpile destruction projects or tasks. The
destruction organisation may be a prime contractor, subcontractor, consultant or
agent.
detection
in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to …. the discovery
by any means of the presence of mines or UXO.
detonation
the rapid conversion of explosives into gaseous products by means of a shock
wave passing through the explosive (c.f. deflagration). Typically, the velocity of
such a shock wave is more than two orders of magnitude higher than a fast
deflagration.
detonator
a device containing a sensitive explosive intended to produce a detonation
wave. [AAP-6]
development
the stage of the project (and its associated costs) prior to production concerned
with developing a design sufficiently for production to begin.
disarm
the act of making a mine safe by removing the fuze or igniter. The procedure
normally removes one or more links from the firing chain.
disposal site
an area authorised for the destruction of munitions and explosives by
detonation and burning.
DNT (Dinitrotolulene)
a residual product of TNT manufacture, and a breakdown product of TNT
decay. Is normally present in varying amounts in any explosive device
containing TNT. The vapour pressure of DNT is much higher than that of TNT,
and under some conditions it may be easier to detect DNT than TNT.
donor
all sources of funding, including the government of mine affected states.
drill munition
an inert replica of a munition specifically manufactured for drill, display or
instructional purposes.
durability
the ability of an item or material to continue to perform its required function
under stated conditions as time progresses. Durability is a function of reliability
with time.
Page 9 of 32
Note: Durability involves resistance to degradation, corrosion, cracking, de-

lamination, thermal shock, wear and the effects of foreign object
damage.
education
the imparting and acquiring over time of knowledge (awareness or possession
of facts, ideas, truths or principles), attitude and practices through teaching and
learning. [Oxford Concise English Dictionary]
ensemble
the group of protective clothing designed to be worn as a protective measure.
environmental factors
factors relating to the environment and that influence the transportation of odour
from the mine, the detection of the target odour or the ability of people and
dogs to work safety and effectively. (i.e. Wind, rain, temperature, humidity,
altitude, sun and vegetation). (Definition for MDD use only).
equipment
a physical, mechanical, electrical and/or electronic system which is used to
enhance human activities, procedures and practices.
European Normalisation (EN)

See CEN (Committee European Normalisation)
evaluation
the analysis of a result or a series of results to establish the quantitative and
qualitative effectiveness and worth of software, a component, equipment or
system, within the environment in which it will operate.
Note: Definition when used in context of equipment test and evaluation.
a process that attempts to determine as systematically and objectively as
possible the merit or value of an intervention.
Note: The word ‘objectively’ indicates the need to achieve a balanced
analysis, recognising bias and reconciling perspectives of different
stakeholders (all those interested in, and affected by programmes,
including beneficiaries as primary stakeholders) through use of
different sources and methods.
Note: Evaluation is considered to be a strategic exercise.
Note: Definition when used in relation to programmes. (UNICEF Policy and
Programming Manual)
explosive materials
components or ancillary items used by demining organisations which contain
some explosives, or behave in an explosive manner, such as detonators and
primers.
Page 10 of 32
Explosive Ordnance (EO)

all munitions containing explosives, nuclear fission or fusion materials and
biological and chemical agents. This includes bombs and warheads; guided
and ballistic missiles; artillery, mortar, rocket and small arms ammunition; all
mines, torpedoes and depth charges; pyrotechnics; clusters and dispensers;
cartridge and propellant actuated devices; electro-explosive devices;
clandestine and improvised explosive devices; and all similar or related items or
components explosive in nature. [AAP-6]
Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD)

the detection, identification, evaluation, render safe, recovery and disposal of
EO. EOD may be undertaken:
a) as a routine part of mine clearance operations, upon discovery of the
UXO.
b) to dispose of UXO discovered outside mined areas, (this may be a
single UXO, or a larger number inside a specific area).
c) to dispose of EO which has become hazardous by deterioration,
damage or attempted destruction.
Explosive Remnants of War (ERW)

Unexploded Ordnance (UXO) and Abandoned Explosive Ordnance (AXO).
(CCW protocol V).
explosives
a substance or mixture of substances which, under external influences, is
capable of rapidly releasing energy in the form of gases and heat. [AAP-6]
failure
an event in which any system, equipment, components or sub-components
does not perform as previously specified.
Note: Failures may be classified as to cause, degree, relevance,
dependence and responsibility.
Feasibility Study (FS)

a study to establish the feasibility of the STO in terms of technology, costs and
time.
field editor
an individual whose main responsibility is to ensure accuracy, consistency,
readability and clarity of the information gathered by enumerators in the field.
Note: The field editor must work closely with the survey teams in order to
ensure that the review process is done shortly after the survey has
been completed and while the teams are in the same general vicinity
as the community being reviewed.
fixed price contract

a contract in which a contractor is paid a fixed price to undertake a specific
scope of work or to provide a specific number of assets (demining teams, MDD
teams or mechanical equipment) over an agreed time-frame. The fixed price
covers the whole of the works, supplies and services to be provided by the
contractor.
Page 11 of 32
force majeure
unforeseeable circumstances that prevent a party from completing a task
required by a contract.
fragmentation hazard zone

for a given explosive item, explosive storage or mine/UXO contaminated area,
the area that could be reached by fragmentation in the case of detonation.
Note: Several factors should be considered when determining this zone; the
amount of explosive, body construction, type of material, ground
conditions etc. See also [secondary fragmentation].
Full Development (FD)

the procedure containing all of the engineering processes, trials and tests
necessary to establish the final detailed design to enable full production to
commence.
fuze
a device which initiates an explosive train. [AAP-6]
General Mine Action Assessment (GMAA)
the continuous process by which a comprehensive inventory can be obtained of
all reported and/or suspected locations of mine or UXO contamination, the
quantities and types of explosive hazards, and information on local soil
characteristics, vegetation and climate; and assessment of the scale and
impact of the landmine problem on the individual, community and country.
generic requirement
the performance and environmental characteristics which will be common to all
planned uses of the proposed equipment.
georeferencing
a process whereby graphic coordinates or other indirect referencing codes are
added to tabular data in order to allow simple comparison, compilation and
analysis of disparate datasets based on common locations.
GIS
Geographical (or Geospatial) Information System
an organised collection of computer hardware, software, geographic data, and
personnel designed to efficiently capture, store, update, manipulate, analyse,
and display all forms of geographically referenced information.
Note: GIS allows a user to graphically view multiple layers of data based on
their geographic distribution and association. GIS incorporates
powerful tools to analyse the relationships between various layers of
information.
ground preparation
preparing of ground in a minefield or hazardous area by mechanical means by
removing or reducing obstacles to clearance e.g. tripwires, vegetation, hard soil
and metal contamination to make subsequent clearance operations quicker
and safer.
Page 12 of 32
ground processing
the practice of applying a mechanical tool or system to a minefield or
hazardous area with the aim of clearing all of the mines or UXO within the
mechanical tool or system’s capabilities.
group interview
the conduct of a formal interview with a group of key informants in an impacted
community on what to survey within that community.
guide
an IMAS guide provides general rules, principles, advice and information.
handover
the process by which the beneficiary (for example, the NMAA on behalf of the
local community or land user) accepts responsibility for the cleared area. The
term 'alienation' is sometimes used to describe a change of ownership of the
land which accompanies the handover of a cleared area.
handover certificate
documentation used to record the handover of cleared land.
hardware
equipment with physical size and mass; as opposed to software.
harm
physical injury or damage to the health of people, or damage to property or the
environment. [ISO Guide 51:1999(E)]
harmful event
occurrence in which a hazardous situation results in harm. [ISO Guide
51:1999(E)].
hazard
potential source of harm. [ISO Guide 51:1999(E)]
hazard (ous) area

contaminated area
a generic term for an area not in productive use due to the perceived or actual
presence of mines, UXO or other explosive devices.
hazard marker
object(s), other than hazard signs, used to identify the limits of a mine and
UXO hazard area. Hazard markers shall conform to the specification
established by the NMAA.
hazard marking system

a combination of measures (signs and barriers) designed to provide the public
with warning and protection from mine and UXO hazards. The system may
include the use of signs or markers, or the erection of physical barriers.
hazard sign
a permanent, manufactured sign which, when placed as part of a marking
system, is designed to provide warning to the public of the presence of mines.
Page 13 of 32
hazardous situation
circumstance in which people, property or the environment are exposed to one or more
hazards. [ISO Guide 51:1999(E)].
health
in relation to work, indicates not merely the absence of disease or infirmity, it
also includes the physical and mental elements affecting health, which are
directly related to safety and hygiene at work. [ILO C155]
humanitarian demining
see demining. (In IMAS standards and guides, the terms demining and
humanitarian demining are interchangeable.)
impact
the level of social and economic suffering experienced by the community
resulting from the harm or risk of harm caused by mine and UXO hazards and
hazardous areas.
Note: Impact is a product of:
a) the presence of mine/UXO hazards in the community;
b) intolerable risk associated with the use of infrastructure such as
roads, markets etc;
c) intolerable risk associated with livelihood activities such as use of
agricultural land, water sources etc; and
d) number of victims of mine and UXO incidents within the last two
years.
impact free
a term applied to countries that may still have mines but where the mined
areas are not having a negative socio – economic impact on communities, e.g.
the mines may be in remote, marked and unpopulated areas.
impact survey
see Landmine Impact Survey (LIS)
IMSMA
the Information Management System for Mine Action (IMSMA)
Note: This is the United Nation's preferred information system for the
management of critical data in UN-supported field programmes. The
Field Module (FM) provides for data collection, information analysis
and project management. It is used by the staffs of MACs at national
and regional level, and by the implementers of mine action projects -
such as demining organisations.
incident
an event that gives rise to an accident or has the potential to lead to an
accident.
inert
a munition that contains no explosive, pyrotechnic, lachrymatory, radioactive,
chemical, biological or other toxic components or substances.
Page 14 of 32
Note: An inert munition differs from a drill munition in that it has not
necessarily been specifically manufactured for instructional purposes.
The inert state of the munition may have resulted from a render safe
procedure or other process to remove all hazardous components and
substances. It also refers to the state of the munition during
manufacture prior to the filling or fitting of explosive or hazardous
components and substances.
inspection
the observation, measurement, examination, testing, evaluation or gauging of
one or more components of a product or service and comparing these with
specified requirements to determine conformity.
inspection body
an organisation which conducts post-clearance QC on behalf of the NMAA by
applying random sampling procedures, or other appropriate and agreed
methods of inspection.
insurance
an arrangement for compensation in the event of damage to or loss of
(property, life of a person).
Note: Insurance should include appropriate medical, death and disability
coverage for all personnel as well as third party liability coverage.
Note: Such insurance need not necessarily have to be arranged through an
insurance broker or company, unless otherwise required by contractual
arrangements. Self insurance (under-writing) schemes, provided they
are formally constituted on accepted actuarial principles and provide
adequate cover, may be an acceptable alternative.
intended use (land)

use of land following demining operations.
Note: Intended use: use of a product, process or service in accordance with
information provided by the supplier. [ISO Guide 51:1999(E)
Note: Intended land use should be included in the clearance task
specification and clearance task handover documentation.
interchangeability
in the context of mine action equipment procurement, the term refers to …. a
condition which exists when two or more items of equipment possess such
functional and physical characteristics as to be equivalent in performance and
durability, and are capable of being exchanged for one another without
alteration of the items themselves, or of adjoining items, except for adjustment,
and without selection for fit and performance.
intermediate point
survey markers used between turning points that are more than 50m apart.
International Mine Action Standards (IMAS)

documents developed by the UN on behalf of the international community,
which aim to improve safety and efficiency in mine action by providing
guidance, by establishing principles and, in some cases, by defining
international requirements and specifications.
Page 15 of 32
Note: They provide a frame of reference which encourages, and in some

cases requires, the sponsors and managers of mine action
programmes and projects to achieve and demonstrate agreed levels of
effectiveness and safety.
Note: They provide a common language, and recommend the formats and
rules for handling data which enable the free exchange of important
information; this information exchange benefits other programmes and
projects, and assists the mobilisation, prioritisation and management of
resources.
International Organisation for Standardization (ISO)

Note: A worldwide federation of national bodies from over 130 countries. Its
work results in international agreements which are published as ISO
standards and guides. ISO is a NGO and the standards it develops
are voluntary, although some (mainly those concerned with health,
safety and environmental aspects) have been adopted by many
countries as part of their regulatory framework. ISO deals with the full
spectrum of human activities and many of the tasks and processes
which contribute to mine action have a relevant standard. A list of
ISO standards and guides is given in the ISO Catalogue
[www.iso.ch/infoe/catinfo/html].
Note: The revised mine action standards have been developed to be
compatible with ISO standards and guides. Adopting the ISO format
and language provides some significant advantages including
consistency of layout, use of internationally recognised terminology,
and a greater acceptance by international, national and regional
organisations who are accustomed to the ISO series of standards and
guides.
investment appraisal
the process of defining the objectives of expenditure, identifying the alternative
ways of achieving those objectives and assessing which way is likely to give
best value for money.
key informants
individuals who have relatively good knowledge on the hazardous areas in and
around their community.
Note: Key informants may include, but are not limited to, community leaders,
mine-affected individuals, schoolteachers, religious leaders etc.
lachrymatory ammunition
lachrymatory ammunition contains chemical compounds that are designed to
incapacitate by causing short-term tears or inflammation of the eyes.
Landmine Impact Survey (LIS)

impact survey
an assessment of the socio-economic impact caused by the actual or
perceived presence of mines and UXO, in order to assist the planning and
prioritisation of mine action programmes and projects.
Page 16 of 32
letter of agreement
a simpler form of contract that states the essentials of the agreement without
including all the detail. It may be used as a precursor to a formal contract or, in
some cases, may be used in place of a more formal contract.
level 2 survey
the term previously used for a technical survey.
licence
in the context of mine action, the term refers to ….. a certificate issued by a
NMAA in relation to the capacity or capability of a facility, for example a
demolition site may be licensed for certain explosive limits and explosive
storage areas may be licensed for certain types and quantities of munitions.
Demining organisations receive organisational or operational accreditation
from an accreditation body authorised by a NMAA.
local requirement
the performance and characteristics of the proposed equipment which reflect
local environmental conditions, operating procedures and operational
requirements.
logistic disposal
in the context of mine action, the term refers to ….. the removal of munitions
and explosives from a stockpile utilising a variety of methods, (that may not
necessarily involve destruction). Logistic disposal may or may not require the
use of RSP.
lot size
in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to ….. an area
(comprising a number of 1.0m2 units of cleared land) offered for inspection.
magazine
in the context of mine action, the term refers to ….. any building, structure or
container approved for the storage of explosive materials.
maintainability
the ability of an equipment, component or sub-component under stated
conditions of use, to be retained or restored to a specific condition, when
maintenance is performed by personnel having specific skill levels, under stated
conditions and using prescribed procedures and resources.
marking
emplacement of a measure or combination of measures to identify the position
of a hazard or the boundary of a hazardous area. This may include the use of
signs, paint marks etc, or the erection of physical barriers.
marking system
an agreed convention for the marking of hazards or hazardous areas.
Page 17 of 32
mechanical application
the generic term to describe the use of machines in the conduct of mine
clearance operations.
medical support staff

employees of demining organisations designated, trained and equipped to
provide first aid and further medical treatment of demining employees injured
as a result of an accident.
Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)

a document used to facilitate a situation or operation when it is not the intention
to create formal rights and obligations in international law but to express
commitments of importance in a non-binding form.
mine
munition designed to be placed under, on or near the ground or other surface
area and to be exploded by the presence, proximity or contact of a person or a
vehicle. [MBT]
mine accident
an accident away from the demining workplace involving a mine or UXO
hazard (c.f. demining accident).
mine action
activities which aim to reduce the social, economic and environmental impact
of mines and UXO.
Note: Mine action is not just about demining; it is also about people and
societies, and how they are affected by landmine contamination. The
objective of mine action is to reduce the risk from landmines to a level
where people can live safely; in which economic, social and health
development can occur free from the constraints imposed by landmine
contamination, and in which the victims’ needs can be addressed.
Mine action comprises five complementary groups of activities:
a) MRE;
b) humanitarian demining, i.e. mine and UXO survey, mapping, marking
and clearance;
c) victim assistance, including rehabilitation and reintegration;
d) stockpile destruction; and
e) advocacy against the use of APM.
Note: A number of other enabling activities are required to support these five
components of mine action, including: assessment and planning, the
mobilisation and prioritisation of resources, information management,
human skills development and management training, QM and the
application of effective, appropriate and safe equipment.
Page 18 of 32
Mine Action Centre (MAC)

Mine Action Coordination Centre (MACC)
an organisation that carries out MRE training, conducts reconnaissance of
mined areas, collection and centralisation of mine data and coordinates local
(mine action) plans with the activities of external agencies, of (mine action)
NGOs and of local deminers. [UN Terminology Bulletin No. 349] For national
mine action programmes, the MAC/MACC usually acts as the operational office
of the NMAA.
Mine Action Coordination Centre (MACC)

see Mine Action Centre (MAC)
mine action organisation

refers to any organisation (government, NGO, military or commercial entity)
responsible for implementing mine action projects or tasks. The mine action
mine awareness
see Mine Risk Education (MRE).
mine clearance
the clearance of mines and UXO from a specified area to a predefined
standard.
Mine Detection Dog(s) (MDD)

a dog trained and employed to detect mines, UXO and other explosive
devices.
mine free
a term applied to an area that has been certified as clear of mines to a specified
depth. Also applied to a country or an area that has not had a mine
contamination problem.
mine incident
an incident away from the demining workplace involving a mine or UXO hazard
(c.f. demining incident).
mine risk
the probability and severity of physical injury to people, property or the
environment caused by the unintentional detonation of a mine or UXO.
[Adapted from ISO Guide 51:1999(E)]
Mine Risk Education (MRE)

activities which seek to reduce the risk of injury from mines/UXO by raising
awareness and promoting behavioural change including public information
dissemination, education and training, and community mine action liaison.
Page 19 of 32
mine risk reduction

those actions which lessen the probability and/or severity of physical injury to
people, property or the environment. [Adapted from ISO Guide 51:1999(E)]
Mine risk reduction can be achieved by physical measures such as clearance,
fencing or marking, or through behavioural changes brought about by MRE.
mine sign
a sign which, when placed as part of a marking system, is designed to provide
warning to the public of the presence of mines.
mine threat
mine and UXO threat
an indication of the potential harm from the number, nature, disposition and
detectability of mines and UXO in a given area.
mined area
an area which is dangerous due to the presence or suspected presence of
mines. [MBT]
minefield
an area of ground containing mines laid with or without a pattern. [AAP-6]
monitoring
in the context of mine action, the term refers to ….. the authorised
observation, inspection or assessment by qualified personnel of worksites,
facilities, equipment, activities, processes, procedures and documentation
without taking responsibility for what is being monitored. Monitoring is usually
carried out to check conformity with undertakings, procedures or standard
practice and often includes recording and reporting elements.
in the context of MRE, the term refers to …the process of measuring or tracking
what is happening. This includes:
a) measuring progress in relation to an implementation plan for an
intervention – programmes/projects/activities, strategies, policies and
specific objectives.
b) measuring change in a condition or set of conditions or lack thereof
(e.g., changes in the situation of children and women or changes in the
broader country context).
c) definition from UNICEF Policy and Programming Manual.
monitoring body
an organisation, normally an element of the NMAA, responsible for
management and implementation of the national monitoring system.
Page 20 of 32
MRE organisation
any organisation, including governmental, non-governmental, civil society
organisations (e.g. women’s union, youth union, red cross and red crescent
societies), commercial entities and military personnel (including peace-keeping
forces), which is responsible for implementing MRE projects or tasks. The MRE
The term 'MRE sub-unit' refers to an element of an organisation, however
named, that is accredited to conduct one or more prescribed MRE activities
such as a public information project, a schools based education project or a
community mine action liaison project evaluation.
MRE partner
an institution or agent within the mine-affected community who is able to work
with an MRE organisation to facilitate, establish and implement an MRE project.
munition
a complete device charged with explosives, propellants, pyrotechnics, initiating
composition, or nuclear, biological or chemical material for use in military
operations, including demolitions. [AAP-6]
Note: In common usage, ‘munitions’ (plural) can be military weapons,
ammunition and equipment.
national authority
in the context of stockpile destruction the term refers to …. the government
department(s), organisation(s) or institution(s) in each country charged with the
regulation, management and coordination of stockpile destruction.
National Mine Action Authority (NMAA)

the government department(s), organisation(s) or institution(s) in each mine-
affected country charged with the regulation, management and coordination of
mine action.
Note: In most cases the national MAC or its equivalent will act as, or on
behalf of, the NMAA.
Note: In certain situations and at certain times it may be necessary and
appropriate for the UN, or some other recognised international body, to
assume some or all of the responsibilities, and fulfil some or all the
functions, of a NMAA.
neutralise
the act of replacing safety devices such as pins or rods into an explosive item
to prevent the fuze or igniter from functioning.
Note: It does not make an item completely safe as removal of the safety
devices will immediately make the item active again (c.f. disarm).
Note: A mine is said to be neutralised when it has been rendered, by
external means, incapable of firing on passage of a target, although it
may remain dangerous to handle. [AAP-6]
non-sparking material
material that will not produce a spark when struck with tools, rocks, or when the
material itself strikes hard surfaces.
Page 21 of 32
Operational Analysis (OA)

operational research
a field of research that applies scientifically based quantitative and qualitative
analysis to assist management decisions.
operational research
see Operational Analysis (OA)
particle board
a composition board made of small pieces of wood, bonded together.
permanent marking system

a marking system having an indefinite period of use, usually requiring
maintenance (c.f. temporary marking system).
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

all equipment and clothing designed to provide protection, which is intended to
be worn or held by an employee at work and which protects him/her against one
or more risks to his/her safety or health.
pilot test
a process ahead of the commencement of wide range data collection to ensure
that all survey project elements, such as team deployment, data collection,
reporting and administration, are functioning as planned.
policy
defines the purpose and goals of an organisation, and it articulates the rules,
standards and principles of action which govern the way in which the
organisation aims to achieve these goals.
Note: Policy evolves in response to strategic direction and field experience.
In turn, it influences the way in which plans are developed, and how
resources are mobilised and applied. Policy is prescriptive and
compliance is assumed, or at least is encouraged.
post clearance inspection

in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to …the process of
measuring, examining, testing or otherwise comparing a sample of cleared
land against the clearance requirements.
Post Design Services (PDS)

further services such as ongoing development and modification of equipment,
subsequent to the acceptance of the equipment.
Note: PDS may be used after the initial contract in order to update the
equipment in response to changing circumstances and requirements.
Preliminary Development (PD)

the planning, design and engineering work necessary to explore areas of
technical uncertainty and to provide detailed estimates of duration and cost
before the decision to proceed to full development is made.
Note: During PD a relatively flexible relationship should exist between the
technical specification and the operational requirements.
Page 22 of 32
preliminary study
a study to give an indication of the practicability of the idea in terms of
technological possibilities and cost.
pre-test
a process at the start of a survey to validate clarity and appropriateness of the
selected survey instrument.
primer
a self-contained munition which is fitted into a cartridge case or firing
mechanism and provides the means of igniting the propellant charge.
principal
the entity that contracts another entity to undertake the required mine action
activity. The principal may be a donor, a NMAA, an organisation acting on
behalf of the NMAA, a commercial organisation or any entity that desires mine
action to be conducted and engages a mine action organisation to do so.
procurement
the process of research, development and production or purchase which leads
to an equipment being accepted as suitable for use, and continues with the
provision of spares and Post Design Services (PDS) throughout the life of the
equipment.
prodding
a procedure employed in the process of demining whereby ground is probed to
detect the presence of sub-surface mines and/or UXO (c.f. sapping).
programme
a group of projects or activities which are managed in a co-ordinated way, to
deliver benefits that would not be possible were the projects and/or contracts
managed independently.
project
an endeavour in which human, material and financial resources are organised
to undertake a unique scope of work, of given specification, within constraints of
cost and time, so as to achieve beneficial change defined by quantitative and
qualitative objectives.
project management
the process by which a project is brought to a successful conclusion.
proposal
an offer for consideration or acceptance by another entity.
protective measure
means used to reduce risk. [ISO Guide 51:1999(E)]
prototype
an equipment, component or sub-component built as nearly as possible to the
final design and build standard.
Page 23 of 32
Note: Prototypes are used to aid development of the final production

standard and/or to demonstrate performance or specification
compliance.
proximity verification
an activity to observe mine/UXO hazard areas reported during the community
interview.
Note: Observation must be done from a safe area and in accordance with the relevant protocols.
public education
the process aimed at raising general awareness of the mine and UXO threat;
through public information, formal and non-formal education systems.
Note: Public education is a mass mobilisation approach that delivers
information on the mine/UXO threat. It may take the form of formal or
non-formal education and may use mass media techniques.
Note: In an emergency situation, due to time constraints and the lack of
available data, it is the most practical means of communicating safety
information. In other situations it can support community liaison.
public information dissemination

information concerning the mine and UXO situation, used to inform or update
populations. Such information may focus on particular issues, such as
complying with mine ban legislation, or may be used to raise public support for
the mine action programme. Such projects usually include risk reduction
messages, but may also be used to reflect national mine action policy.
pure research
research activities not linked to any specific application. The outcome of pure
research may eventually lead to a product, but its immediate aim is to establish
generic principles.
quality
degree to which a set of inherent characteristics fulfils requirements. [ISO
9000:2000]
Quality Assurance (QA)

part of QM focused on providing confidence that quality requirements will be
fulfilled. [ISO 9000:2000]
Note: The purpose of QA in humanitarian demining is to confirm that
management practices and operational procedures for demining are
appropriate, are being applied, and will achieve the stated requirement
in a safe, effective and efficient manner. Internal QA will be conducted
by demining organisations themselves, but external inspections by
an external monitoring body should also be conducted.
Quality Control (QC)

part of QM focused on fulfilling quality requirements. [ISO 9000:2000]
Note: QC relates to the inspection of a finished product. In the case of
humanitarian demining, the 'product' is safe cleared land.
Page 24 of 32
Quality Management (QM)

coordinated activities to direct and control an organisation with regard to
quality. [ISO 9000:2000]
random sampling
selection of samples by a process involving equal chances of selection of each
item. Used as an objective or impartial means of selecting areas for test
purposes.
raster data
the use of an imaginary grid of cells to represent the landscape. Point features
are stored as individual column/row entries in a grid; lines are identified as a set
of connected cells; and areas are distinguished as all of the cells comprising a
feature.
RDX (1, 3, 5-triazacyclohexane)

RDX is another military explosive which is used extensively as an explosive in
many munitions formulations. RDX is relatively insensitive; it has a high
chemical stability, although lower than that of TNT. RDX is never handled pure
and dry because of the danger of accidental explosion. It is used as a
component in explosive mixtures, especially plastic explosives.
reasonably foreseeable misuse

use of a product, process or service in a way not intended by the supplier, but
which may result from readily predictable human behaviour. [ISO Guide
51:1999(E)]
recognition piece
A metal piece, which is placed under test items to make them recognisable with
a metal detector.
reduced area
see area reduction
the area of hazardous land remaining after the process of area reduction. It is
still referred to as a hazardous area.
reference point
landmark
a fixed point of reference some distance outside the hazard(ous) area. It
should be an easily recognised feature (such as a cross-roads or a bridge)
which can be used to assist in navigating to one or more benchmarks.
Note: Internationally these are often also referred to as Geodetic Points
when they refer to a pre-surveyed location such as a trig point.
Relational Database Management System (RDMS)

as opposed to a single table with numerous fields for each record entered, a
RDMS uses identification codes to link multiple tables of data. The codes used
establish the relationship between data tables. RDMS are very effective in
managing large amounts of data and permitting detailed queries to determine
the relationship among data compiled against different records.
Page 25 of 32
reliability
the ability of an equipment, component or sub-component to perform a
required function under stated conditions for a stated period of time.
reliable (mine action) information

information deemed acceptable and reliable by the NMAA for the conduct of
demining operations.
Render Safe Procedure (RSP)

the application of special EOD methods and tools to provide for the interruption
of functions or separation of essential components to prevent an unacceptable
detonation.
research
the systematic inquiry, examination and experimentation to establish facts and principles.
residual risk
in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to ….. the risk
remaining following the application of all reasonable efforts to remove and/or
destroy all mine or UXO hazards from a specified area to a specified depth.
[Modified from ISO Guide 51:1999]
risk
combination of the probability of occurrence of harm and the severity of that
harm. [ISO Guide 51:1999(E)]
risk analysis
systematic use of available information to identify hazards and to estimate the
risk. [ISO Guide 51:1999(E)]
risk assessment
overall process comprising a risk analysis and a risk evaluation. [ISO Guide
51:1999(E)]
risk evaluation
process based on risk analysis to determine whether the tolerable risk has
been achieved. [ISO Guide 51:1999(E)]
risk reduction
actions taken to lessen the probability, negative consequences or both,
associated with a particular risk.
safe
the absence of risk. Normally the term tolerable risk is more appropriate and
accurate.
safety
the reduction of risk to a tolerable level. [ISO Guide 51:1999(E)]
Page 26 of 32
sample
in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to ….. one or more
1.0m2 units of land drawn at random from a lot.
sample size
in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to ….. the number of
1.0m2 units of land in the sample.
sampling
in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to ….. a defined
procedure whereby part or parts of an area of cleared land are taken, for
testing, as a representation of the whole area.
sampling plan
in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to ….. a specific plan that indicates
2
the number of 1.0m units of land from each lot which are to inspected (sample size or series of
sample sizes) and the associated criteria for determining the acceptability of the lot (acceptance
and rejection numbers).
sapping
in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to …. a procedure
employed in the process of demining whereby, in conjunction with other
procedures, ground is cleared by digging forward to a specified depth from a
safe start point.
scent
a distinctive odour.
secondary fragmentation
in an explosive event, fragmentation which was not originally part of the
mine/UXO.
self-neutralisation
action generated by means of a device integral to a mine, which renders the
mine inoperative, but not necessarily safe to handle. In landmines, this process
may be reversible. [AAP-6]
specified area
in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to ….. that area for
which mine clearance activity has been contracted or agreed, as determined
by the NMAA or an organisation acting on its behalf.
specified depth
in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to ….. the depth to
which a specified area is contracted or agreed to be cleared of mine and UXO
hazards, as determined by the NMAA or an organisation acting on its behalf.
Specified Quality Limit (SQL)

in the context of humanitarian demining, the term refers to ….. an indication
of the quality required from clearance operations.
Page 27 of 32
Note: For acceptance sampling purposes, the SQL is a specified borderline

between what can be considered reasonable as a process average
and what can not. It has to be attainable by the producer (demining
organisation) but tolerable to the consumer (NMAA or contracting
agency).
Note: In the case of mine clearance, the SQL indicates the average
contamination (in terms of non-conforming items per square metre)
following a lengthy and steady process run.
sponsor
the sponsor of an equipment trial is the authority requiring the trial to be
carried out.
Note: This is most likely to be an international organisation, national MAC,
donor or demining organisation.
standard
a standard is a documented agreement containing technical specifications or
other precise criteria to be used consistently as rules, guidelines, or definitions
of characteristics to ensure that materials, products, processes and services are
fit for their purpose.
Note: Mine action standards aim to improve safety and efficiency in mine
action by promoting the preferred procedures and practices at both
headquarters and field level. To be effective, the standards should be
definable, measurable, achievable and verifiable.
Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)

Standing Operating Procedures (SOPs)
instructions which define the preferred or currently established method of
conducting an operational task or activity.
Note: Their purpose is to promote recognisable and measurable degrees of
discipline, uniformity, consistency and commonality within an
organisation, with the aim of improving operational effectiveness and
safety. SOPs should reflect local requirements and circumstances.
standards
requirements, specifications or other precise criteria, to be used consistently to
ensure that materials, products, processes and services are fit for their purpose.
Note: Mine action standards aim to improve safety and efficiency in mine
action by promoting the preferred procedures and practices at both
headquarters and field level.
Standing Operating Procedures (SOPs)

see Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs).
Statement of Operational Need (SON)

the document that describes the user’s operational needs.
Note: The SON should be prepared by the User who has identified the need,
or by a sponsor acting on a user’s behalf.
Statement of Requirement (SOR)

the document that provides a detailed statement of the characteristics and
performance expected of the equipment, based on the preferred solution.
Page 28 of 32
Statement of Tasks and Outputs (STO)

the document that articulates the user’s needs in broad terms, giving the tasks
of the equipment and the key characteristics, with the emphasis on the output
required rather than the means of achieving it, so as to enable full consideration
of alternative solutions.
steel
general purpose (hot or cold rolled) low-carbon such as ASTM A366b or
equivalent.
stockpile
in the context of mine action, the term refers to ….. a large accumulated stock
of EO.
stockpile destruction
the physical destructive procedure towards a continual reduction of the national
stockpile.
submunition
any munition that, to perform its task, separates from a parent munition. [AAP-
6]
mines or munitions that form part of a CBU, artillery shell or missile payload.
survey marker
a durable and long lasting marker used to assist in the management of marked
and cleared land during demining operations.
survivor (landmine/UXO)
persons either individually or collectively who have suffered physical, emotional
and psychological injury, economic loss or substantial impairment of their
fundamental rights through acts or omissions related to the use of mines and
UXO. Mine survivors or victims include directly impacted individuals, their
families, and communities affected by landmines and UXO.
survivor assistance
see victim assistance
task identification number (ID)

a unique number used to designate a hazardous area. Task identification
numbers shall be allocated by the NMAA.
technical survey
previously referred to as a Level 2 survey
the detailed topographical and technical investigation of known or suspected
mined areas identified during the planning phase. Such areas would have been
identified during any information gathering activities or surveys which form part
of the GMAA process or have been otherwise reported.
temporary marking system

a marking system having a stated finite period of use (c.f. permanent marking
system).
Page 29 of 32
tender
to present to another entity an unconditional offer to enter into a contract.
tender process
the process of calling for and evaluating tenders to select a preferred contractor.
test
determination of one or more characteristics according to a procedure. [ISO
9000:2000]
Test and Evaluation (T&E)

activities associated with the testing of hardware and software.
Note: Activities include the formation and use of procedures and standards,
the reduction and processing of data and the assessment and
evaluation of test results and processed data against criteria such as
defined standards and specifications.
test site
the site at which a series of test boxes or lanes are prepared for the purpose of
operational accreditation testing of MDD.
theft resistant
construction designed to deter and/or delay illegal entry into facilities used for
the storage of explosives.
threat
see mine threat
TNT (2, 4, 6 Trinitrotoluene)

one of the most widely used military high explosives. TNT is very stable, non-
hygroscopic and relatively insensitive to impact, friction, shock and electrostatic
energy. TNT is the most widespread type of explosive used in mines and
munitions.
tolerable risk
risk which is accepted in a given context based on current values of society.
[ISO Guide 51:1999(E)]
trial
a series of tests organised in a systematic manner, the individual results of
which lead to an overall evaluation of a component, equipment or system.
turning point
a fixed point on the ground which indicates a change in direction of the
perimeter of the hazardous area. It shall be clearly marked and recorded.
Buried metal objects should be used to mark all turning points for permanent
future reference.
Page 30 of 32
Unexploded Ordnance (UXO)

EO that has been primed, fuzed, armed or otherwise prepared for use or used.
It may have been fired, dropped, launched or projected yet remains unexploded
either through malfunction or design or for any other reason.
unit rate
the rates agreed and accepted for specific priced activity items and quantities
stated in a contract.
United Nations Mine Action Service (UNMAS)

the focal point within the UN system for all mine-related activities.
Note: UNMAS is the office within the UN Secretariat responsible to the
international community for the development and maintenance of
IMAS.
Note: UNICEF is the focal point for MRE, within the guidelines of UNMAS
overall coordination.
user
the individual or organisation that will operate the equipment.
Note: For the purpose of mine action, the user could also be defined as ‘a
composite body of informed and authoritative opinions on the needs of
national commercial and NGO users, today and in the future’.
validation
the act of ratification that takes place after a process of verification.
vector data
the use of X, Y coordinates to locate three basic types of landscape features;
point, line and areas.
Note: Points (towns, incident locations etc) are represented by a single pair
of X, Y coordinates. Lines (roads, rivers etc) are represented by a
series of X, Y coordinate points connected in order. Areas or polygons
(lakes, boundaries etc) are represented by a set of X, Y coordinates
closing on itself and implying its interior.
verification
confirmation, through the provision of objective evidence that specified
requirements have been fulfilled. [ISO 9000:2000]
victim
an individual who has suffered harm as a result of a mine or UXO accident.
Note: In the context of victim assistance, the term victim may include dependants of a mine
casualty, hence having a broader meaning than survivor.
victim assistance
survivor assistance
refers to all aid, relief, comfort and support provided to victims (including
survivors) with the purpose of reducing the immediate and long-term medical
and psychological implications of their trauma.
Page 31 of 32
village demining
self-supporting mine and/or UXO clearance and hazardous area marking,
normally undertaken by local inhabitants, on their own behalf or the behalf of
their immediate community. Often described as a self-help initiative or
spontaneous demining, village demining usually sits outside or in parallel with
formal mine action structures, such as demining undertaken by militaries or
humanitarian demining such as is supported by the UN, international and
national non-governmental organisations, private enterprise and governments,
among others.
visitor
for the purposes of IMAS, a person who is neither a member of the demining
organisation, nor a demining worker accredited by the NMAA.
Note: In circumstances where the NMAA does not have an accreditation
system the demining organisation should determine the status of non-
employees.
White Phosphorous (WP)

a chemical smoke screening agent which burns in contact with air, (with serious
anti-personnel affect if the phosphorous comes in direct contact with people).
workplace
all places where employees need to be or to go by reason of their work and
which are under the direct or indirect control of the employer. [ILO R164]
Page 32 of 32
Chapter 1
GENERAL MINE ACTION ASSESSMENT,

SURVEY AND HAZARDOUS AREA MARKING
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 GMAA is the continuous process by which a comprehensive inventory can

be obtained of all reported and/or suspected locations of mine or UXO
contamination, the quantities and types of explosive hazards, and information on
local soil characteristics, vegetation and climate; and assessment of the landmine
problem on the individual, community and country. This systematic information
gathering process shall also indicate areas that are free from mine/UXO
contamination.
2. AIM OF GMAA
2.1 The aim of the GMAA is:
a. To assess the scale and impact of the landmine problem on the country
and individual communities.
b. To investigate all reported and/or suspected areas of mine or UXO
contamination, quantities and types of explosive hazards.
c. To collect general information such as the security situation, terrain, soil
characteristics, climate, routes, infrastructure and local support facilities, to
assist the planning of future mine action projects.
d. To support the work of external organisations and agencies.
2.2 The GMAA process gathers information on national capabilities and

potential to address the problem, and the need for external assistance including
financial, human skills, material and information. The information collected should
be sufficient to enable priorities to be established or updated and plans to be
developed. It is a continuous process.
2.3 Impact Survey, Technical Survey, and post clearance completion activities
are functional areas of the overall GMAA process.
3. GMAA PURPOSE AND SCOPE
3.1 The scope and extent of the GMAA depends on many factors, including the
availability of (and access to) existing information, the local security situation, and
the human and financial resources available. Its scope and thoroughness will also
depend on the urgency and need for planning information. The process of
gathering information carried out in the early stages of an emergency programme
will be quite different in form and detail to those conducted as part of a more stable
developmental mine action programme.
Page 1 of 5
Chapter 1
3.2 For the purpose of this NTSG, ‘assessment’ shall be defined as a

‘continually refined process of information gathering and evaluation’, whereas a
‘survey’ is a distinct operational task capable of being contracted.
4. MINE ACTION SURVEY
4.1 The primary purpose of a mine action survey is to establish the scope of the
mine/ERW problem in sufficient detail to enable mine action organisations to plan
and conduct effective clearance operations.
4.2 The records of all surveyed areas shall be stored in the national IMSMA
database. Standard report formats shall therefore, be used so that information may
be easily collated for analysis. The following survey categories and forms shall be
used in Sudan:
a. Landmine Impact Survey - an assessment of the socio-economic

impact caused by the actual or perceived presence of mines and UXO that
should include factors such as the collection of information on numbers of
casualties, the loss of houses and livestock, basic necessities, such as
water and firewood, are key to determining and assisting with the planning
and prioritisation of mine action programmes and projects. An IMSMA
‘Impact Survey’ report shall be submitted to the UNMAO when
conducting a Landmine Impact Survey.
b. General Survey - is the investigation and recording of suspected mine
or UXO contamination areas. The general survey process shall also identify
areas which are free from mine or UXO contamination. Depending on task
requirements, there may be a requirement to conduct some marking (eg,
bench mark, hazardous area perimeter). An IMSMA ‘Dangerous Area’ or
‘Minefield’ report shall be submitted to the UNMAO when conducting a
General Survey.
c. Technical Survey - is the detailed topographical and technical
investigation of suspected mine/UXO areas identified during the GMAA
Assessment. The primary aim of a Technical Survey is to collect sufficient
information to enable the clearance requirement to be more accurately
defined, including the area(s) to be cleared, the depth of clearance, local soil
conditions, and the vegetation characteristics. This shall enable the
preparation of a tasking order and allow subsequent clearance operations to
be conducted in a safe, effective and efficient manner, (for a further
explanation, see Chapter 17, Technical Survey). An IMSMA ‘Technical
Survey’ report shall be submitted to the UNMAO when conducting a
Technical Survey.
d. Completion Survey - is conducted by the mine action organisation who
shall accurately record all clearance conducted and post clearance marking
prior to a QA inspection by the UNMAO. An IMSMA ‘Completion’ report
shall be submitted to the UNMAO when conducting a Completion
Survey.
Page 2 of 5
Chapter 1
e. Suspension Report – is produced by the mine action organisation when

for a variety of reasons a task is suspended prior to final completion. An
IMSMA ‘Suspension’ report shall be submitted to the UNMAO when
conducting a Suspension of a task.
4.3 Geographic: All available forms of geographic and topographical data are
vital to the planning and analysis process. The incorporation of this data in the
survey process is required to plan both the survey and subsequent mine clearance
operations. Soil maps, hydrology, road, bridge and agricultural features are some
examples of data which must be included in the survey plan to establish priority
areas and methods to be used in clearing mines/UXO.
4.4 Mine/UXO Technical Data: Technical information on mines and UXOs,

collected from sources (primarily the military) in the field must be centralised in the
IMSMA database. This information is vital to establish the level of the mine/UXO
threat, which then assists the development of mine/UXO clearance procedures.
5. INFORMATION RELIABILITY
5.1 All information obtained, regardless of the source, shall be assessed for its
accuracy and completeness. This procedure is to be implemented at all levels. Any
information received on the probable location of mines/UXO must be investigated
appropriately.
6. STANDARD REPORTING
6.1 Reports: Standards have been set for the recording of information, so that
there are common formats for collation and dissemination. Records must be kept in
written, graphic, and digital formats so both digital and paper based reports can
transfer information to operators in the field and planners at the central level.
6.2 Maps: Maps are the key element in providing geographical data on
suspected mined areas. The most detailed and accurate maps available are to be
used as the standard for recording of mined areas, however if no suitable maps are
available accurate sketch maps may be used. The map series, date of production
and scale must be clearly identified. It is important to remember that a different
map series may have been used and referred to in earlier surveys/mapping
reports; there must be no confusion in cross-referencing.
6.3 Measurement: All measurements used in humanitarian demining shall be

metric measurements.
Page 3 of 5
Chapter 1
6.4 Measurement Equipment: A variety of measurement equipment can be

used to accurately record mined area data. These include compasses, protractors,
GPS (Global Positioning System), DGPS (Differential Global Positioning System),
range finders, binoculars, cameras etc. In each case the equipment selected must
provide the greatest degree of accuracy and reliability to the field operator who
must ensure accuracy during the application. For example, GPS should not be
used for plotting turning points in a minefield because it can give constantly
changing readings of up to 100 metres. GPS should only be used in plotting
permanent landmarks and as a navigational aid. Personnel tasked to conduct
surveys must have a good working knowledge of map reading and be able to
operate and calibrate their own equipment.
6.5 Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS): DGPS provides the

greatest degree of accuracy when recording positional data. Whenever possible
and/or practicable, DGPS should be employed by mine action organisations to
accurately record positional data during humanitarian demining activities. When
organisations are contractually obligated to utilise DGPS during the recording of
positional data, they shall be required to do so.
7. MARKING OF HAZARDOUS AREAS

7.1 Hazardous area marking is a vital component of humanitarian demining and
should be implemented at the earliest possible opportunity in order to provide a
visual warning of the presence of mine/UXO. Whenever possible the standard
mine sign and minefield marking system, shown at Annex A, should be the chosen
method however it is accepted that initially this may not always be possible or
practicable. However it should be installed at the earliest opportunity.
7.2 Hazardous area marking has been categorised into four levels as follows:
a. Improvised marking – Acceptable level to indicate mine/uxo areas

when temporary or permanent materials or resources are not available. The
marking used shall be clearly recognisable from a safe distance by all who
may come across it, shall be placed to ensure access is restricted and
should be able to withstand the elements for six months.
b. Temporary marking – Acceptable level to mark mine/uxo areas in
preparation for humanitarian demining. The system should provide a
physical barrier. Signs should be clearly visible from a safe distance and
visible sign-to-sign in heavily vegetated or undulating ground. The marking
should be able to withstand the elements for between six months to one
year.
c. Permanent marking – Acceptable level to mark mine/uxo areas not
scheduled for humanitarian demining in the near future. It should employ a
combination of signs and/or markers visible from a safe distance and visible
sign-to-sign in heavily vegetated or undulating ground and physical barriers
and should be able to withstand the elements for greater than one year.
d. Route marking – See Chapter 22.
Page 4 of 5
Chapter 1
8. OPERATIONAL SUPPORT
8.1 Communications: Survey teams shall be equipped with suitable radios to
contact each other, survey coordinator and medical assistance.
8.2 Medical: All team members must be trained to a Basic Life Support level
and when necessary, a qualified Medic shall be included in the survey team. The
survey team must be equipped with a comprehensive medical kit containing the
appropriate equipment to sustain a traumatic casualty over an extended period of
time.
8.3 Casualty: All survey teams are to have a proven casualty evacuation plan,
which is practised regularly.
Page 5 of 5
ANNEX A to CHAPTER 1
HAZARDOUS & CLEARED AREA

SIGNS, FENCING & MARKING
1. HAZARDOUS AREA SIGNS
1.1 The triangular or square sign conforming to the diagrams below have been
adopted as the recognised sign for a hazardous area in Sudan.
28cm
Danger Mines WHITE

RED
20
cm
cm
20
Figure A1: 250mm x 250mm

DANGER M I N ES
1.2 The rear of the sign is to be white or uncoloured to allow differentiation
between safe and hazardous areas with the red side being visible from outside of
the area.
1.3. Signs printed in English and Arabic should be used.
2. HAZARDOUS AREA FENCING
2.1 Permanent hazardous area fencing is to conform to the minimum standards

depicted in the following diagram:
Max. 30m
1.5 m
Picket 15 m
Wire strand
0.25 m
Ground level
Figure A2:
Page 1 of 2
2.2 All materials used must be durable enough to resist the deteriorating forces
in their environment, and to conform to the length of time of their intended use.
3. MARKING OF A CLEARED AREA
3.1. Marking of a cleared area is to be obvious and permanent. The cleared area
marking should have the following minimum basic requirements:
a. When the entire hazardous area has been cleared and no adjacent
areas are suspected to be hazardous then the perimeter of the cleared area
shall be marked at each corner and each turning point by driving a steel
picket flush to the ground, as a permanent marker. It must be possible to
see the previous and next corner/turning points when standing at any
corner/turning point. If the view is obscured or the distance is greater than
50m then intermediate points shall be positioned, marked and recorded as
per corner/turning points. If the ground is such that it is impossible to drive
pickets into the ground, then high-visibility paint splashes; a minimum of
300mm in diameter shall be applied to rocks, roads surfaces or walls.
Alternatively a DGPS reading will suffice in meeting this requirement. The
positions and relevant details of the corners and turning points are to be
indicated on the map submitted with the IMSMA Completion Report.
b. In addition a compass bearing and the distance in metres between
perimeter corners/turning points shall be recorded on the IMSMA
Completion Report.
c. If only a portion of a suspected minefield is cleared, and hazardous
areas remain adjacent, then the cleared area must be fenced with a
hazardous area fence along the line where it joins the unclear area.
3.2 For details of the requirement of recording of positional data, see

paragraphs 6.4 and 6.5 of Chapter 1.
Page 2 of 2
Page 1 of 1
Chapter 2
SITE PREPARATION AND SETTING OUT

1. GENERAL
1.1 The nature of the ground shall determine the layout of any work site,
however a consistent arrangement with correct marking shall increase the
safety of those involved in humanitarian demining. The standardisation of site
layout and all marking systems is a requirement and shall as a minimum
conform to the details within this chapter.
2. SITE LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS

2.1 Control Point: The control point acts as an administration and briefing
area and is the point where all visitors shall arrive. Ideally it should be on level,
well-drained land and have vehicle access and preferably some shade. The
location of the control point shall be a minimum of one hundred metres from the
baseline of the hazardous area. This distance shall be increased dependant on
the perceived threat that may result from fragmentation should a high order
occur. This can be calculated by using the EOD Fragmentation & Evacuation
formula of:
3
NEQ kg x 2.2 x 100
e.g
3 3
10kg x 2.2 x 100 22 x 100 2.8 x 100 = 280m
or
3 3
5kg x 2.2 x 100 11 x 100 2.2 x 100 = 220m
2.2 Access Lane: An access lane shall be a minimum of two metres. White
or unpainted posts or stones shall be used to mark this.
2.3 Vehicle Park: This should be close to the Control Point and large
enough to accommodate the mine action organisation’s vehicles and visitor’s
vehicles. All vehicles should be positioned in the park so they do not have to
manoeuvre to depart in the event of an emergency.
2.4 Stores and Equipment Area: Where all equipment is securely stored.
Usually part of, or adjacent to, the Control Point.
2.5 Medical Area: Shall be sited and equipped in accordance with Chapter
10.
Page 1 of 6
Chapter 2
2.6 Explosives Area: Shall be sited and stored in accordance with Chapter
12.
2.7 Rest Areas: Rest areas are to be sited for use by deminers during their
breaks and should provide sufficient space for resting and for preparing and/or
storing necessary equipment, and other applicable necessary reasons. The
area should be dry and shaded if possible. The positioning and locating of rest
areas shall need to consider the requirements to comply with the wearing of
PPE (see Table 2.1, Note 4).
2.8 Metal Collection Pit: This should be marked and shall be located in a
safe area and at a convenient distance from working deminers. All scrap metal
removed from the mined area should be placed within the metal collection pit.
Prior to completion or suspension of the task, the contents of the metal
contamination pit shall be buried and marked or removed to another area for
disposal. In order to facilitate quality control, metal collection pits should not be
located in areas cleared that day.
2.9 Latrine: To prevent people inadvertently straying into mined areas, and
for hygiene purposes, a latrine should be designated for each hazardous area.
Latrines should be located in the vicinity of the control point and should be
adequate for the number of personnel on the site.
2.10 Demolition Area: A location cleared for the disposal, by explosive

demolition, of mines and unexploded ordnance. The demolition area must be at
a safe distance from the worksite in order to avoid any fragmentation falling into
cleared areas where quality control or sampling is planned.
2.11 Sentry Points: Sited at hazardous area when required, particularly on

route, road and verge clearance tasks. It shall have radio communications with
the senior person on site.
3. SITE REFERENCE POINTS REQUIREMENTS

3.1 Reference Point: The reference point description, location and the safe
route from it to the benchmark(s) shall be included in the survey and/or
minefield report. There maybe a requirement to identify intermediate points
when the reference point is located at a vast distance from the benchmark, the
terrain is featureless, there are a number of obstacles or there are multiple
changes in direction along the route.
3.2 Benchmark: May not be needed if the reference point is sufficiently

close. If it is used its description and direction from the reference point shall be
recorded on the survey and/or minefield report. It can be a natural object or
man made and shall:
a. Be constructed of materials that will endure the environment and

shall extend deep enough into the ground with a solid foundation to
support the weight.
b. Be clearly visible in normal daylight at a safe distance from the
direction of approach.
Page 2 of 6
Chapter 2
c. Protrude a minimum of one metre above the ground.

d. A metal picket or similar shall be driven flush with the ground at the
base of the benchmark.
e. Conform to the following figures:
02
White background
with blue writing BM ID number
102
102
GPS coordinates
(space permitting) E 04 34 56.7 Can be blue
background/white lettering N 33 43 08.7
Organisation name LMRUS
Date completed 01.03.07
Figure 2.1 Benchmark Information
BM-01 BM
102
E 04 34 56.7
N 33 43 08.7
1m minimum
LMRUS
12 – 01 - 05
Figure 2.2 Benchmark Information
3.3 Start Point: This is a clearly identifiable fixed marker and the point
where clearance begins. All minefield measurements are taken from this point
and depending on the location of cleared mines / UXO, it may be decided to
position additional start points for ease of mapping during or on completion of
clearance. The initial start point should be clearly visible from the benchmark
otherwise Intermediate Points shall be located for ease of navigation.
Page 3 of 6
Chapter 2
3.4 Boundary Line: It is a fixed line located from the start point which forms
the perimeter of the known hazardous area or cleared boundary lane, providing
a definite location of the safe area. As clearance progresses, the minimum
necessary markings (e.g., turning points, intermediary points) shall remain in
place to identify the boundary line for navigation and post clearance marking
purposes. The start line, which may be initially located on the boundary line,
should be moved forward after a substantial amount of the area is cleared and
subsequently, mark the divide between the cleared and hazardous area.
3.5 Boundary Lane: This is a cleared and marked lane a minimum of two
metres wide along the boundary of the hazardous area which is utilised when
there is no confirmed safe boundary from which to start clearance. Where
possible, a boundary lane is to be cleared around the entire perimeter of the
hazardous area. If there is no requirement to clear a boundary lane then it may
be decided to mark a control lane outside and parallel to the Boundary Line.
Depending on the requirement to restrict movement of demining personnel,
equipment and vehicles in the immediate area around the boundary, it may be
decided that a control lane is not necessary.
3.6 Start Line: This is the line from where mine/UXO clearance begins and
marks the divide between the safe and hazardous area. This maybe located on
the boundary line and should be moved forward after a substantial amount of
area is cleared. In circumstances where limited clearance has been conducted
(e.g., clearance lanes for technical survey) the start line should remain in
position.
4. SETTING OUT THE BOUNDARY LINE AND LANE
4.1 When determining the position of the boundary line, the use of existing
linear features such as roads, paths, cultivated land etc. should be considered.
When there is a requirement to clear a boundary lane, the boundary line shall
mark the rear edge of the cleared lane. The boundary lane shall be a minimum
of two metres in width.
5. DURING CLEARANCE
5.1 Clearance Lane: This is the lane where deminers are working. The
clearance lane shall be a minimum of one meter wide and a maximum of thirty
metres in length. To increase safety clearance lanes should be widened to
two metres as soon as possible. Clearance lanes shall also be required to be
widened to a minimum of two metres on encountering obstacles i.e. trees,
rocks, in order to safely navigate/clear past said obstacles.
5.2 Cleared Lane: A lane that has been cleared of all mines and UXO to the
required standard.
5.3 Intermediate Lane: A cleared lane forward and parallel to the start line
or boundary line which connects clearance lanes for safety and command /
control purposes. The distance from the start line / boundary line to the
intermediate lane and between any consecutive intermediate lanes shall be a
maximum of fifty metres.
Page 4 of 6
Chapter 2
5.4 Mine/UXO: When a mine/UXO is not dealt with immediately upon being
located, it shall be marked by placing a mine marker a minimum of ten
centimetres before it. The clearance lane shall then be closed off and a new
lane commenced. Before the end of the working day these mines/UXO are to
be destroyed unless prior approval has been granted from the UNRMAO.
Alternately, the mine may be dealt with in situ and clearance in this lane may
then continue.
5.5 Minimum Safety Distances: The following table details the minimum
safety distances to be enforced at a mine clearance task:
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR A MINE CLEARANCE WORK SITE

Serial Situation Minimum
Safety
Distance
(a) (b) (c)
Adjacent working personnel wearing PPE in suspected anti-
1 25 metres
personnel blast mine areas.
Adjacent working personnel wearing PPE in suspected anti- 50 metres
2
tank mine areas.
Adjacent working personnel wearing PPE in suspected anti- 50 metres
3 personnel stake, bounding or directional fragmentation mine
areas.
Between the explosive storage point, hazardous area and
4 50 metres
other designated areas.
5 Between designated safe areas and the hazardous area. 100 metres
Between personnel not wearing PPE and personnel working
6 100 metres
in anti-personnel or anti-tank mine areas.
1. Any reduction to these distances shall only be authorised by the UNRMAO on a
case by case basis and shall be required to be included in the detail of relevant
Implementation Plans.
2. These Safety shall be increased when required in accordance to the mine / UXO
threat.
3. Encroachment of the safety distances at Serials 1, 2 & 3 will be
authorised/acceptable and expected in order to conduct supervisory/QA functions at
times when it is not possible to carryout these functions from the stated minimum
safety distances due to terrain, environment or conditions. At these times
supervisory/QA personnel should avoid remaining static and should avoid disturbing
the deminers concentration away from their prescribed tasks. For the purpose of
passing on/advising corrective action, instruction or comment, the deminer should be
told to cease works and if necessary be withdrawn to a relevant area.
4. Full PPE will be required to be worn by all personnel at all times regardless of role
on encroachment past the designated PPE HOTLINE towards the base line. The
base/boundary line shall at all times be a minimum of 100m from the closest ‘safe’
boundary i.e. the PPE HOTLINE of the control point (see para 5.6 & Fig 2.3.
Table 2.1 Minimum Distance for a Mine Clearance Site
5.6 Minimum Safety Distances: The following figure pictorially explains the
details of this chapter.
Page 5 of 6
Chapter 2
Boundary Lane –
when cleared 1m Clearance
Lanes Boundary Lane –
Max when cleared
50m
Max Proposed
nd
30m 2 Start Line
Intermediate
Lane
As per details
Max in safety
50m distance table Start Line
Start Point
2m
Min
2m Boundary Lane
Boundary/Base Line
2m Min.
50m
Boundary/Base Lane –
when cleared
Min Access Lane –
100m Cleared if suspect area
Explosive Area
PPE HOTLINE Cleared if suspect area
Forward of this point full PPE
shall be worn at all times by all
persons regardless of role or
activity
Control Point Medical

Cleared if suspect area
Bench
Mark
Figure 2.3 Example of a Minefield Layout During Clearance
Page 6 of 6
Chapter 3
MINE/UXO CLEARANCE MARKING SYSTEMS

1. MARKING PICKETS/POSTS OR ROCKS
1.1 Boundaries of all areas, lanes and points in mine/UXO clearance operations
shall be marked with appropriate markers. The methods to be used shall be
wooden pickets/posts and/or painted stones. The appropriate method should be
utilised after consideration of the prevailing ground conditions.
1.2 To standardise marking the following colour code and identification system
shall be adopted (see Figure 1).
a. Red/white rocks1: Red/white rocks are the preferred method of

delineating between hazardous and safe areas and should be used
whenever practicable and/or available for the following reasons:
(1) Rocks are generally of no use to the local population and
therefore less likely to be removed.
(2) The use of them clearly defines safe and hazardous areas i.e. the
red side of the rock shall be positioned towards the hazardous area and
the white to the safe area so as to indicate the boundary between safe
and hazardous areas; and they are unambiguous in certain
circumstances i.e. clearance lanes, cleared lane, intermediate lanes etc
when the use of red-topped pickets/posts can be confusing to persons
not familiar to the minefield.
When used, red/white rocks are to be spaced at a maximum of 1 metre
intervals (see Annex A page 1 & 2 of 3 for pictorial representation of this
standard).
b. Short red-topped picket/red rock: Indicate the boundary between
clear and hazardous areas. They are to be spaced at a maximum of 1 metre
intervals and posts shall be a minimum of 30 centimetres above the ground.
c. White-topped picket/white rock: Indicate the boundary of designated
safe areas. Pickets shall be a minimum of thirty centimetres above the
ground.
d. Yellow-topped picket/yellow rock: Indicate the location of destroyed
anti-personnel mines, anti-tank mines or UXO.
e. Blue-topped picket/blue rock: Indicate the start of a deminers daily
clearance and the location of metal contamination pits.
f. Long-red topped post/large red rock: Indicate the boundary between
clear and hazardous areas. They are to be spaced a maximum of 15
metres apart and posts shall be a minimum of 1 metre above the ground. A
mine warning sign is normally positioned on this post. When used during
clearance operations, small red topped pickets or red rocks shall be
positioned between the long red topped post or large rocks at a maximum of
1 metre intervals. This will normally be necessary when visibility between
long pickets/large stones is restricted due to terrain and/or vegetation.
1
Small rocks shall be a minimum of 10 centimeters diameter
Page 1 of 3
Chapter 3
g. Crossed Red Pickets: Used to indicate the extent of clearance when

work ends in a clearance lane for whatever reason and for whatever length
of time
Figure 1 - Markers
a b c d e f g
1.3 The aim of marking is to have one continuous perimeter that at all times
clearly defines the hazardous and safe areas throughout the life of the task. Annex
A, Figures 1 and 2 provides pictorial representations of this using red/white rocks
and Figure 3 shows the method to be adopted using red/white rocks during the
creation of clearance lanes that border a safe area.
2. BASE STICKS
2.1 Base sticks are used by deminers to maintain clearance lane width during
clearance. The figure below shows the recommended design. The rule is that the
area behind the stick is safe (cleared of mines), and in front of the stick it is
unsafe (not cleared of mines). The red portion of the base stick marks the correct
lane width whilst the white ends serves as a reminder to the deminer to overlap the
clearance area into the adjoining lanes. In circumstances where organisations opt
for a one metre long base stick, then this shall be painted red.
Figure 2 The Base Stick
Page 2 of 3
Chapter 3
2.2 Two lengths of mine marking tape/cord shall be attached to the base stick in
an appropriate fashion that enables it to be unreeled as the deminer progresses so
as to indicate progress in the current clearance lane and to assist in the
maintenance of the required direction of clearance. Appropriate stone/stick marking
shall be placed as forward progress is made i.e. at 1-metre intervals (see Annex A,
page 3 of 3 for pictorial representation of this standard).
Page 3 of 3
ANNEX A to Chapter 3
FIGURE 1 – AREA MARKING PRIOR TO CLEARANCE LANES BEING STARTED

SAFE AREA
HAZARDOUS AREA
INTERMEDIATE LANE
SAFE AREA
HAZARDOUS AREA
START LINE
BOUNDARY LANE
White
ACCESS stones
SAFE AREA LANE
Not to Scale – for all required distance/measurements refer to Chapters 2 and 3 TO
CONTROL
POINT
Page 1 of 3
FIGURE 2 – AREA MARKING ONCE CLEARANCE LANES HAVE STARTED

SAFE AREA
HAZARDOUS AREA
Clearance Clearance
Lane 4 Lane 5
INTERMEDIATE LANE
SAFE AREA
HAZARDOUS AREA
Clearance
Lane 1 Clearance
Clearance Lane 3
Lane 2
START LINE
BOUNDARY LANE
White
ACCESS stones
SAFE AREA LANE
Not to Scale – for all required distance/measurements refer to Chapters 2 and 3 TO
CONTROL
POINT
Page 2 of 3
FIGURE 3 – MARKING OF CLEARANCE LANE THAT BORDERS A SAFE AREA
HAZARDOUS HAZARDOUS HAZARDOUS

AREA AREA AREA
AS CLEARANCE THE ‘START OF DAY’S

PROGRESSES AND THE WORK’ MARKER AND ALL
DEMINER REACHES A OTHER MARKERS AS
STONE HE/SHE MOVES IT DETAILED IN CHAPTERS 2
1 METRE
TO DELINEATE THE & 3 SHALL BE USED AS
INTERVALS
HAZARDOUS AREA/SAFE DETAILED
AREA
CLEARANCE TO
COMMENCE THIS SAFE AREA
DIRECTION
SAFE AREA SAFE AREA SAFE AREA

Not to Scale – for all required distance/measurements refer to Chapters 2 and 3
Page 3 of 3
Chapter 4
MANUAL MINE CLEARANCE

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Humanitarian demining techniques used during each project may differ
according to equipment, the terrain, type of mines / UXO, etc. All procedures used
in clearance operations are to be fully explained in step-by-step detail in the mine
action organisations SOP. The following are established humanitarian demining
clearance procedures and although, certain techniques may vary between mine
action organisations, these shall be recognised as the minimum standard required
by the UNMAO in Sudan.
2. STANDARDS, METHODOLOGY & ACTIONS ON

2.1 The following are established humanitarian demining clearance procedures
and although, certain techniques may vary between mine action organisations,
these shall be recognised as the minimum standard required by the UNMAO in
Sudan.
a. Clearance Depth: The minimum depth when searching for mines is 13

cm (130 mm), measured from the surface of the ground to the top of the
mine. Any reduction must be authorised by the UNMAO. The depth shall be
increased when required.
b. Clearance Lane: A manual mine clearance deminer is responsible for
clearing a one metre wide lane using one or a combination of the following
recognised methods:
(1) Hand-held metal detector.
(2) Prodding.
(3) Excavation.
c. Visual Search: Prior to conducting a manual search, a visual search of
the unclear area shall be conducted. As a minimum, the area where the
manual search is to be performed shall be visually searched. The following
should be considered when conducting the visual search:
(1) Tripwires, cords.
(2) Protruding fuses, mines, UXO, booby-traps.
(3) Disturbance to the ground.
(4) Depressions, holes, mounds.
(5) Suspicious objects (inconsistent to the surroundings).
(6) Other mine / UXO indicators (packaging, components, animal
remains).
Page 1 of 9
Chapter 4
d. Detection of Tripwires: If the vegetation permits, a tripwire feeler may

be used to locate tripwires. This should be made from light-gauge wire and
fabricated in such a way to allow the detection of both slack and taut wires.
Starting from a crouched/ kneeling or prone position, the tripwire feeler is
moved along the ground, forward of the base stick and raised slowly
upwards until clear of the vegetation or head height when standing. This is
completed a minimum of three times, over the full width of the clearance
lane and overlap. In order to deploy the trip wire feeler safely, the operator
should be able to see the end of the feeler at all times. If the vegetation
does not allow the use of a tripwire feeler, the search is completed using the
eyes and hands. After a thorough visual check of the area, search the area
by slowly moving the hands forward, gently parting any thick vegetation that
may obscure tripwires. The deminer shall not pull vegetation and avoid
touching any trip wires.
e. Clearance of Vegetation: The clearance of vegetation is to be done in a
safe, controlled method, avoiding any disturbance of vegetation outside the
width of the lane plus overlap. If necessary, one hand shall be used to hold
the tree, branch, or clump of vegetation, while the other uses the cutting
tool. All vegetation is to be cut to as close to the ground as is safely possible
and placed in a cleared area, ensuring that it does not become an obstacle.
When cutting vegetation, the operator shall ensure that a visual inspection is
made and that the tool does not make contact with the ground. Caution shall
be taken when cutting vegetation to avoid heavy vegetation from falling into
the unclear area.
f. Use of Metal Detector: Prior to its use, the metal detector shall be
checked to ensure that it is functioning correctly. The detector shall be used
to check the one metre wide lane and, as a safety margin, a minimum 10 cm
and maximum of 50 cm overlap to the sides of the lane. The metal detector
search shall be conducted to a maximum distance of 50 cm forward of the
base stick, ensuring that the area is checked at least twice. The detector
search process shall incorporate an overlap, ensuring that the distance
moved forward is at least ten centimetres less than the distance searched
with the detector, therefore, providing a minimum of ten centimetres safety
margin. The sensitivity of the metal detector is to be checked regularly in
accordance with the manufacturer guidelines and organisation SOP to
ensure that it is capable of searching the ground to the required depth.
Details for the calibration of the detector shall be included in the
Organisation SOP’s.
Page 2 of 9
Chapter 4
Limit of travel of metal detector

Position of
Min Base Stick
10cm Overlap
after search
Cleared Max 50 cm
Max 40cm
1m Uncleared
Area
Progression
of lane
10-50cm
Overlap
Figure 4.1 Use of the Metal Detector
g. Detector Signal, Isolation & Marking: Prior to investigating the

detector signal, the precise location of the signal shall be identified and
marked. Nothing shall be placed on the area of the detector signal. A
signal marker shall be placed before the closest point of the signal or
isolation markers maybe used to mark the extremities of the signal. No
attempt should be made to mark the rear of the signal from this position. If
it is deemed necessary, then, it should be approached from a cleared area
from another side. Extreme caution shall be taken when using these
markers to ensure that they are carefully positioned outside the site of the
signal.
Page 3 of 9
Chapter 4
Limit of travel of metal detector
Detector
Signal
Isolation Maximum 50 cm
Markers
Signal
Marker
1m Uncleared
Area
Progression
of lane
Figure 4.2 Detector Signal Marking
h. Prodding & Excavation: Once the precise location of the signal has
been identified using the metal detector, the source of the signal shall be
investigated to identify it. This shall be done by prodding and/or excavating
(1) Prodding shall commence a minimum of ten centimetres back
from the nearest point of the signal and to the required width, which, is
dependent on the size of the signal. All prodding is to be at an angle
</> than thirty degrees and at maximum intervals of two point five
centimetres. The prodder is to be used with an even motion, avoiding
any excessive force or stabbing. The depth prodded shall be
dependent on the ground conditions, search depth and tool design. If it
is not possible to conduct prodding from the surface of the ground to
the required search depth, then a certain amount of excavation shall be
conducted in order to achieve the required prodding depth.
Alternatively, the prodding procedure may be replaced with excavation
(sapping) only. In hard ground, resulting from extremely dry conditions,
water could be used to soften the ground before prodding commences.
(2) Excavation (Sapping) is used to reveal the identity/source of the
signal. A hole is dug a minimum of ten centimetres back from the
nearest point of the signal to a minimum depth of fifteen centimetres.
The trowel (or similar tool) is used to slowly remove the soil towards
the location of the source of the signal. Any excessive pressure and
Page 4 of 9
Chapter 4
abrupt movements with the trowel shall be avoided. The prodder may
also be used in conjunction with the excavation process.
If an object is not located after using the prodder and excavation to the
required depth, the Supervisor will decide whether further investigation is
required.
i. Action on Locating Metal The metal shall be carefully removed from the
ground and placed it in the metal contamination pit. The area where the
metal was removed from shall be checked visually and with the metal
detector for additional signals, prior to moving forward.
j. Action on Locating Mines/UXO The deminer shall stop mine clearance
activities, place a mine marker a minimum ten centimetres before the
mine/UXO and notify the supervisor through the chain of command. The
supervisor is responsible for ensuring all actions relating to the removal or
destruction of the mine/UXO in situ are carried out correctly and by a
qualified EOD operator. The lane may be cordoned and mine clearance
activities started in a new lane. No personnel shall be allowed past a located
mine/UXO in a one metre wide clearance lane. In circumstances where the
mine/UXO is not destroyed or removed immediately, the deminer shall be
moved to an alternative lane.
Min 10 cm
Mine Marker
Figure 4.3 Marking of Located Mine / UXO
k. Disposal of Mines/UXO Where possible all mines/UXO should be

destroyed in situ. If this is not possible, or proves to be impractical, the
mines/UXO shall be manually neutralised/ disarmed and moved to a secure
location. All mines shall be pulled prior to neutralising/disarming if it is
suspected that they are booby-trapped. The planned destruction of located
mines should be carried out during or after each working day unless a
specific safety hazard (or lack/limited amount of explosives) prevents this.
Only qualified EOD personnel shall conduct demolitions or render safe
procedures.
Page 5 of 9
Chapter 4
Where mines/UXO are not destroyed on the day that they are found,
they are to be accurately reported in the organisations daily clearance
log and destroyed as soon as possible. If they are not destroyed by the
end of the working week, the organisation is to ensure they are
included on the weekly progress report for the task submitted to the
UNRMAO and an explanation given.
l. Action on Locating a Tripwire The deminer shall stop mine clearance
activity and place 3 x small red stones a minimum of ten centimetres before
and in the direction of the trip wire (see Figure 4.4) and then notify the
supervisor. The supervisor is responsible for ensuring that both ends of the
tripwire are located and appropriate action is taken depending on what is
found at each end. It is stressed that the method employed in tracing the
tripwire should at all times ensure that deminers tasked do not become
isolated. Conditions should always allow for swift, safe and effective
Casevac to be conducted should an accident occur. Whilst tracing a tripwire
there shall be no other activities within fifty metres.
10cm
Figure 4.3 Marking of tripwire
Page 6 of 9
Chapter 4
m. Pulling Procedure When it is necessary to remotely pull a mine/UXO or

other item, the supervisor is responsible for the pulling procedure. All
personnel not involved in the pulling operation are to be withdrawn to a safe
area and sentries posted. A pulling cable (made of non-stretchable
material) shall be unrolled and laid along the clear ground between the
pulling point and the location of the item. A sandbag fulcrum should be
placed at a safe distance before the item to afford some blast/fragmentation
protection, act as a barrier, and provide a greater angle to dislodge the item
from its position. Before attaching the cable to the item, a check of the
cable and the area of the pull shall be conducted to ensure that there are no
kinks, breaks or obstacles which may impede the pulling procedure. EOD
evacuation and safety distance calculations should be used to determine
how far the pulling point is located from the item to be pulled. This distance
shall only be reduced to a minimum of 50 metres when:
(1) There is adequate protection from blast and fragmentation in
relation to the item to be pulled and the threat from secondary devices.
(2) The person conducting the pull is wearing full PPE (helmet/visor
and body armour) and is close the ground, ensuring that the PPE is
affording the maximum protection possible. This shall only be
conducted as a last resort and when there is no alternative protection
from blast and fragmentation.
(3) The following shall be considered when conducting the pulling
drill:
(a) The type of ordnance (eg, mine, mortar, grenade, projectile,
rocket, sub-munition).
(b) The function of the ordnance (eg, blast, fragmentation).
(c) The condition of the ordnance (eg, fused/unfused,
unfired/safe, blind).
(d) The explosive quantity of the ordnance.
(e) Booby-traps / secondary devices.
(f) Proximity of personnel, animals, equipment and buildings.
Once all personnel have retired to the safe area, a hook/clip is attached or
the cable is tied to the item. The item is pulled in a slow, continuous
movement, avoiding any sharp, jerking action. A minimum wait-time of 60
seconds is to be allowed before approaching the item. The type of UXO or
mine being pulled shall dictate requirements for extended wait times. If signs
of smoke are seen from the area where the item is located, a wait-time of at
least 30 minutes shall be enforced, commencing from the last signs of
smoke. After the wait-time has elapsed, the sentries shall remain in position
while the pulled item is checked. This is a ‘one-man risk’ and shall be
conducted by an EOD qualified person. Once the item is identified and
made safe, the original position of the item is then checked as per normal
manual mine clearance procedures for any sign of mines, UXO or booby-
trap devices.
Page 7 of 9
Chapter 4
n. High Metallic Areas In areas where the metallic content of the soil is
high, the metal detector may be ineffective. The detector procedure shall be
replaced with a complete prodding and/or excavating procedure to ensure
that all mines/UXO are located to the required depth. The minimum depth to
be excavated is 15 centimetres and the complete width of the one metre
wide lane shall be investigated to this depth. The detector should be used
to regularly check the soil contamination level and confirm whether the
complete prodding and excavation process can be replaced with the
detector procedure. Alternatively, mark the boundary of the high metallic
area for clearance by MDD or mechanical means. The size of the area, type
of terrain and the availability of alternative clearance assets will determine
the most efficient method of clearance to use.
o. Mountainous and Rocky Terrain In areas where the ground is
mountainous and rocky, there may be a requirement to remove rocks (E.g.,
physical hazard, suspicion that a mine/UXO is beneath the rocks, ‘ghost
signal’). Therefore, the Supervisor shall make a decision on the best
clearance method(s) (E.g., lifting, detector search, prodding and/or
excavation, pulling drill). When removing rocks by hand, caution shall be
made so as to avoid disturbing the ground and the rocks should be lifted
vertically.
p. Clearance of Obstacles During the clearance of minefields, obstacles
should be identified and special clearance drills adopted as required. (E.g.,
sapping, pulling, EOD).Those obstacles that cannot be cleared immediately
are to be marked and if necessary fenced for future clearance operations.
The supervisor on site must give consideration to the approach and
clearance method used for each type of obstacle encountered.
q. Burning of Vegetation in Unclear Areas Burning of unclear areas may
be conducted in order to remove vegetation to facilitate mine clearance
operations. Prior to commencing burning, the organisation concerned shall
liaise with the UNMAO and local authorities. Caution must be exercised by
the organisation and the burning must be controlled in order to prevent the
undesired burning of other areas and cause an unacceptable risk to the
local population. The results from burning must be considered, such as, the
altered state and instability of mines and UXO. Any demining organisation
conduct burning of unclear areas is to ensure that the following precautions
are adhered to:
(1) Inform the UNMAO and local authorities.
(2) If possible, inform the local emergency fire services.
(3) If necessary, construct a firebreak to prevent the fire from
spreading.
(4) Ensure that adequate precautions are taken to extinguish any
small fires in cleared areas. (eg, fire extinguishers, sand).
(5) Calculate the blast / fragmentation safety distance depending on
the threat (eg, mines/UXO) and post sentries accordingly.
(6) Inform the UNMAO and relevant authorities on completion of
burning.
(7) Allow a 24 hour soak time, from the last signs of smoke before
conducting demining operations in the burned area.
Page 8 of 9
Chapter 4
r. Working Hours A manual mine clearance deminer shall not work for
longer than sixty (60) minutes before taking a break of at least ten (10)
minutes. The working time may vary between organisations and specific
situations (eg, climate), however, the aforementioned times shall be
adhered to. A normal working day for a manual mine clearance deminer
shall not exceed 6 hours actual mine clearance work a day. In excessive
climatic conditions, the working hours may be reduced or the daily routine
changed. A safe and sensible approach shall be made by the demining
organisation supervisor in order to achieve the best possible mine clearance
results without compromising the safety of demining personnel.
Page 9 of 9
Chapter 5
EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE DISPOSAL

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 For the purpose of this NTSG the term unexploded ordnance (UXO)
applies to all ordnance, munitions and landmines which may be found in Sudan
and which present a significant risk to human life.
1.2 A mine action organisation or a contractor specialising in explosive

ordnance disposal (EOD) may clear UXO. For the purpose of this NTSG all
such activities are included as EOD operations.
2. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
2.1 EOD may be undertaken during humanitarian demining when UXO is

encountered in a minefield and also at times when UXO is encountered outside
of mined areas. Such operations may involve a single UXO, a number of UXO
in a specific location or stockpiled ammunition.
2.2 The establishment and preservation of a safe and effective EOD

capability will require varying levels of expertise. EOD operators are only
authorised to deal with those items and situations for which they have been
trained and are qualified. All organisations involved in specific EOD operations
shall have at least one qualified level four EOD Technician within their
organisation.
3. TRAINING AND QUALIFICATIONS

3.1 EOD training and qualifications should be appropriate to the UXO threat
encountered in Sudan. The training and qualifications of deminers carrying out
EOD activities shall satisfy the requirements and policies of the UNNMAO and
be in accordance with IMAS 09.30. The following is a guide:
a. Level One EOD – enables a deminer to locate, expose and destroy,

under supervision, in situ mines that the deminer has been specifically
trained on.
b. Level Two EOD – enables a deminer to undertake the destruction,
in-situ, of a single small UXO such as sub-munitions, grenades and
mortar ammunition up to 84 mm in diameter including high explosive anti
tank (HEAT) ammunition. The above categories normally represent the
majority of UXO found in or around minefields.
c. Level Three EOD – applies to a deminer who has been specifically
trained in the disposal by detonation of larger UXO such as rocket, tank
gun ammunition and artillery ammunition up to 240 mm in diameter
including HEAT charges. Under the supervision and direction of a
qualified EOD supervisor, a level three operator should be qualified and
trained to render safe UXO for safe removal and subsequent destruction:
d. Level Four EOD – applies to specialist EOD operators who have
been trained at an internationally recognized institution and are
Page 1 of 5
Chapter 5
subsequently qualified to destroy the remaining EOD hazards using

specialist EOD techniques and equipment. This includes bulk disposal of
rendered safe UXO and other recovered items of ERW. Such specialist’s
skills would include the render safe of liquid propellant systems, disposal
of depleted uranium and the clearance of conventional munitions with
improvised firing systems. The Level Four EOD qualification shall clearly
indicate the specialist areas of expertise attained by the individual and
level four tasks shall only be conducted if the appropriate technical
reference documentation and supporting specialised tools are available
to the operator.
.
Note1: Where particular items or ERW are frequently encountered,
specific training in the disposal of these items may be given to selected
operators, therefore enabling them to deal with these items rather than
continually referring the problem to the next higher level of expertise. Any
training of this nature is to be approved and accredited by the UNMAO.
This does not include Render Safe Procedures (RSP).
Note 2: Some UXO items present a specific or additional threat.
Examples are items containing white phosphorous, missiles or the need
for bulk demolitions. Consideration is required in regard to the need for
additional training in the disposal of some UXO items that present
additional hazards to the operator or environment.
Note 3: It should be noted that sub-munitions are particularly hazardous
to deal with and should only be dealt with by appropriately trained and
qualified personnel.
Note 4: EOD operators shall only carry out operations and techniques for
which they have been suitably trained, are qualified and for which they
have been accredited.
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1 The following definitions are not included in the glossary but are
applicable in terms of this NTSG:
a. Central Demolition Site – an area authorised for the destruction of

bulk UXO1. (Annex A details considerations to be taken into account
when choosing the location of a CDS and procedures to be adopted
during its operation).
b. Net Explosive Quantity/Content (NEQ/NEC) – the total amount of
explosive material contained within a given item of ammunition2.
c. Primary Fragmentation – in an explosive event fragmentation that
was originally part of a mine/UXO
5. RESPONSIBILITIES
5.1 UNMAO: The UNMAO shall where applicable establish and/or maintain:
1
Approval for the establishment of a CDS is to be obtained from the Director of Mine Action in Sudan.
Local authorities and affected population (if any) need to be involved in the site selection process and
their agreement sought.
2
Consideration should be given to any donor charge used when calculating the total NEQ.
Page 2 of 5
Chapter 5
a. National standards for the qualification of EOD operators.

b. National standards for EOD procedures.
c. The capability to accredit mine action organisations involved in EOD
operations.
d. The capability to monitor the effectiveness and safety of mine action
organisations involved in EOD operations
e. National systems for EOD incident reporting
5.2 Demining Organisations: Demining organisations shall:
a. Establish and maintain SOPs for EOD operations which comply with
IMAS and this NTSG
b. Recruit, train and maintain appropriate staff to carry out EOD
operations
c. Apply the detail of accredited SOPs during EOD operations in a
consistent, effective and safe manner.
d. Cooperate with UNMAO staff responsible for implementing policy
and monitoring EOD operations.
6. REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES

6.1 The guidelines for setting up demolitions, contained in IMAS 10.30, must
be strictly adhered to. The following requirements and procedures shall be
applied during EOD operations:
a. Neutralization and Disarming –

(1) Wherever possible and/or practicable UXO shall be destroyed
in-situ by detonation.
(2) If not possible to destroy in-situ because of safety factors,
environmental considerations or the possibility of unacceptable
damage being inflicted on nearby infrastructure, then alternative
techniques of disposal should be applied. This may include low
order (deflagration) or render safe techniques in which case the
UXO can be removed to a safe location for disposal.
(3) All techniques planned to be used are to be detailed within the
organisations SOPs.
b. Destruction – this applies to UXO destroyed in-situ and those
removed for disposal either individually or in bulk:
(1) Appropriate measures shall be taken to contain blast and
fragmentation effects. This includes consideration into the
safeguarding of the general public, their livestock, their buildings
and other such concerns that may be affected by operations by
implementing sufficient safety distances and the isolation of any
danger area by the use of sentries and warnings. IMAS 10.20
should be referred to for clarification of laying down ‘danger areas’
however it should be remembered this is only a guide.
Page 3 of 5
Chapter 5
(2) Sites chosen for bulk destruction shall be sited away from
populated areas so as to represent no risk to the local inhabitants,
live stock or infrastructure.
(3) EOD Operators shall only deal with those items and situations
for which they have been trained and accredited.
(4) SOPs shall contain details of the organisations
procedures/methodology for calculating and implementing danger
areas.
(5) EOD operators shall be conversant with all protective works
techniques, calculations and construction methods. Organisations
are to include protective works measures in their EOD SOP.
c. Initiation Methods – The following applies to whichever method is
used:
(1) Crimping of detonators, final placement of charges and all
clear checks at the completion of a demolition are a ‘one man risk’
and shall only be completed by the OIC of the disposal site.
(2) Firing points shall be sited outside of the fragmentation hazard
zone or be suitably protected against the effects of fragmentation
and blast caused from the demolition.
(3) SOPs relating to demolitions are to be strictly adhered to and
shall include the following safety precautions when conducting
either electrical or non-electrical methods of initiation:
(a) Electrical Initiation – This is the preferred method and
should be used whenever possible and/or practicable. When
used:
i. All electrical firing circuits shall be sited a minimum
distance of 300m from the nearest radio or radar
transmitting aerial when the wattage output is unknown.
ii. The minimum safety distance from all HF vehicle radio
transmitters is 160 m.
iii. The minimum safety distance from all VHF radios is
25m.
iv. Anti-static precautions shall be taken prior to handling
any electro-explosive items.
v. A wait time of 10 minutes shall be applied for all
electrically initiated misfires.
(b) Non-electrical Initiation – This should only be used when
electrical initiation is not possible and/or practicable. When
used:
i. Minimum length of safety fuse permitted to be used
per firing serial is 600mm.
ii. The first and last 300mm of the safety fuse coil is to be
discarded.
iii. Test the burning time of 300mm of safety fuse noting
the burning rate.
iv. Calculate the length of fuse required to walk from the
demolition site to the safe area.
v. A wait time of 30 minutes shall be applied for all non-
electrical misfires.
d. EOD Reporting – Comprehensive reports are required following the
completion of an EOD task. The destruction of a single item of UXO (spot
EOD task) shall be recorded in the IMSMA Dangerous Area Report,
Page 4 of 5
Chapter 5
ensuring the appropriate section on EOD spot tasks is completed. All

other EOD tasks are to be recorded in the IMSMA Progress Report
Form.
Page 5 of 5
LOCATING CDS AND PROCEDURES DURING

ITS OPERATION
1. LOCATION
1.1 The preferred site should be situated away from populated areas and afford
good all round visibility. The selected site should, if possible, be above the
surrounding area to reduce the effects of earth shock and consideration given to
the presence of rocks or other debris that may produce secondary fragmentation
hazards. Other considerations to be taken into account are:
a. Sited away from known flight paths and from known used waterways.
b. Suitability of underfoot conditions where vehicles and personnel will
traffic across the whole site.
c. Requirements for and practicality of upgrading access and egress
vehicle routes across the site.
d. Availability of visually interlocking sentry positions outside of the danger
area.
e. Proximity to a suitable and appropriate medical facility.
f. Suitable positioning of Helicopter Landing Site (HLS).
g. Availability of a suitable location for a sheltered and protected explosive
storage area.
h. Locations for site office, briefing areas, rest areas, vehicle parking
areas.
i. Suitable position for the firing point.
2. AUTHORITY AND LICENCING
2.1 Once a suitable CDS has been identified, all details including the expected
NEQ, a map and a scale drawing of the site and an Explosive Safety Trace shall
be forwarded to the UNRMAO. This will be evaluated and a recommendation for
approval/non-approval as appropriate will be forwarded to the Director of the Mine
Action Programme in Sudan for a final decision.
2.2 On approval the user organisation shall mark the site on the ground. This
should include demolition pits, firing point, sentry positions, explosive storage, rest
areas and vehicle parks. Only when this is achieved can the disposal process
commence.
2.3 A master map and other relevant details of the approved CDS shall be kept
with the UNRMAO.
3. PROCEDURES
3.1 Safety of all personnel, livestock and property who/that may be affected
during any demolitions or other activities conducted at the CDS shall be made the
Page 1 of 2
highest priority. For this reason a CDS shall be situated in isolated areas. The
following procedures shall apply before, during and after a demolition activity at a
CDS:
a. A suitably trained, qualified and experienced OIC shall be appointed

and shall be responsible and accountable for all activities conducted at the
CDS on behalf of his organisation and that includes:
(1) The conduct of all demolitions and associated activities including
submitting NOTAMs, application of SOP during operations and the
implementation of safe, effective and accredited procedures.
(2) The safety and security of the CDS.
(3) That appropriate medical evacuation procedures are always in
place.
(4) That post demolition clearances and procedures are adequately
covered and carried out.
(5) The security and accounting of stored and destroyed munitions, of
explosives and of organisational equipment.
(6) Planning and safe, effective implementation of all activities for
which he/she is responsible and that are to be conducted at the site.
(7) Briefing all team members on their individual tasks and
responsibilities and ensuring that the team clearly understand their
roles, responsibilities and duties.
(8) That all safety precautions are observed and implemented and
that only approved and accredited demolition techniques/methods are
used.
b. No demolitions of any sort shall take place at the site without the direct
approval of the Director of SUDANMAP.
Page 2 of 2
Chapter 6
NOTICE TO AIR MOVEMENT (NOTAM)

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 A NOTAM shall be submitted when the total of any one explosive charge
exceeds 25kg. The only exception to this rule is demolitions within 1 km of any
airport or main HLS, which require a NOTAM at all times.
1.2 This guideline is to assist in the authorisation and reporting of the use of
explosives by mine/UXO clearance organisations.
1.3 All explosive demolitions are to be formally co-ordinated by mine action

organisations.
Whenever mine action organisations are using explosives for any reason, on
or off a recognised Central Demolitions Site (CDS), with or without a NOTAM,
they are to inform the local military unit. Demolitions are not to proceed
without military knowledge and approval.
1.4 It is the responsibility of the mine action organisation carrying out any
demolitions to inform and co-ordinate their activities at the local level with military
units and where necessary and/or required other national, governmental and local
authorities.
2. SUBMISSION OF NOTAM
2.1 NOTAMs are required in order to warn aviators of the use of explosives in
any area, so that these areas are not over-flown at critical times. However the
information can also be used to warn/inform other interested parties.
2.2 All NOTAMs are to be submitted direct to the UNRMAO or UNMAO sub-
office who are to disseminate it to both UNMIS and WFP Air Operations and to the
local office of UNDSS. The following details are required:
a. Location of Demolition: This is to be in the form of GPS coordinates

in longitude/ latitude.
b. Maximum Quantity of Explosives to Be Used In Any One
Detonation: This is to be reported in kilograms.
c. Planned Date of Detonation: If no time zone is shown on the NOTAM,
local time is to be stated. If demolitions are to be carried out at the same
time each day, daily timings should be stated on a consolidated weekly
NOTAM.
d. Planned time of detonation: This must be a stated specific time.
Page 1 of 2
Chapter 6
e. Safety distances for charges used: Horizontal safety distances are to

be reported in metres. Vertical safety distances are to be reported in feet.
Vertical safety distances are to be calculated by adding 500 feet additional
safety distance to the horizontal safety distance. Maximum vertical safety
distance allowed within 10km of an airport or main HLS is 1500 feet, unless
prior approval is granted through the NOTAM system.
f. Team Details: Name, radio call sign and frequency of demolition
supervisor.
g. Contact Details: Name and telephone number of contact at mine/UXO
clearance organisation’s headquarters or field office.
h. Additional Information: This is to include the reason for demolition.
e.g. destruction of UXO. All UXO, anti-personnel mines and anti-tank mines
for explosive destruction are to be assessed by weight of explosives
contained inside them, and this figure included in the statement of net
explosive quantity (NEQ) in kilograms.
2.3 A NOTAM shall always be submitted in advance of a planned demolition.

This, whenever practical and possible, should be submitted at least 48-hours in
advance. The only exception to this 48-hour rule is when exceptional
circumstances and the tasking process dictate otherwise.
3. EMERGENCY NOTAMS
3.1 When the use of an explosion in an emergency situation is necessary, such
as for the destruction of UXO in a dangerous location or emergency situation, the
details required for NOTAM are to be passed on to the UNRMAO. An Emergency
NOTAM will be dealt with on a case-by-case basis. These should be the exception
rather than the rule. In all such cases the means of initiation is to be electrical and
the time of detonation is to be carefully controlled to ensure that the airspace is
clear of aircraft.
3.2 Normal safety precautions are to be taken whenever the explosive

destruction of any item of ordnance is carried out. These safety precautions are to
include visual and aural inspection of the airspace above and around the
demolition area to encompass the implemented safety distance.
3.3 If explosive charges or the explosive destruction of ordnance is carried out

within 1 km of an airport, the organisation carrying out the explosive demolitions
should contact the airport control tower or authority in order that local co-operation
is achieved.
3.4 An example of a NOTAM is contained at Annex A.
Page 2 of 2
Annex A to chapter 6
Notice to Air Movement

(NOTAM)
From
To
For Information
SUBJECT: NOTAM REQUEST No
.
A. Location (name)
i. Co-ordinates Latitude Longitude
ii Map Name
iii. Sheet No
B. Quantity of Explosive per Charge
C. Date Time from Time to
D. Safety Distances; Horizontal (m) Vertical (ft) (Horizontal + 500’)
E. Name & Call Sign of Contact
F. Name & Tel of Contact at Org HQ
G. Radio Call Sign Frequency
H Additional Information
Page 1 of 1
NTSG, Part 1, Edition 8
Chapter 7
BATTLE AREA CLEARANCE (BAC)

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 BAC is the systematic search and controlled clearance of hazardous areas
where the hazards are known not to contain mines. It involves the removal and/or
destruction of all UXO and their component parts which would otherwise pose a
significant threat to the local population and progresses through the identification of
a hazardous area achieved by detailed reconnaissance to the reporting and
registration of its completion to UNMAO. Whilst individual areas will vary from
location to location the basic principals of conduct will remain the same
1.2 BAC may involve the clearance of bunkers and ammunitions stockpiles that
includes stockpiles left in any ammunition storage type facility whether it be a
purpose built or a field storage facility. This type of clearance requires a defined,
controlled and systematic clearance and recovery procedure.
1.3 BAC planning shall include the preparation of appropriate procedures for
neutralisation and disarming of all types of UXO likely to be encountered, the use
of suitably trained and qualified personnel and the use of effective and safe
equipment, stores and supplies.
1.4 Personnel who have successfully completed the Basic Deminer Training
Course may be used to man BAC Teams following specific BAC and basic EOD
training. BAC Supervisors should be qualified to EOD Level 3 and BAC Team
Leaders should be qualified to EOD Level 2.
2. BASIC PROCEDURES
2.1 Phase of BAC All BAC tasks shall have the following five phases which may
differ in proportion and conduct depending on the task type and task priority given
by the UNRMAO.
a. Reconnaissance: This is the identification and selection of a

hazardous area for clearance.
b. Survey: This is the definition, registration and mapping of a
hazardous area. With areas that have been subjected to sub-munitions
attack this will mean defining the actual contaminated footprint.
c. Marking: This is the physical marking of the defined hazardous area
which, regardless of the method of search to be employed should conform
to the requirements of ’Site Preparation and Setting Out’ a minefield (see
Chapter 2) and include benchmark, datum point, start point, turning points,
boundary lines and lanes, intermediate lanes and other defined
requirements.
d. BAC: This is the clearance by systematic search, detection and
removal of all UXO within the marked area.
Page 1 of 4
Chapter 7
e. Reporting: This is the accurate, punctual recovery and dissemination

of cleared area information in the form of a suspension or completion report.
3. METHODS OF SEARCH & MINIMUM GUIDELINES

3.1 Selection of which method to use is dependent upon clearance instructions,
terrain, vegetation etc. A combination of different search methods will normally be
employed in order to achieve the desired result. Regardless of the method
employed all personnel entering within 100m of the hazardous area will wear
appropriate PPE.
3.2 Methods that may be used include:
a. Visual Search - is the most effective method of removing the immediate

threat from a hazardous area. It must be strictly controlled to ensure that the
complete area is systematically searched. The following applies:
(1) The vegetation, terrain and environment will dictate the number of
deminers making up a BAC team and the spacing between these
individuals.
(2) The TL must be able to see and hear all deminers at all times.
(3) Each deminer must be able to visually search the area he/she is
responsible for at all times and must be able to hear the TL at all times.
(4) BAC teams shall not search continuously for more than 60
minutes without at least a 10-minute break.
(5) A team will be allocated a ‘box’ to search and this will be further
segmented into ‘lanes’ of a width determined by the restrictions detailed
in paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) above.
(6) A minimum safety distance of 50 metres is maintained between
each BAC team but it may be necessary to increase this depending on
the fragmentation threat.
(7) Each lane will be searched until the whole box has been covered.
Once a box has been searched and all UXO found is marked, the team
can then move onto the next box.
(8) Searching shall always be carried out in complete silence, except
for instructions given by the TL and on the identification of a UXO by a
deminer.
(9) Any deminer who identifies an item of UXO is to immediately alert
the remainder of the team and the TL. Under no circumstances shall
the UXO be moved or disturbed at this stage.
(10) After an evaluation by the TL the UXO is to be appropriately
marked.
(11) In those areas where sub-munition clearance is being conducted,
the location of cluster bomb strike marks should be recorded to assist in
the identification and future evaluation of the strike area footprint and
boundary.
Page 2 of 4
Chapter 7
(12) All items of UXO that have been identified are to be rendered safe
either by disposal by detonation/burning or if safe to do so, recovered to
a central storage area for demolition at a later date. All sub-munitions
are to be destroyed in situ.
b. Instrument Aided Visual Search – used to assist visual search
procedures when the density, covering and/or spread of vegetation hinders
progress, effectiveness, efficiency and safety. Numbers of deminers,
allocation of tasks, adequate supervision and overall conduct of this method
of search must take into consideration the use of detectors whilst applying
the details of paragraph 3.1a (1) to (12) as closely as possible.
c. Sub-surface Search – may be employed initially or following a visual
search of the contaminated area. Dependant upon methodology and
equipment used deminers may work singularly, in pairs and even in threes1
but this should be the maximum. Regardless of this the following applies:
(1) The weather, terrain, environment, instruments and equipments
being used and fragmentation threat shall dictate the composition of
deminers and the spacing between each.
(2) The TL shall allocate each deminer a box. He must be able to see
and hear all deminers at all times.
(3) Each deminer must be able to visually and instrumentally search
the area they are responsible for at all times and must be able to hear
the TL at all times.
(4) A deminer shall not search continuously for more than 60 minutes
without at least a 10-minute break.
(5) A deminer will be allocated a ‘box’ to search and this will be
further segmented into ‘lanes’ of no more than 2m width taking into
account the restrictions detailed in paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) above.
(6) A minimum safety distance of 25 metres is to be maintained
between each deminer but it may be necessary to increase this
depending on the fragmentation threat.
(7) Each lane will be searched until the whole box has been covered.
Once a box has been searched and all UXO found is marked, the
deminer can be moved to the next box.
(8) Searching shall always be carried out in complete silence, except
for instructions given by the TL and on the identification of a UXO by a
deminer.
(9) Levels of clearance will be identified during the tasking and will be
dependant on the overall requirement, future use of the land and
perceived threat. At all times any signal from the instrument that may
reasonably be expected to be an item of UXO is to be investigated.
(10) On location of a sub-surface signal, normal demining probe and
excavation drills should be employed. Every effort must be made not to
jolt, vibrate, strike or otherwise disturb the item giving the signal. The
extent of excavations should be such that it allows the item to be
positively identified.
1
Whichever entity is used reference to a single entity in this chapter is made by the term ‘deminer’
Page 3 of 4
Chapter 7
(11) Any deminer who excavates and identifies an item suspected of

being UXO is to immediately alert the TL.
(12) After an evaluation by the TL any item of UXO is to be
appropriately marked.
(13) In all cases UXO and sub-munitions to a minimum depth of 20cm
are to be located and removed/disposed of.
(14) In those areas where sub-munition are expected the location of
cluster bomb strike marks should be recorded to assist in the
identification and future evaluation of the strike area footprint and
boundary (see Annex B).
(15) All items of UXO that have been identified are to be rendered safe
either by disposal by detonation/burning or if safe to do so, recovered to
a central storage area for demolition at a later date. All sub-munitions
are to be destroyed in situ.
4. DISPOSAL OF UXO
4.1 All items of metallic scrap that have been certified as Free From Explosive
(FFE) are to be stockpiled on site and arrangements made for its removal to a final
place of disposal.
4.2 Any UXO should be disposed of by detonation/burning either in situ (if

unsafe to move) or at a CDS (if safe to move) as soon as possible. In
circumstances, where disposal cannot take place that day, the item is to be
effectively marked, protected and the local inhabitants informed.
4.3 Items of UXO that are considered safe to move may be transported to a pre-
designated storage area for future bulk disposal. Excessively large quantities must
not be allowed to accumulate.
5. REPORTING
5.1 Upon completion of a BAC task a Completion Report is to be completed and
submitted to the UNRMAO. This should include the details of all demolitions
conducted, explosive and accessories usage. These details shall also be detailed
on the Weekly Summary Report submitted to UNRMAO.
Page 4 of 4
Chapter 8
MECHANICAL DEMINING
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Mechanical demining is an essential component of humanitarian mine action

and part of an integrated approach with the associated organisational structure,
logistic and administrative support to provide sustainability.
1.2 Mechanical demining operations may involve a single machine employing

one mechanical tool, a single machine employing a variety of tools or a number of
machines employing a variety of tools.
1.3 A mechanical demining unit refers to one or more machines working as part
of a system for example, a front end loader and a screening plant.
1.4 Mechanical tool refers to the working component(s) attached to a machine,

such as flails, tillers, sifters, rollers, excavators, ploughs, magnets etc. A single
machine may utilise a number of different tools, which may be fixed or
interchangeable.
1.5 Intrusive machine refers to those machines that are designed to work inside
a hazardous area, while the term ‘non-intrusive machine’ refers to those designed
to operate from a cleared or known safe area, with its mechanical tool working in
the hazardous area.
2. MECHANICAL ROLE
2.1 When conducting mechanical demining, machines are divided into three
distinct roles:
a. Mine Clearance Machines – Mine clearance machines are those

machines whose stated purpose is the detonation, destruction or removal of
landmines. As a consequence of this ground processing, the necessity for
post-mechanical follow-up clearance is reduced to the minimum possible, or
in certain cases, eliminated i.e. where the perceived hazard was non
existent, where the machines removed the hazard or where the remaining
hazard forms a tolerable residual risk.
b. Ground Preparation Machines – Ground preparation machines may or
may not be involved in the detonation, destruction or removal of landmines
however they are primarily designed to improve the efficiency of demining
operations by reducing or removing obstacles by:
(1) Vegetation cutting and clearing
(2) Removal of tripwires
(3) Loosening soil
(4) Removal of metal contamination
(5) Removal of building debris, boulders, rubble, defensive wire
obstacles and other hindrances
Page 1 of 8
Chapter 8
(6) Sifting of soil and debris.

c. Mine Protection Detection and Survey Vehicles (MPVDS) – MPVDS
are specifically designed to protect the occupants and equipment from the
effects of a mine detonation. MPVDS are commonly used during detection
and survey operations, where they may carry equipment such as detector
arrays, vapour sampling devices or in some cases push or pull a roller.
While these operations are not strictly mechanical demining operations
involving ‘machines’ and ‘mechanical tools’ some of the work carried out by
MPVDS falls into the category of mechanical demining. For example:
(1) Heavy MPVDS using their wheel tracks to provide an access path
for manual sampling teams (a ground preparation role)
(2) MPVDS pushing or towing rollers (a mechanical mine clearance
role).
3. OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Mine Clearance Machines: When machines are used for mine clearance,
and the machine has been assessed as potentially leaving hazards which pose an
intolerable risk to the end users of the land, follow-up demining operations shall be
carried out before the area is considered cleared.
3.2 Ground Preparation Machines: When machines are used for ground
preparation, they shall always be followed-up by other demining operations such
as manual, Mine Detection Dog (MDD) or mechanical mine clearance.
3.3 Mine Protected Vehicles for Detection and Survey (MPVDS): When
machines are employed for detection and survey operations, the information they
provide shall be followed up as appropriate and determined by an information
management process, e.g. leading to a decision to clear the area, mark the area or
classify the area as non-hazardous i.e. ‘no evidence of mines’.
4. MECHANICAL AREA REDUCTION
4.1 Mechanical area reduction can be a part of a technical survey process or a

part of a clearance operation. Mechanical area reduction involves a machine being
used to indicate or confirm the presence of landmines and/or ERW within a
hazardous area. The aim is to enable the deployment of other demining assets in
areas proven to contain landmines and ERW.
4.2 The scope and extent of mechanical area reduction operations depends on
factors such as the accuracy and completeness of existing information, terrain,
vegetation, machine and tool type, mine and ERW types and area reduction
procedures used. Generally, the less information available about a hazardous
area, the more investigation is required by a machine in order to be able to confirm
the location of landmines and reduce areas.
Page 2 of 8
Chapter 8
5. SYSTEMS APPROACH TO MECHANICAL DEMINING

5.1 In mechanical demining, a ‘systems approach’ is the application of
machines with a combination of tools, or a combination of machines with different
tools, at different stages during the demining process to achieve the maximum
possible standard of clearance.
5.2 Both ground preparation and mine clearance machines may be used within
the systems approach.
5.3 The systems approach is then continued with mechanical demining being
integrated with other demining operations (manual or MDD) to ensure that required
standards of clearance are achieved.
5.4 Shown below is an example of the phases involved in a systems approach
leading to the selection of an appropriate method to deal with a suspected
hazardous area.
PHASE 1
Identify what the mechanical demining systems can
consistently achieve when applied to the landmines and ERW
likely to be in the hazardous area.
PHASE 2
Identify what the mechanical demining systems cannot
achieve when applied to the landmines and ERW likely to be in
the hazardous area. This will identify the remaining hazards
and the residual risk they pose.
PHASE 3
Identify what further demining is necessary to reduce the
residual risk posed by remaining hazards to a tolerable level.
6. TOLERABLE RISK
6.1 Following mechanical mine clearance a risk assessment should be carried

out aimed at identifying the residual risk posed by remaining hazards in order to
assess the requirement for further demining. The mine action organisation and the
UNMAO shall be involved in the risk assessment process and all relevant
information shall be annotated in the Completion Report.
Page 3 of 8
Chapter 8
7. MECHANICAL DEMINING OPERATIONS - GENERAL

REQUIREMENTS
7.1 Machines to be used shall conform to the following general requirements:
a. Each machine shall be Tested and Evaluated (T&E) to determine its

suitability for the task(s) it is expected to carry out in the conditions in which
it will work.
b. The operation of each machine shall be assessed and confirmed as
safe for the operator and any other person on a mechanical demining
worksite.
c. The protection level for machines shall be sufficient to meet the
perceived threat following a risk assessment for the particular task.
d. SOPs shall be developed for each machine. These SOPs should
include:
(1) General mechanical operating procedures.
(2) Specific operating procedures
(3) Procedures detailing the recovery of the machine and extraction
of operator in the event of a machine becoming stranded in a
hazardous area.
(4) Procedures for the integration of the machine with other machines
or demining operations.
(5) Procedures to be followed in the event of a fire on a machine
covering immediate actions to be taken and ensure the safe extraction
of an operator from a hazardous area – where an onboard operator is
present, machines shall be fitted with fire extinguisher or fire
suppressing systems. On no account shall any person be permitted to
enter an unclear area to fight a fire on a burning machine.
e. On-site accreditation of a machine shall be determined after fulfilling
specific T&E and before employment on operations.
f. Machines shall not be used with tools, or on tasks, or in conditions for
which they do not have on-site accreditation.
g. Prior to the deployment of any machine to Sudan, an assessment
should be made to ascertain that suitable in-country infrastructure and
support systems are available to ensure that a machine is operationally
deployable.
8. TESTING AND EVALUATION (T&E)
8.1 T&E of machines is carried out to ensure that a machine is suitable for its
intended use in the conditions in which it will work. IMAS 03.40 should be referred
to for guidance on T&E requirements and parameters but in summary the following
are the minimum requirements.
Page 4 of 8
Chapter 8
a. Performance test – A test to establish whether the machine and its

tool(s) is capable of performing the role for which it is intended under
comparable and repeatable conditions and to evaluate the manufacturer’s
specifications.
b. Survivability test – A test to verify that the machine survives the
explosive forces used as design criteria.
c. Acceptance Test – A test to ensure that a machine is able to work in
the environment where it is intended to be used.
8.2 T&E shall only be conducted in a safe / controlled environment and on

authorisation from the UNMAO.
9. MECHANICAL RECORDS
9.1 Demining organisations shall maintain detailed records of their mechanical
and follow-up operations in order to build up a statistical database of information
that can be used for operational decision making. Such information may for
example, facilitate the release of land after mechanical mine clearance without
follow-up demining if statistical data proves sufficiently, that the residual risk posed
by remaining hazards is tolerable.
9.2 Reporting on operational performance indicators, such as hours worked,

land cleared and landmines and ERW found, is essential to maintain sufficient
statistical records. Reporting on non-operational time, such as mechanical
breakdowns, transport between sites and logistical delays, may help in
understanding the operational constraints and/or in visualising performance trends
of particular machines. This may subsequently help an organisation to improve the
efficiency of its mechanical operations.
10. MACHINE SUPPORT

10.1 The mine action organisation shall ensure the following:
a. Appropriate and sufficient provisions for the maintenance and servicing

of machines.
b. Machines are maintained and serviced in accordance with the
manufacturers’ recommendations.
c. Maintenance and servicing is carried out by qualified personnel and
authorised agencies.
d. Fire fighting equipment is available at all places where refuelling of
machines is carried out.
e. Routine checks are made on the working components of machines and
where working components critical to the effective operation of a machine
are damaged or lost they are repaired or replaced before further work
continues.
f. Routine inspections of safety features on machines are carried out and
where damage is identified, the damage is repaired before further work
continues.
Page 5 of 8
Chapter 8
g. Whenever a machine is subject to a detonation that may have affected

the safety of the operation, the machine is immediately withdrawn from the
hazardous area and inspected.
h. Where damage to a machine may place personnel in danger from
subsequent detonations, the machine should not return to work until the
damage is repaired.
i. Mechanical operators shall be appropriately trained and qualified in the
operation and maintenance of their machines.
11. RESPONSIBILITIES
11.1 The UNMAO shall:
a. Accredit mine action organisations’ SOPs prior to carrying out on-site

accreditation of machines in accordance with the requirements of this
standard.
b. Develop and implement national standards for the employment of
machines on demining operations.
c. Implement QM systems to ensure the safe, effective and efficient use
of machines on demining operations.
d. Provide advice to prospective machine users.
e. Establish reporting systems and procedures for the gathering of data
on mechanical and follow-up demining operations. Such data should be
made available to all stakeholders.
11.2 The mine action organisation shall:
a. Obtain from the UNMAO the operational accreditation for each different
machine (model, make, type) to be used in demining operations.
b. When operating machines comply with the NTSG, with their SOPs and
with the terms of their specific contract.
c. Establish and maintain reporting systems and make the information
available on mechanical and follow-up demining operations as specified by
the UNMAO.
d. Establish systems and procedures to ensure that machines operate
effectively and are properly maintained and serviced and remain safe for the
operator.
e. Ensure sufficient qualified personnel to cover all aspects of the ongoing
operations are on site at all times.
12. SAFETY
12.1 In addition to routine and normal safety practices employed during

humanitarian demining the following safety precautions/procedures shall apply to
all mechanical operations:
Page 6 of 8
Chapter 8
a. When using rollers or flails and inspecting the area afterwards through
clearance or visual inspection, all found mines or mine parts that include the
fuse shall be destroyed in situ. Under no circumstances are these objects to
be remotely moved or neutralised and recovered because of the possible
unstable nature of the mine, firing train or firing train component.
b. When using ploughs, mines may be remotely pulled to remove the
danger of explosive kick-outs when attempting to destroy mines. Once
pulled the mines are to be destroyed by explosive means, either in situ or in
a separate disposal area.
c. If during operations, a hazard is identified which a machine was not
designed or approved to be used against, the mechanical operation shall
cease and a review of the task shall be carried out.
d. Machines shall be checked prior to moving from hazardous to safe
areas to ensure that no landmines, ERW or hazardous components remain
in the working or moving parts of the machine or are attached to the
machine.
e. Communications between the site supervisor and the mechanical
operator shall be in place and confirmed at all times while a machine is
working in a hazardous area.
f. The following minimum safety distance shall be adhered to:
Ser Situation Minimum Safety

Distance (m)
(a) (b) (c)
1 Between Personnel not wearing PPE and a machine working in 200
suspected AP blast mine areas
a suspected AP fragmentation and AT mine areas.
3 Between Personnel wearing PPE and a machine working in 100
suspected AP blast mine areas.
suspected AP fragmentation and AT mine areas.
5 Between Supervisor/Remote control machine operator wearing 100
PPE and a machine working in suspected AP blast mine areas.
6 Between Supervisor/Remote control machine operator wearing 150
PPE and a machine working in suspected AP fragmentation and
AT mine areas.
7 Between Supervisor/Remote control machine operator behind an 50
approved blast/fragmentation screen in suspected AP/AT mine
areas.
8 Between working machines in Anti Personnel and Anti Tank 100
mine areas.
suspected UXO areas.
suspected UXO areas.
Page 7 of 8
Chapter 8
1. Any reduction to these distances shall only be authorised by the UNRMAO on a

case by case basis and shall be required to be included in the detail of relevant
Implementation Plans.
2. These safety distances shall be increased when required in accordance to the mine
/ UXO threat.
3. When operating a remote controlled clearance machine from inside a protected
vehicle the minimum safety distance from a working machine shall be determined by
the level of protection provided. The manufactures guide for the vehicle should be
referred to. In circumstances where this information is not available, the minimum
distance for the maximum suspected mine/UXO threat at the task shall be enforced.
Table 8.1 Safety Distances
13. CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS
13.1 The following applies during all mechanical demining operations:
a. Each clearance line shall have at least 300mm overlap.

b. A 500mm overlap is a minimum for larger flail machines.
c. The clearance lines should be as straight as possible, which shall
ensure a more precise overlap of lines. If the machine cannot work in
straight lines, the overlap area should be increased to ensure the correct
overlap.
d. When flail machines are used the machine must be backed at least
10m before commencing clearance again to ensure an adequate overlap of
the area where the flail stopped.
e. An external controller should carefully record all detonations and visible
throw-outs of possible mines/UXO. This shall assist the quality assurance
and ease the work of manual clearance follow-up afterwards. If the machine
is used for area reduction or mine verification, this information is important in
order to determine the exact location of the mined area.
f. If mines are encountered in an area and the purpose of the clearance
is area reduction, clearance should be undertaken from another direction or
in another line in order to determine the extent of the minefield.
g. Prior to deploying machines, certain considerations such as the threat
(type of ordnance and depth), the terrain (eg, vegetation, rocks, slopes), and
the purpose of clearance (eg, 100% clearance to the required depth, area
reduction, verification, removal of vegetation, ground breaking) must be
taken into account. Machines maybe adjusted accordingly to search for
mines at varying depths depending on the task requirement.
h. The purpose, method and requirement shall be included in the Task
Dossier and Implementation Plan. Any deviation to this must be approved
by the UNMAO.
i. Soil expansion (the increase in volume of soil as a result of mechanical
processing) is to be taken into consideration when planning follow-up
demining. Depth of clearance shall be referenced to the original
undisturbed ground surface.
Page 8 of 8
Chapter 9
MINE DETECTION DOGS (MDD) OPERATIONS

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 The use of Mine Detection Dogs (MDD) is an effective aid to humanitarian
demining especially for Technical Survey and as an area reduction tool prior to
deploying other clearance assets. MDD can support or be used as an alternative to
manual clearance and mechanical demining for working in difficult conditions such
as areas with a high metallic content and minimal metal mines.
1.2 MDD will undergo a period of acclimatisation in order to become

acclimatised to the local weather conditions, vegetation, soil condition and
surrounding environment prior to be putting forward for accreditation.
1.3 MDD should be regarded as a method of confirming the presence of mine

contamination rather than identifying the location of every individual mine. When
searching for mines / UXO, the hazardous area is to be searched by a minimum of
two mine detection dogs, with no indications before it can be considered as
cleared.
1.4 All MDD deployed will be subject to accreditation prior to commencing

operational tasks and will only be tasked for activities that they accredited for (the
MDD accreditation process is at Annex A).
2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2.1 The mine action organisation is responsible for ensuring that the following
general requirements are implemented:
a. Each team (MDD and handler) is to be operationally accredited before

commencing any humanitarian demining.
b. A daily evaluation of the MDD is to be undertaken prior to commencing
work that shall include a check of its health and general well-being, a
detection test and based on these, an assessment that the MDD can
carryout the tasks required from it.
c. Routine internal training and evaluation of all teams is to be addressed
by mine action organisations every 2 months.
d. Records of QA to include training, evaluation, accreditation and daily
performance are to be maintained in the relevant MDD logbook that is
available for inspection at any time.
e. MDD SOPs shall cover:
(1) Operational details for each activity to include:
(a) Team composition
(b) Area marking before, during and after clearance
(c) Tools and equipment requirements
(d) Safety distances
(e) Details of specific clearance drills
Page 1 of 9
Chapter 9
(f) Command and control (to include communications)

(g) Marking indications
(h) Investigating indications
(i) Actions on locating a mine/UXO
(j) Marking of mine/UXO
(k) Disposal of mine/UXO
(l) Retesting and evaluation procedures
(m) Manual clearance of areas inaccessible to MDD
(2) Work routine for MDD teams
(3) MDD team refresher training and QA, evaluation requirements
(4) The integration of MDD with other clearance assets
(5) Data collection and recording
(6) Administrative and support
(7) Reports, records and returns
(8) Medivac/Casevac plan for in case of illness/injury to an MDD
(9) Demining accident/incident procedures to include retrieval of MDD
details
3. GENERAL SAFETY
3.1 The following general safety precautions shall be considered and applied
during MDD operations:
a. MDD operations shall be under control of a supervisor who is

responsible for all aspects of the work site.
b. Testing of the MDD for obedience, motivation, concentration and
detection capability shall be carried out on site each day prior to
commencing work and the results recorded within the MDD logbook.
c. The MDD handler shall determine how long a MDD shall work
depending on the temperature and prevailing conditions. At any time the
MDD shall not work for more than 60 minutes without having a 10 minute
break however, if at any time the MDD handler is not satisfied with the
performance of the MDD then it is to be withdrawn from work immediately
and corrective action taken. The reasons for withdrawal and the corrective
action is to be recorded in the MDD logbook.
d. MDD operations shall not be carried out if the wind speed is greater
than 7m/s however this can be reduced if dust is being raised by the wind.
e. Entry into the hazardous area by other personnel or assets is to be
restricted until it has been checked by at least 2 MDD. This includes entry
by persons responsible for marking indications.
f. MDD handlers are shall not be permitted to carry mobile phones.
g. Suitable and effective PPE will be worn by MDD handlers as per the
requirements of all other humanitarian demining operations with the only
exception being that ‘half-visors’ may be used. These must however
conform to the specifications of IMAS.
h. Safety lanes cleared by MDD are to be cleared to the required search
depth to provide safe access for the MDD team to boxes, areas and start
Page 2 of 9
Chapter 9
lines. The lanes shall be a minimum of 2 metres wide and a maximum of 30

metres in length.
i. The layout of the hazardous area and deployment of the MDD shall
ensure that the MDD is at all times visible to the handler during operations.
j. The minimum safety distances when conducting MDD clearance shall
be as per Chapter 2, Site Preparation and Setting Out where MDD shall be
regarded as ‘Personnel’.
4. LIMITATIONS
4.1 Listed below are common circumstances which may influence the MDD
ability to operate effectively.
a. Areas heavily contaminated by explosives, unless the MDD are

specifically trained for such conditions.
b. Area of dense vegetation where the handler has difficulties to see
signals and indications from the MDD.
c. Areas where the MDD may have to traverse steep slopes that may
affect the dogs ability to indicate.
d. Wet areas with a water mirror exceeding 1m2 or any areas where the
MDD may be required to jump for what ever reason.
e. Near cliff edges.
f. High-density minefields.
g. Areas where tripwires are expected, unless the MDD is accredited to
do so.
h. Weather conditions where consideration should be given to the wind
speed, the heat and general prevailing conditions.
i. Temperature and heat will affect the ability of the MDD. Planning
should ensure that MDD are utilised during hours which least impact on their
ability to work effectively i.e. avoiding the hottest part of the day which will
alter from season to season. MDD will generally not work effectively when
the temperature or heat index exceeds 34°c however this is only a guide.
The MDDs should have proven themselves able to detect mines/UXO well
under similar conditions during training and tests.
4.2 This list is not exhaustive. It is the overall responsibility of the mine action
organisation to decide when and how to use their MDD assets whilst ensuring
compliance with its accreditation and its abilities and effectiveness based on on-
going training and evaluation. It is the responsibility of the MDD handler to make
on-site decisions as to the MDD capability, effectiveness and efficiency.
5. TASKING
5.1 MDD teams may be tasked for the following operations:
a. Verification, survey or area reduction of suspected mined areas.

b. Clearance of low-density mined areas.
c. Clearance of suspected mined railroads.
Page 3 of 9
Chapter 9
d. Clearance of suspected mined roads.

e. Clearance in areas where handheld mine detectors are unable to
operate (eg, high metal content).
f. Quality Control on any clearance task provided it is suitable for MDD
operation.
6. PLANNING
6.1 General: The following shall be considered when planning all MDD
operations:
a. Assessment of the general task and of the threat to ensure the use of
the MDD is in accordance with its abilities and accreditation.
b. Assessment of the type of mines/UXO in the area to ensure the MDD
has received relevant training and accreditation.
c. Previous and/or planned demolitions of mines/UXO in the area and the
MDD effectiveness to operate.
d. The layout/boxing of the area taking into account safety distances
between each MDD and between the MDD and other humanitarian
demining activities.
e. The prevailing wind direction (or the changes in the wind direction),
humidity of the soil, vegetation and requirements for the supervision and
general management of the operation.
f. Restrictions and/or limitations present in the area that will affect the
safety and effectiveness of the MDD.
g. Training and evaluation minefields where MDD teams will practice
must be established by the mine action organisation in the area of
operation. These should mirror as closely as possible and where practicable
all aspects i.e. vegetation, environment, wind direction, terrain etc that the
MDD will be required to operate in. Mines/UXO used shall:
(1) Stay in the ground untouched for a significant period (minimum of
3 weeks).
(2) Be buried at different depths and down to the maximum
requirements of clearance (15cm).
(3) Conform to the different types likely to be encountered.
6.2 Clearance behind Mechanical Clearance: The following shall be applied

when planning MDD operations behind mechanical clearance:
a. If the machine has disturbed the soil, the MDD shall not be used to
clear behind the machine until at least 2 days after the mechanical mine
clearance has taken place, provided that it has rained at least one time
during these days.
b. In periods with no rain, the soak time must be increased to a minimum
of 7 days.
Page 4 of 9
Chapter 9
c. If the machine has been used to clear an area with a relatively high
density of mines, MDD should not be used since lumps of explosives and
bits of mines casing are likely to be widely spread around the area that may
confuse the MDD and make the search less reliable.
d. If the machine is not disturbing the soil, but working with any type of
bush cutting machine, the MDD shall not be used to clear behind the
machine until at least 24 hours after the cutting of the vegetation.
e. When an MDD has indicated, an area of at least 5 metres radius
around the indication point shall be manually cleared (see diagram below).
6.3 Using MDD in areas where the vegetation has been burned or cut: The
following applies:
a. MDD shall not be used to search in areas where the vegetation has
been burned within four days, unless they have proven, through testing
(internal), to be capable of detecting mines and UXO in recently burned
areas.
b. Vegetation should be cut as close as possible to the ground allowing
for the threat and should aim to be cut without leaving sharp or ragged
edges that may injure the MDD.
6.4 Using MDD for Road and/or Verge Clearance: Depending on the method
to be employed the following shall be applied when planning MDD operations for
road clearance:
a. Safe access and egress of the MDD team.

b. Number of MMD that can be used safely and effectively.
c. Method of clearance i.e. from the sides, from one end to the other, from
both ends to the middle.
d. Layout of boxes and/or lanes to include safe lanes where relevant
e. Vegetation removal
Page 5 of 9
Chapter 9
7. MARKING
7.1 Area marking prior to, during and after MDD operations shall be in
accordance with the details in Chapters1, 2 and 3 of this NTSG. In addition the
following shall be applied:
a. Oil and spirit-based spray paints should be avoided.

b. Painted posts/rocks shall be painted at least 7 days before MDD
operations commence.
8.1 Pre-deployment Requirements: The following shall be applied:
a. Prior to deployment, all MDD are to be checked by a vet and recorded

as cleared as medically fit for deployment and work in the environment
which they will be required to operate.
b. MDD are to re-checked by a vet each 6 months to assess the MDD
capability to continue works the results of which are to be recorded
accordingly.
8.2 General Requirements: The following general requirements shall be

applied:
a. 100% of the hazardous area shall be searched by a minimum of 2

MDD before implementing subsequent actions (see Annex B).
b. The MDD shall apply and adhere to accredited drills for the operation
and/or as agreed with UNMAO.
c. The MDD shall have a recorded search depth down to a minimum of
15 centimetres.
d. When an MDD has indicated on areas other than those that have been
mechanically processed, an area of at least 1 metre radius around the
indication point shall be manually cleared (see diagram below).
Page 6 of 9
Chapter 9
8.3 Command and Control: The site Supervisor is responsible for the overall
management and supervision of all assets deployed on the operation and shall
ensure that all operations are conducted in accordance with the mine action
organisations SOP. As such he/she is to be sufficiently experienced, qualified and
capable.
8.4 On-site Requirements: The following shall be implemented during all

operations:
a. Sufficient water, at least five litres per MDD per day, shall be available
at all times.
b. The MDD shall be given frequent rests as per previous detail within this
chapter.
c. If it is impossible to motivate the MDD for work, it shall not be used.
d. In case of injury or illness, suitable transport shall at all times be
available at the task site for evacuation of the dog to a more suitable health
care centre.
e. Procedures for countering the relevant threats from stray dogs and
other animals.
f. Adequate provision to ensure that MDD are not kept in the sun or in
conditions that do not offer acceptable temperatures and/or shade.
8.5 Equipment: The following is a list of the minimum equipment required for
each MDD:
a. Collar
b. Lead
c. Harness
d. Tie cable/chain
e. Food bowl
f. Drinking bowl
g. Water container
h. Grooming brush
i. Reward equipment
j. Indication markers
k. Measuring tape (minimum of 30m)
l. Compass
m. Weather instruments (temperature, wind speed)
n. Portable kennel, flight box
o. Shade/sun protection (umbrella)
p. First aid kit (Annex C)
q. MDD log Book (Annex D)
8.6 Recording: The mine action organisation shall ensure that a logbook is
prepared for each MDD or group of MDD and that this is available at all times for
inspection. The minimum requirements of this can be seen at Annex D.
8.7 Medical, Healthcare, Kennels and Feeding: The following applies:

Page 7 of 9
Chapter 9
a. Whilst MDD are in kennels, it is recommended that only certified

handlers/kennel assistants should feed, remove MDD, clear or enter the
kennels.
b. Listed below are aspects to be monitored daily and aimed at assisting
the handler to understand his/hers MDD day to day status that should
enable him/her to recognise sickness and other problems with the MDD in a
timely fashion:
Anal area Legs Nose

Paws Grooming State of Coat
Tail Ears Eyes
Testicles Mouth Vagina
Temp Penis
c. Handlers are responsible for reporting to their Supervisor any medical,

health problems or unusual, out of character behaviour in their MDD. The
following shall be adhered to when conducting MDD operations:
8.8 Transportation: MDD are to be transported, loaded and unloaded from

vehicles in a manner that ensures the health and wellbeing of the animal at all
times. Handlers shall ensure that as a minimum the following is applied:
a. MDD are to be transported in portable kennels/crates which are to be

adequately secured to prevent movement, tipping, slippage etc
b. MDD are to be unleashed in the portable kennel/crates during
transportation
c. MDD are to be placed into the kennels/crates which are then to be
lifted on/off the vehicle. The only exception to this is if suitable ramps are
provided which the MDD can walk up/down safely
d. Under no circumstances is an MDD to be allowed to jump off a vehicle
e. Care must be taken to ensure the blocking the ventilation holes of the
portable kennel/crates is at all times avoided
f. When long-distances are to be covered adequate breaks where the
MDD can be released to take on water and stretch should be accounted for
9. QUALITY ASSURANCE
9.1 The each mine action organisation shall comply with the following:
a. Routine and regular training and internal QA processes are to be

implemented and conducted by the mine action organisation in accordance
with the detail of this chapter the details of which are to be kept on record
and be presentable to UNMAO representatives on request.
b. Present MDD every 3 months on request of UNMAO to undergo
External QA.
Page 8 of 9
Chapter 9
c. At least 25% of any area searched by an MDD is to be checked and

this is to comprise of at least 4 separate areas spread over the complete
area.
10. ACCREDITATION OF MDD
10.1 All organisations intending to use MDD for mine/UXO clearance operations
must ensure that the MDD team have received the necessary accreditation and
licensing from the UNMAO.
10.2 Accreditation shall only be given on completion of the desktop accreditation

and appraisal of the mine action organisation SOP and on-site assessment of the
MDD teams.
10.3 Continuous evaluation shall be conducted by the UNMAO to ensure that

safe and effective MDD operations are being conducted. Failure to comply with the
mine action organisation SOP, NTSG or IMAS may result in suspension, further
evaluations or termination of the accreditation license.
Page 9 of 9
MINE DETECTION DOG ACCREDITATION

1. OPERATIONAL ACCREDITATION MDD PROCEDURES
1.1 The most important element of the accreditation is the operational

accreditation of the MDD team. All activities must conform to the minimum
standards detailed in IMAS 09.42. The following provides pertinent details to be
applied during the operational accreditation of MDD in SudanMAP:
a. Accreditation Area: All MDD operational accreditation should be

carried out at an accredited and approved UNMAO accreditation site that
should mirror as closely as possible the overall environment of the area
where operations are to take place. Details covering the exact location,
design and overall size of this area should be recorded in a ‘minefield
record’ and kept by the relevant Regional UNMAO. It should be fenced and
secured at all times and entry restricted only to those authorised to enter.
b. Weather Conditions: Operational accreditation of MDD’s should only

be carried out if the weather is similar to that which the organisation would
use the MDD during normal clearance. If the weather is such that the
organisation would not use the dog and this is stated in the SOP, the
operational accreditation should be called off to allow improvement in
weather conditions. As a general rule, operational accreditation should not
be carried out if it is too hot, too windy or if it is raining.
c. Type of Mines/UXO: The accreditation site shall consist of mines/UXO

likely to be encountered during operations that are buried at differing depths
down to the maximum (15cm) required by operations. The type of
mine/UXO, exact location, depth and any other relevant detail are to be
recorded in the ‘minefield record’.
d. Search Area: Boxes of 10m x 10m containing a varying number of

mines/UXO should be used. Each box shall have from zero to four mines.
Each MDD shall search a minimum of three boxes (300 m²) and maximum
five boxes (500m²).
e. Training Area: A training area outside of the accreditation site shall be

available to allow mine action organisations to carry out internal ‘work up’
training before the operational accreditation commences. An organisation
can expect 2-5 days of access to these training boxes prior to an operational
accreditation. This area will not provide the space to conduct any major
training or to ‘work up’ new dog handlers. It is the mine action organisation’s
responsibility to construct a training field for these purposes.
f. Maturity: An operational accreditation box shall have mines that have

been in the ground untouched for at least 3 months. No MDD should be
accredited on boxes that have been used recently for the accreditation of
Page 1 of 4
other MDD’s. Ageing time since last accreditation is a minimum time period
of 3 weeks.
g. Clearance Technique During Accreditation: The area shall be

searched in accordance with the SOP of the organisation to be accredited.
Some modification may take place when the procedure in question is
affecting the effectiveness of the accreditation e.g. throwing beanbags in to
the box to indicate a find is not allowed and instead the edges of the box
can be marked to record the position of an indication.
h. Search Break: The MDD handler may ask for a search break any time
during the operational accreditation. A break may be required because of a
provisional lapse or if the MDD or the handler needing to drink water. If the
MDD handler uses two dogs, he may let the first MDD rest and start the
search with the second MDD in another box assigned by the MDD QA
Officer. If an MDD team is not able to complete the search of all assigned
boxes during one day then the search may then be continued the next day
provided that the given time restrictions are not been exceeded.
i. Time Restrictions: The UNMAO will use the mine action organisation
MDD SOP policy as a reference for implementing time restrictions during
operational accreditation. This will reflect the times detailed in the SOP to
clear an area during live operations to which will be added a further 10%. If
no time is detailed in the mine action organisation SOP then a time restriction
of 3 hours for 3 boxes and 5 hours for 5 boxes will be applied that will include
rest and breaks and in which the MDD must complete the operational
accreditation.
j. Primary and Secondary Verification of a Box: During the operational

accreditation every MDD shall do a primary search in at least two of the
boxes. If the MDD QA Officer suspects that the secondary MDD is not
conducting its search properly the first search dog should be ordered to sit
randomly 3-4 times at spots in the box after completion of the search and
before the secondary search dog is allowed to search the box.
k. Pass Criteria: The following is the pass criteria:
(1) SOP is followed correctly.

(2) 100% indication of all mines/UXO per MDD.
(3) All indications are within 100cm of the mine/UXO.
(4) A maximum of 4 false indications per box per MDD.
l. Failure Criteria: The MDD will fail the operational accreditation if it fails
to meet or conform to any aspect of the pass criteria or if t MDD dog
scratches or digs the ground at any time during the operational
accreditation.
Page 2 of 4
m. Action on Failure: If an MDD team fails to pass the operational

accreditation, the MDD team cannot be re-assessed within the next 7 days.
If more than 75% of the MDDs from the same mine action organisation fail,
the UNMAO have the right to terminate the operational accreditation for that
organisation. If an MDD fails a second evaluation, a third operational
accreditation should only be undertaken after one month. If an MDD fails the
test three times then the MDD shall be denied to be re-tested for a period of
one (1) year.
n. Additional Regulations: The MDD handler has the right to observe the
site prior to the operational accreditation and to walk the dog around the
accreditation site outside the boundary marking tapes before the operational
accreditation commences.
o. Marking of Finds: When a mine is found, the handler shall mark it in

accordance with the mine action organisations SOP. If this process includes
notification to a team leader etc to put out a marker, this is acceptable.
However it is not allowed to throw anything into the box during the
operational accreditation even if this is the normal procedure.
p. Accreditation Team: The operational accreditation shall normally and

wherever possible be conducted by the UNMAO MDD QA Officer. When,
due to unavoidable circumstances, he/she is not available an UNMAO QA
Officer with relevant experience can stand in. The manager or the senior
supervisor of the mine action organisation which is undergoing operational
accreditation has the right to be present during the evaluation if desired.
q. Accreditation Forms: An example of the operational accreditation

form shall on request be made available to all mine action organisations
prior to the operational accreditation period. This shall be completed during
the operational accreditation by the UNMAO officer and on completion shall
be signed by him/her, the dog handler and the senior supervisor (if present).
2. EXTERNAL EVALUATION OF MDD
2.1 Continual external evaluation of accredited MDD shall be conducted every 3

months. This should be done at a UNMAO accreditation area either at the Regional
office or at a Sub-office. The evaluation should be carried out by the MDD QA
Officer or suitably experienced UNMAO QA Officer. The following are the
requirements for the External Evaluation:
a. A minimum of 200 m² to be searched per MDD.

b. At least 0-4 mines/UXO items to be in each box used.
c. Test items shall include mines/UXO items common to the theatre.
d. The items are to have been in the ground for at least 3 months and
untouched for a minimum of three weeks.
e. The pass criteria is:
(1) The SOP is followed correctly.
Page 3 of 4
(2) 100% indication of all mines/UXO per dog.

(3) All indications are within 100 cm from the mine/UXO.
(4) A maximum of 2 false indications per box per MDD.
f. The MDD will fail if it does not conform to any of the pass criteria or it
scratches or digs the ground at any time during the evaluation.
g. If the MDD fails the evaluation, the dog shall be taken out of work for a
minimum of 1 week when it will undergo re-training. A further evaluation will
be undertaken successfully before the dog can regain his operational status.
h. If one or more MDD are performing badly during a second evaluation,
the dog and the whole mine action organisations previous work may be
disqualified as well as their licence withdrawn. This shall be decided by a
board consisting of the MDD QA Officer, an MDD specialist and the
Regional Operations Officer. A new licence shall not be given out until the
organisation has commenced proper re-training and a new operational
accreditation has taken place.
Page 4 of 4
ANNEX B to Chapter 9
MDD CLEARANCE PROCEDURE

1. To ensure that 100% of any hazardous area is cleared the clearance
procedure is to be adopted by mine action organisations when employing MDD.
2. Operational accreditation will require this process to be practiced and mine

action organisation SOPs shall detail this procedure.
Start line of Box 3
Second
Box
1 metre (min)
Start line of Box 2
First Box
Start line of Box 1
MDD clearance shall start at least one metre prior to the base line of
the next box to ensure that the MDD is searching immediately on
crossing the base line.
Page 1 of 1
ANNEX C to Chapter 9
MDD FIRST AID KIT & ROUTINE HEALTH

CHECKS
1. GENERAL
1.1 All medics should be equipped with the medical kits and training that are
sufficient to stabilise expected trauma injuries at the location. Equipment and
materials should be replaced before the stated expiry date (Subject to availability).
Each Medic will be issued a Trauma Pack and that Medic will be responsible to
have it immediately available during clearance operations. The Medic will also be
responsible for ordering replacement medical supplies. The recommended
minimum medical equipment is listed as :
Item Quantity Expiration Notes
Date
AIRWAY/O2
“D” Size Oxygen Cylinder with 1 Minimum
regulator attached 500 PSI
Adult NRB O2 Mask 1
G – Tube #3 1
G– Tube #4 1
Ambu-bag 1
Suction Device 1
Suction Canister 2
Laryngoscope Handle 1
Miller Blade 1
MacIntosh Blade 1
Suction Catheter 12 FR 1
ETT 7.0, 7.5, 8.0 1 Each
ETT Stylet 1
Chest Decompression 1 /14ga
Scissors/Forceps
Sterile Scalpels 5
Trauma Shears 1
Bandage Scissors 1
Kelly Forceps 1
Tongue Forceps 1
McGill Forceps 1
Splints
Traction Splint 1
Sam Splints and Hard 1/2
Triangular Bandage 2
C – Collar 1
Solutions/Creams
Antibiotic Cream 1 Tube
Iodine/Alcohol 1 Bottle 100cc
Intubation Jelly 1 Tube
Bandages/Dressing
2”/4” Tape 6 Rolls
AB Bandage 2
Petroleum Gauze 10
2” Field dresssing 6 Rolls
4” Field Dressing 6 Rolls
Page 1 of 3
2 x 2 Pads or Eye Pads 25

4x4 Pads 25
Burn Kit Includes 1
dressings
Exam /Equipment
Protective Glasses 1 Pair
Latex Gloves Large 12 Pair
Extra Straps 2
Stethoscope 1
B/P Cuff 1
Penlight 1
Body Bag/Triage Tags 1/1 Set
Face Mask 1
IV/Syringes/Caths
Alcohol Swabs 25
Tourniquet 1
Sharps Bottle 1
5cc Syringes 5
10cc Syringes 5
21ga Needles 10
14ga IV Catheters 5
18ga IV Catheters 5
20ga IV Catheters
Water Inj 0.9% 10cc 10
IV Drip Sets 5
IV Saline/ LR 2 each 500cc Btl
Medications
Tramadol 5 Amps
Promethazine 5 Amps
Naloxone 2 Amps
Ambulance:
Blanket Roll 1
Strertcher 1
Ambu Bag 1
O2 Tank` 1 500 min
O2 Regulator 1
Sharps Container 1
Codan Radio 1
Hard Board or Scoop Stretcher 1
2. TABLE OF RECOMMENDED DAILY AND MONTHLY HEALTH

CHECK POINTS
2.1 The following minimum daily and monthly health checks are to be adhered
to:
Daily health check Monthly health check
The dog’s general condition and willingness to The dog’s general condition and willingness to
play and respond to positive stimuli play and respond to positive stimuli
Examine the skin and coat and let the hand Check the appetite by asking the dog handler
run over the body to feel for wounds, ticks,
thorns and areas of matted hair, or lumps and
Page 2 of 3
bumps
Examination of breast, legs and paws. Look Check the skin and coat for wounds, ticks,
particularly for hot spots swollen joints, dry thorns and areas of matted hair, or lumps and
pads, long or damaged claws and fungus bumps
diseases between toes
Examine the tail, anal region and anal sacs. Examine the nose, mucous membranes,
Look for swelling and irritation throat, tongue and teeth
Examine the vagina/penis and testes Examine the eyes and ears
Examine the nose, eyes and ears Check visually the lung functions and the
hydration status
Examine the mouth and throat. Control Inspect lymph nodes for swelling or sore
mucous membranes, throat, tongue and teeth. points
Look for swelling, changes in colour, inflamed
gums, bad breath and foreign bodies/objects
and lose or broken teeth and accumulated
tartar
Check the temperature if there is any doubt Check the heart and pulse function
about the dog’s health
Check the body temperature
Page 3 of 3
ANNEX D to Chapter 9
MDD LOG BOOKS
1. MDD Log Books

1.1 Log books are to be maintained for all MDD employed in Sudan and updated daily by the
MDD group leader/supervisor or handler. Log books are to record details of:
a. Daily health checks and assessment of each MDD prior to starting work
b. Details of the MDD daily work carried out, including an appraisal of the MDD’s
performance
c. Rest and rotation routines of the MDD whilst working.
d. Disease, sickness or injury to the MDD, including any comments or observations made
by a veterinarian.
e. An assessment of the MDD after the search has been completed
.2 The log book should provide a continuous written evaluation of the MDD health condition
and search ability
.3 If the dog handler has not written the logbook himself, he shall sign the log after each entry
to confirm its accuracy.
1.4 The log book is to remain in the possession of the MDD handler at all times during
operations in the field and is to be available for inspection by external QA inspection teams as
required.
1.5 If a MDD is removed from operations, all its log books are to be placed into an archive. Log
books are to be stored in the archive for a minimum period of 12 months after the completion of the
last demining tasks on which the MDD was employed. The logbook shall be kept by the
responsible manager and presented to QA teams upon request.
Page 1 of 1
Chapter 10
MEDICAL SUPPORT, TRAINING,

AND CASUALTY EVACUATION
1. GENERAL
1.1 Appropriate medical support and a workable casualty/medical evacuation

procedure is one of the principles of mine/UXO clearance and shall always be a
compulsory requirement for mine clearance.
1.2 If the medical cover stipulated in this chapter is removed or unavailable,

clearance shall cease immediately until it has been restored.
1.3 Teams shall formally exercise casualty evacuation at least once a month
and upon changing worksites. These exercises shall be recorded in the clearance
task log.
1.4 No mine/UXO clearance operations shall commence without an acceptable

level of medical support and a casualty/medical evacuation plan that everyone
involved fully understands, and has practised.
1.5 Every mine/UXO clearance and EOD activity shall make provision for
adequate medical cover and casualty/medical evacuation. In submitting contract
applications, contracting organisations shall have to state clearly the level of
medical support to be provided for their teams. The minimum requirement is:
a. Located on the operational site, the organisation must be able to

conduct casualty collection and Basic Life Support1 (BLS) within 5 minutes
and have Advanced Life Support2 (ALS) qualified Medic available at the
casualty within 15 minutes. The Medic shall have passed Accreditation by
the UNMAO Medical Coordinators office. The medic shall have immediate
access to a serviceable and suitable evacuation vehicle and an
appropriately trained driver, which, during operational hours is used for no
other purpose. The vehicle shall be suitable to transport a casualty quickly
and safely to the nearest appropriate medical facility or identified Helicopter
Landing Site (HLS) or airstrip.
b. The safety distance for the medic and medical point shall be situated in
accordance to Table 2.1, Chapter 2, NTSG, Part 1, Demining.
c. In the case of survey teams an ALS qualified Medic shall be within 5
minutes of the team and shall have radio communication should assistance
be needed.
1
Basic Life Support (BLS) does not include the use of drugs or invasive skills, all FSD staff on the operational site are BLS
certified.
2
Advanced Life Support (ALS) is provided by one FSD Medical Technician with equipment and practical skills to effectively
manage trauma, cardio-respiratory arrest, peri-arrest situations and other special circumstances and to treat the
casualty(ies) until transfer to a critical care area is possible.
Page 1 of 11
Chapter 10
d. The Medic on site shall be equipped with the medical facilities that are
sufficient to stabilise expected trauma injuries at the location. The
compulsory minimum medical equipment is listed in Table 10:1.
e. All organisations are to clearly state in their SOP and implementation
plans the intended means of evacuation of casualties. Where this changes
from different site locations, this shall also be clearly shown .
f. Where a vehicle is used it shall be able to carry at least one stretcher
and casualty and be equipped with communications and other equipment
according to Table 10:2.
(1) All equipment shall be fixed safely in the vehicle when it is used
as an evacuation vehicle.
(2) If the vehicle is used as an Ambulance it should have appropriate
alarm lights and sirens and the driver shall be trained in driving the
Ambulance.
(3) It should be remembered that the comfort and safety of the
casualty in transit is more important than speed.
Table 10.1: Compulsory Minimum Medical Equipment for Trauma Care Pack
ITEM QUANTITY
AIRWAY EQUIPMENT
Manual ventilation bag with mask 1
Oral airway disposable various sizes 2,3,4 1 each
CANNULATION AND INJECTION EQUIPMENT
Protective eyewear 1
Sharps disposal container 1
Intravenous Cannula size 14G, 16G, 18G, 20G 2 each
I.V administration set 4
Medical adhesive tape 2.5 cm 1
Venous tourniquet 1
Alcohol swabs 25
Syringe 5ml 5
Syringe 10ml 5
Needle 21G 10
Water for injection or NaCl 0.9% 10ml 10
Medical gloves 10 pair
TRAUMA SUPPLIES
Triangular bandages 2
Sterile dressings (10cmx10cm or 10cmx20cm) 10
Bandage 10cm 5
Bandage 15cm 5
Large multi-trauma abdomen/chest dressing 2
Burn dressings 2
Eye pads 8
Pressure dressing / field dressing 4
Antiseptic solution 100 ml
SPLINTS
Upper limb splint (e.g., Sam, Kramer, cardboard) 1
Page 2 of 11
Chapter 10
Lower Limb Splint (e.g., wooden, cardboard) 1

Cervical stifneck collar set or adjustable stifneck collar 1
OTHER ITEMS
Universal scissors (paramedic shears) 1
Dressing scissors 1
Kelly forceps 1
Dressing Forceps 1
Stethoscope 1
Blood pressure manometer. 1
Casualty triage tags (set 5) 1
Gauze Pads, medium 25
Torch (preferably penlight) 1
Adhesive medical tape 1 roll
Sterile scalpel 1
DRUGS
Inj. Morphine 10 mg/ml (or similar drug) 4x 1 ml.
Inj. Naloxone 0.4 mg/ml (if using opoid) 2 x 1 ml.
Inj. Anti-emetic drug (if using opoid) 2 amps.
Ringer lactate 1000ml 2
Normal saline 0.9% 500ml 2
Table 10:2 Minimum Medical Equipment for the Evacuation Vehicle

ITEM QUANTITY
Stretcher with straps and means of securing the stretcher to the vehicle 1
Spinal Board and Head Block set
1
(or similar device)
Blanket 2
Water container 10 litres
Proven radio communications (on the UNMIS/NMAO communication net) 1
Signal smokes (if possible) 1
Flash light 1
Table 10:3 Recommended Additional Medical Equipment

ITEM QUANTITY
Manual ventilation bag with oxygen reservoir + mask 1
Hand held suction unit with oral catheter 1
Non-rebreathing oxygen mask with reservoir bag 2
Oxygen supply for 120 mins at 8 litre/min (10 litres 200 Bar)
Oxygen manometer and regulator with minimum flow of 8 l / min 1
8 lit / i t (with blades and batteries)
Laryngoscope 1
Nasopharyngeal airways various sizes 1
Endotracheal tubes sizes 7,8 (cuffed) and Tube check 1 each
ETT Guide stylette 1
Magill forceps size 8 1
Magill forceps size 9 1
KY Gel tube 1
Normal saline 1000ml 4
Page 3 of 11
Chapter 10
Chest decompression set 1

Convenience bag 1
Emergency blanket 2
Asherman chest dressing 1
I.V dressing 10
1.6 A list with the contents of the medical trauma kit is to be included in the
organisations SOP.
1.7 The method of evacuation in the event of an accident shall always be

specified and understood by all and should be by the safest and expeditious
method available to an appropriate medical facility. Evacuation by air (if available)
should be considered if the CASEVAC by road is expected to take more than 60
minutes or that the injuries may be as worsened because of road movement.
2. PREPARATIONS BEFORE EXECUTION OF MINE/UXO

CLEARANCE ACTIVITIES
2.1 Before commencement of any mine/UXO clearance activity clearance

organisations are responsible for the following:
a. Medical health checks shall be conducted before recruitment of

clearance personnel, and include both sight and hearing checks.
b. A record of known blood groups, allergies and infections from each
working personnel shall be available on the site.
c. An appointed person that shall be responsible for all preparations
related to the medical support and evacuation plans.
d. Ensure that all Medics recruited by the organisation are qualified in
accordance with Annex A to Chapter 10 (table 2) of the Guidelines and
Technical Standards. The Medic shall have the knowledge and experience
of using the medical equipment according to the organisations SOP.
e. Ensure that all personnel, who are deployed to the site, have passed at
least a basic first aid course in accordance with Annex A to Chapter 10
(table 1) of the Guidelines and Technical Standards. Refresher course
should be held at least on annual basis. Courses should be recorded and
result submitted to UNMAO. If necessary, arrange refresher courses for
personnel in first aid.
f. Locate, visit and establish the necessary contacts and agreements with
the most appropriate medical facility in the vicinity. A list of appropriate
medical facilities and their locations shall be provided to the clearance
organisations by the RUNMAO/UNMAO on a regular basis. A list of all staff
engaged in demining activities shall on monthly basis be updated and
submitted to the regional UNMAO office.
g. Ensure a valid CASEVAC plan to a Level Two Medical Support Facility
in theatre and if required a medevac plan to a level Three Medical Support
Facility in or out of theatre.
Page 4 of 11
Chapter 10
h. Should further surgical treatment or rehabilitation at a Level Four

Medical Facility be required, ensure relevant insurance coverage for all
members.
i. Ensure that a HLS is identified and marked in close vicinity of every
clearance site. For static clearance tasks, where possible, the HLS should
be approved and registered by UNMIS Air Operations and be a minimum
300 metres from the known hazardous area. The HLS coordinates should
be provided to the RUNMAO/ UNMAO sub office.
j. Ensure that effective communication lines are always functional and
that every mine clearance operation site has communications with its own
headquarters and with its medical support.
k. All medical personnel shall have correct medical equipment and
material to undertake their role in providing medical support to casualties
and general health care. Equipment and material are to be replaced before
the stated expiry date.
l. There shall be a minimum of one medical trauma kit per medical team
attached to a clearance team. The medical trauma kit shall remain under the
control of the team medics.
n. All medics should have immediate access to a copy of the
organisations emergency drug administration protocols when deployed in
support of mine/UXO clearance operations. A copy of these protocols shall
also be submitted to the UNMAO Medical Coordinator as an annex to the
emergency medical SOP. If the medics don’t speak or read English,
treatment protocols and emergency protocols should be made available in
Arabic.
3. PREPARATIONS FOR A CASUALTY/ MEDICAL

EVACUATION
3.1 To ensure effective casualty/medical evacuation in the event of an accident,

the following preparations shall be conducted before clearance commences. The
site Supervisor shall:
a. Identify and nominate a road evacuation route from the clearance site
to:
(1) The nearest appropriate medical facility.
(2) The nearest HLS.
b. Clear and mark a HLS in accordance with regulations.
c. Ensure effective communication to headquarters is maintained during
operations.
d. Ensure that an appropriate and serviceable evacuation method is
available on site at all times during operations. If this is a vehicle it should be
parked so that it can be loaded with a casualty and leave the site without
having to manoeuvre. The driver shall be available at all times. Ignition key
should be left in the vehicle at all times when parked at a task site.
Page 5 of 11
Chapter 10
e. Ensure that the Medics are available to the site at all times during
clearance operations and located a maximum of 5 minutes away from the
site. The medics should be easily identified from a distance as medical
support personnel.
f. Ensure that all personnel involved in the operation are competent in:
Basic first aid, casualty evacuation procedures, and with procedures for
loading a casualty and/or stretcher into the identified evacuation vehicle.
4. CASUALTY EVACUATION PROCEDURES
4.1 Although the medical evacuation procedure may differ for every clearance
site, the responsibilities of personnel within the operation remain the same. The
following responsibilities apply.
a. Operators:
(1) Stop clearance immediately.
(2) Clear the base line of personnel and equipment not required for
the medical evacuation.
(3) Start to give first aid to the casualty at the location of accident.
(4) All Team leaders report to the supervisor.
b. Supervisor/Senior uninjured person:
(1) Assesses the scene of the accident, including the location and
condition of the casualty and possible presence of other mines/UXO.
(2) Organise casualty into the nearest cleared area (if necessary
organise deminers to clear lanes to the casualty).
(3) Maintains radio contact with the Medic and, if possible, provide
information on the condition of the casualty.
(4) Maintains overall responsibility for the safety of all personnel
during the casualty evacuation procedure.
(5) Maintains overall responsibility for the execution of the casualty
evacuation.
(6) In the event that the Medic is a mine/UXO victim, takes over the
responsibility for the execution of the casualty evacuation procedure.
(7) Maintains radio communications as per the Sudan Mine Action
Medical Evacuation Plan and the organisation headquarters and
provide the correct information when required.
c. Medic:
(1) Utilises personnel to bring the stretcher and medical equipment to
a point close to the casualty, but still within a cleared area.
(2) Once the casualty has been brought to the cleared area, takes the
appropriate action to stabilise and evacuate the casualty.
(3) Recommends the method of evacuation, in accordance with the
extent of the casualties’ injuries. (by air or road).
(4) Stays with the casualty and report to the next Level of Medical
Facility.
(5) The Medic shall monitor and record a medical journal of the
casualty’s vital signs and the treatment that has been given. A copy of
this documentation should follow the casualty.
Page 6 of 11
Chapter 10
5. PROCEDURE IN THE EVENT OF AN ACCIDENT

5.1 In the event of an accident the following procedure shall be adopted:
a. Stop all work and inform the Supervisor and Medic that an accident has
occurred.
b. Supervisor shall organise team members to clear around the casualty,
if he/she is in an uncleared area, and then move the casualty to a safe area.
c. The Supervisor informs the headquarters that there has been an
accident.
d. The Medic shall assess and stabilise the casualty in the safe area and
arrange evacuation by stretcher from the safe area to the identified
evacuation vehicle.
e. Transport casualty to the nearest HLS or surgical hospital. The Medic
and the medical kit for trauma injuries shall where necessary accompany
with the casualty until they are at the higher level of medical facility.
f. Transfer the casualty from the vehicle to the helicopter /hospital under
the supervision of the Medic.
g. The headquarters shall confirm the method of evacuation away from
the task site. If communications are lost, then evacuate by road to the
nearest appropriate medical facility.
h. If evacuation is by road, the vehicle should be driven carefully and if
possible, escorted by a second vehicle.
i. The headquarters shall ensure the receiving hospital is notified and
arrange all administrative support.
j. An accident log should be kept of all communications and events
during the evacuation process for reference during the post accident
investigation.
6. PROCEDURE FOLLOWING AN ACCIDENT
6.1 Subsequent to an accident, the following procedure is to be adopted:
a. Account for all personnel and make sure no one else is injured.
b. Support those personnel shocked by the accident.
c. Account for all equipment and stores.
d. Close off the lanes and area of the accident.
e. List all the people who witnessed the accident or worked in the
immediate area, where possible separate them and assist them to write their
statements.
f. Return to the base and assist the headquarters staff to conduct an
investigation.
g. Start preparations for the Accident Investigation according to Chapter
15. As soon as possible implement the accident investigation.
h. A debrief should be conducted with all people that were involved in the
accident.
i. Make available professional counselling services to those shocked by
the accident who request professional psychological assistance
Page 7 of 11
Chapter 10
j. An IMSMA Mine/UXO Incident/Accident Report shall be completed and

submitted to the UNRMAO/NMAO within 24 hours after the accident
occurred.
7. DEFINITIONS
7.1 Casevac: (Casualty Evacuation). The evacuation of a casualty from the

scene of an accident to the nearest appropriate medical facility that can stabilise
and treat the injuries.
7.2 Medevac: (Medical Evacuation). The evacuation of a patient between one

medical facility and another, usually for further treatment or treatment not available
at the first medical facility.
7.3 Level One Medical Support: Casualty Evacuation and a Level One
medical capability. Located on the operational site, the organisation shall be able to
conduct casualty collection and Basic Life Support and have Advanced Life
Support available within 15 minutes. Off-site it should be able to tend to basic
medical treatment and advise on preventative measures for mental and physical
health. Off-site Level One Medical Support should be able to tend to basic medical
treatments and advise on preventative measures against disease and stress.
7.4 Level Two Medical Support: Casualty sustainment and a Level Two
medical capability. Consists of additional paramedics and equipment to sustain the
casualty and assist evacuation. Used when the site is more than 2 hours from a
Level Three facility.
7.5 Level Three Medical Support: A medical facility (hospital) with life saving
surgical capability. Provide facilities for Level One and Level Two medical support
and be able to conduct life and limb saving surgery. Be able to investigate,
diagnose and treat patients suffering from serious or life threatening conditions.
Should have dental facilities and where possible provide hygiene support,
supervision and medical investigation.
7.6 Level Four Medical Support: Definitive care – A medical facility (hospital)
with the capability for reconstructive surgery and rehabilitation. Full medical
support facilities.
8. TRAINING AND QUALIFICATIONS
8.1 Medical Training Courses. Two levels of training shall be imparted under
the following terms, qualifications and training standards:
a. Basic Life Support Training: Basic Life Support (BLS) training is a

requirement for all demining personnel. Deminers, drivers, and any
management staff involved in clearance operations are all required to
regularly attend BLS training provided by the mine action organisation.
Regular (at a minimum - biannual) refresher courses should be included in
Page 8 of 11
Chapter 10
the agency’s mission schedule (as submitted in their SOP) as well as

forming a part of their routine activities. A first aid course consists of at least
20 hours of training. The syllabus is to be included in the organisations
SOP. As a minimum, the course shall cover the subjects outlined in Annex A
to this chapter (table 1, BLS Course). All operational staff shall be trained to
the level of basic life support prior commence of operations and shall be
able to:
(1) Observe basic barrier protection methods when dealing with
human body fluids (for example, this may be facilitated by deminers
carrying non – sterile medical gloves and small field dressing during
operations)
(2) Assess a casualty and control life threats using the mnemonic D
(Dangers – control dangers), R (Response check), A (Airway
assessment), B (Breathing check), C (Pulse check and control
bleeding).
(3) Obtain and maintain airway patency of a casualty with an altered
conscious status through manual positioning techniques
(4) Place a casualty in a lateral position
(5) Treat a choking patient with manual techniques
(6) Ventilate a casualty using expired air resuscitation
(7) Perform basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation
(8) Control bleeding using pressure point, elevation and bandaging
techniques
(9) Immobilise a fracture using basic splinting techniques
(10) Provide basic management for snake bite or scorpion sting
(11) Provide basic management of burn injury
(12) Provide manual stabilisation for suspected spinal injury
(13) Demonstrate an understanding of casualty evacuation procedures
as outlined in the organisations SOP, the NTSG and the Sudan Mine
Action Medical Evacuation Plan
b. ALS Qualified Medic Personnel designated to be Medics, shall be
required to attend a trauma life support training course. Topics taught shall
include as a minimum those outlined in Annex A to this chapter (table 2).
Based on an understanding of anatomy and physiology, kinematics and
mechanism of injury, basic medical and trauma pathology principles the
medics shall be able to calmly and systematically provide medical
treatment to a casualty. As a minimum the following skills are required:
(1) Basic Life Support skills as described above.
(2) Obtain and maintain airway patency of a casualty with an altered
conscious status through manual positioning techniques using
technical equipment available in the Trauma Kit.
(3) Systematic assessment of the casualty’s vital signs of perfusion
status, respiratory status and conscious status (clinical approach)
(4) Demonstrate an understanding and appreciation of accident
scene assessment, kinematics and mechanisms of injury and suspicion
of occult injury.
(5) Insert an Oropharyngeal airway
(6) Treat a choking patient with manual techniques
Page 9 of 11
Chapter 10
(7) Airway toiletry with hand held suction unit

(8) Seal open chest wound
(9) Ventilate a casualty using bag / mask ventilator (both intermittent
positive pressure ventilation for non-breathing and assisted positive
pressure ventilation for inadequately ventilating patients)
(10) Perform methodical full body examination
(11) Perform Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (single / 2 rescuer)
(12) Control bleeding using pressure point, elevation and bandaging
techniques
(13) Administer oxygen via face mask
(14) Insert intravenous cannula and appropriately administer
intravenous fluids and drugs.
(15) Perform intramuscular and subcutaneous injections.
(16) Assess and treat pain with appropriate parenteral administration
of available medicines.
(17) Recognise and appropriately treat accidental overdose of narcotic
drug
(18) Correct and appropriate administration of emergency drugs
outlined in table 10.1
(19) Appropriately treat casualty with traumatic injuries according to
organisations treatment protocols including injury caused by mines and
ERW.
(20) Appropriately treat casualty with emergency medical condition
according to organisations treatment protocols
(21) Provide appropriate management of snake bite and scorpion
stings according to organisations treatment protocols
(22) Provide appropriate management of fractures and soft tissue
injuries
(23) Provide appropriate treatment and transport of a casualty with a
suspected spinal injury
(24) Record a treatment log and provide an appropriate and concise
handover of a casualty to a responsible and more highly qualified
medical person
(25) Conduct triage and treatment for accidents involving multiple
casualties
(26) Demonstrate a thorough understanding of casualty evacuation
procedures as outlined in the organisations SOP, the NTSG and the
Sudan Mine Action Medical Evacuation Plan
(27) Recognise and treat disorders related to heat (hyperthermia and
hypothermia)
(28) Demonstrate a basic understanding of aviation physiology and
principles of air medical evacuation for different pathologies
(29) Obtain an A.M.P.L.E history
(30) Conduct adequate casualty hand over to next level of medical
support.
8.3 Medics are also trained to provide basic medical attention and medical
advice on sanitation, hygiene and the prevention of diseases.
Page 10 of 11
Chapter 10
8.4 The Medic shall have the knowledge and experience of using the medical
equipment according to the organisations SOP.
8.5 Medics shall receive an introduction to Mine/UXO clearance operations.
8.6 The syllabus for the Medic Training is to be included in the organisations
SOP. To maintain medical competence it is desirable, if possible, that the Medics
rotate in order to work in a hospital or a clinic.
9. NATIONAL CASEVAC PLAN
The Sudan Mine Action Medical Evacuation Plan is added as an Annex to this
Chapter.
Page 11 of 11
Annex A to Chapter 10
Table 01 Training Matrix for Basic Life Support Course
Note: All operational personnel shall complete a BLS course and as a minimum undergo refresher training biannually (every 6
months). Minimum ratio instructor per student should be I instructor for 10 student in classroom and I for 5 in practice. In the
practical phase, some of the practice drills should be conducted after the theoretical lecture that applies to this drill. It should be
noted that the focus of medical training should be practical scenario based training where the Deminer is called on to
treat a casualty in a systematic approach. These scenario-based exercises shall best prepare the Deminer for treating a
casualty in the field setting.
Minimum
Theory Subjects Remarks Time
Period
What is first aid, what are the responsibilities of the first aider, communicating with
Principles Of First Aid 30 min
a casualty and gaining his / her trust, reassurance techniques, calling for help
Immediate Control Of Life Threats: Danger, Response, Airway, Breathing
DRABC Algorithm –
(breathing assessment and sealing open chest injury with palm of hand), 60 min
Controlling Life Threats
Circulation (assessment for pulse and bleeding control)
Introduction of airway equipment and demonstration of basic airway maintenance
Basic Airway Maintenance techniques, Head positioning, placing a casualty in the recovery position, jaw thrust
60 min
and Ventilation technique for suspected spinal injury. Expired air resuscitation, Bag Mask
Ventilation
Management Of A Signs and Symptoms of choking, airway clearance techniques using finger
60 min
Choking Patient sweeps, back slaps, Heimlich manoeuvres
Cardiopulmonary
Techniques for single and two responders for adult CPR as a minimum 60 min
Resuscitation Theory
Deminers shall have a complete understanding of the emergency casevac
procedures and understand the roles of all responsible persons following an
Emergency (Casevac)
accident. Students shall understand the UNMAO evacuation plan and the role of 120 min
SOP
the AME teams and sector hospitals. Deminers shall also be taught the basic
principles of multiple casualty accidents
Heat Disorders Hyperthermia / Hypothermia prevention, basic treatment 60 min
Mine Injury Mine injury: blast mine injury, fragmentation mine injury, bleeding control 60 min
Signs and Symptoms: Thermal burn injury, chemical burn injury, electrical burn
Burn Injury 60 min
injury, and white phosphorous burns. Burn injury management
Outline of types of snakes and scorpions in Sudan, mechanism of venom types,
Management Of Bites And
Signs and Symptoms of Snake bite and scorpion sting. Management snake bite 60 min
Stings
and scorpion sting
Page 1 of 8
NTSG, Part 1 Edition 9, Version 1
Health And Safety

Safe Lifting Prevention of Back injury, Safe Lifting techniques 30 min
Health And Hygiene Health and Hygiene Measures, Disease transmission routes, Prevention measures 30 min
Healthy Living Mental Health, Stress management, Healthy Living 30 min
Barrier Protection. HIV, HBV, HCV transmission and prevention, procedures
Universal Precautions 30 min
following possible accidental exposure to these viruses
Helicopter Safety & HLS
Helicopter safety and HLS requirements 15 min
Requirements
Practical Phase Remarks
Placing a casualty in lateral position, jaw thrust, chin lift, airway suctioning, finger
Airway Management 60 min
sweeps, treating a choking patient.
Expired Air Ventilation, Bag Mask ventilation oxygen administration using a face
Ventilation Practical 60 min
mask
Wound Management And Use of pressure point, pressure dressings, elevation, management of different
60 min
Bleeding Control types of wound.
Single responder and two – responder CPR techniques using the DRABC
CPR Practical 120 min
approach
Fracture And Dislocation Signs and Symptoms of a fracture. Management of open and closed fractures
60 min
Management using splints, slings and anatomical splinting techniques
Spinal Immobilisation
In line spinal immobilisation, log roll, use of spine board, use of head block 60 min
techniques
Fore and aft lift, flat lift, chair lift, blanket lift, spinal board lift, stretcher carry,
Safe Lifting and Transport
fireman carry, lift and drag method, safe ambulance and (where appropriate) 60 min
Techniques
helicopter approach, loading and transport of a casualty
Provide outline on the job of the medic and how the deminer can assist the medic,
Assisting the Medic 30 min
preparing tape for IV line, holding IV fluids, controlling bleeding etc
Casevac Exercise Practical casevac exercise conducted in training area 120 min
TOTAL
Page 2 of 8
Table 02 Training Matrix for the Field Medic Course
Note: Personnel attending the Field Medic course should where possible have completed BLS training through a recognised
national medical institute and have experience in assessing and treating patients. Minimum ratio instructor per student should
be I instructor for 10 student in classroom and I for 5 in practice. In the practical phase, some of the practice drills should be
conducted after the theoretical lecture that applies to this drill. It should be noted that the focus of medical training should
be practical scenario based training where the medic is called on to treat different pathologies in a calm, systematic,
clinical based approach. These scenario-based exercises shall best prepare the medic for treating a casualty in the
pre-hospital setting.
Minimum
Theory Subjects Remarks Time
Period
Medical support in humanitarian demining operations, IMAS and the NTSG
Introduction to Humanitarian
chapter 10, basic outline of structure of national demining programme, Role of 60 min
Demining
UNMAO, QA procedures
Anatomy and Physiology of
Cardiovascular system 60 min
Systems of the Human Body
Musculoskeletal System 60 min
Respiratory System 60 min
Nervous System 60 min
Endocrine System 60 min
Integumentary System 60 min
Reproductive System 60 min
Urinary System 60 min
Gastrointestinal System 60 min
Barrier Protection. HIV, HBV, HCV transmission and prevention, procedures
Universal Precautions 60 min
following possible accidental exposure to these viruses
What is first aid, what are the responsibilities of the medic, communicating with
Principles of First Aid 60 min
a casualty and gaining his / her trust, reassurance techniques, calling for help
DRABC Algorithm – Danger, Response, Airway, Breathing, Circulation (immediate control of life
60 min
Controlling Life Threats threats)
Assessment techniques and understanding of normal physiological parameters
Casualty Assessment and
for pulse, BP, respiration, temperature, skin perfusion, conscious status for an
Normal Adult Physiological 120 min
adult. Medics shall be taught to assess skin perfusion, blood pressure, pulse
parameters
rate, respiratory (rate, rhythm & effort), conscious status (using the AVPU scale
Page 3 of 8
or Glasgow Coma Scale) (physiological assessment), Full body examination

(anatomical assessment)
Obtaining an adequate history is vital for safe an effective treatment, this
Obtaining an A.M.P.L.E
history includes: Allergies, Medications, Past Medical History, Last Meal, Event 60 min
History
(including assessment of Mechanism of Injury)
Assessment and understanding of Kinematics and Mechanism of Injury for
Mechanism of Injury &
blunt and penetrating injury. Quick assessment of an accident scene for clues 60 min
Kinematics
to establish Mechanism of Injury and suspicion for occult injuries.
Introduction of airway equipment and demonstration of basic airway
Basic Airway Maintenance maintenance techniques, Head positioning, suctioning, airway adjuncts, oxygen 120 min
administration for trauma and medical emergencies
Signs and Symptoms of choking, airway clearance techniques using finger
Management of a Choking
sweeps, back slaps, Heimlich manoeuvres, (( laryngoscopy and magil forceps, 60 min
Patient
and crycothyroidotomy (optional – not NTSG requirement))
Ventilation techniques using expired air resuscitation and bag/mask ventilation
Ventilation Techniques techniques for intermittent positive pressure ventilation and assisted positive 60 min
pressure ventilation including frequency of ventilation and tidal volume
Cardiopulmonary
Techniques for single and two responders for adult CPR as a minimum 120 min
Resuscitation Theory
Immediate control of life threats, assessment of perfusion status, respiratory
Developing a Systematic
status, conscious status, full body examination, obtain AMPLE history and
Approach for Casualty 60 min
commence appropriate treatment in a calm efficient and systematic manner –
Management (Drill)
“The Clinical Approach”
Recognition and treatment of respiratory distress, use of accessory muscles,
narcotic analgesia administration as a precaution in respiratory distress,
Respiratory pathology 180 min
positioning techniques for casualties with respiratory distress, oxygen
administration
Asthma Signs and Symptoms, pathology, trigger factors and treatment of asthma 60 min
Recognition of signs and symptoms of accidental narcotic overdose, treatment
Accidental Narcotic Overdose 60 min
using Naloxone Hydrochloride and oxygen therapy (ventilation if necessary)
Heart attack, pathology, risk factors, signs and symptoms, treatment fluid
CVS Pathology 240 min
resuscitation
Causes of shock, signs and Symptoms of Shock, Compensation and
120 min
decompensation, treatment of Shock
Fluid resuscitation protocols – I.V fluid suitability for different pathologies,
Fluid Resuscitation 60 min
crystalloids and colloids, fluid compartments.
Page 4 of 8
Mine injury: mechanism of injury, blast mine injury, fragmentation mine injury,
cavitation, basic ballistics concepts, compartment syndrome, wound infection,
Wound Management blood vessel damage, limb preservation, management. Amputation, laceration, 120 min
avulsions, abrasions, penetrating trauma, haematoma etc, facial injury, scalp
injury, haematemesis, dislodged teeth, wound debridement
Head injury: signs & symptoms, management of open and closed head injury,
Head Injury 120 min
primary and secondary head injury
Other Causes of Overdose / poisoning, metabolic disorders, hypoglycaemia, hyperglycaemia,
60 min
Unconsciousness apoplexia (C.V.A), convulsions, syncope, infection, tumours
Spinal injury: mechanism of spinal injury, signs and symptoms, spinal
Spinal Injury immobilisation techniques, log roll, application of cervical collar application, use 120 min
of head block, use of spinal board, transportation of spine injured casualty
Chest injury: Signs and Symptoms, Penetrating and Blunt Chest Trauma,
Pneumothorax, Hemothorax, Tension Pneumothorax, cardiac tamponade, flail
Chest Injury 120 min
chest. Treatment of Chest Injury, ((chest decompression (optional ATLS skill –
not a requirement of NTSG))
Abdominal injury: Signs & Symptoms, penetrating and blunt abdominal trauma,
Abdominal Injury 60 min
evisceration of organs, treatment of abdominal Injury
Pelvis and limb injury including traumatic amputation. Signs and Symptoms,
Pelvis and Limb Injury vessel damage, Nerve Damage, Compartment Syndrome. Management of 60 min
Pelvis and Limb Injury, limb assessment
Embedded Objects: Signs and Symptoms. Management of a casualty with an
Embedded Objects 60 min
embedded object.
Signs and Symptoms, sprains, strains, (Rest. Ice application. Compression.
Soft Tissue Injury Elevation) treatment following injury, treatment in the recovery phase. Use of 60 min
NSAIDS
Signs and Symptoms: Thermal burn injury, chemical burn injury, electrical burn
injury and white phosphorous burns. Burn Depth assessment and categories of
Burn Injury burns, Assessment of Burn Size, critical burns, management of burns, safety 120 min
when dealing with thermal, chemical, electrical and phosphorous burns.
Dangers of smoke / CO inhalation, S&S of CO poisoning, inhalation injury
Outline of types of snakes and scorpions in Sudan, mechanism of venom
Management of Bites and
types, Signs and Symptoms of Snake bite and scorpion sting. Management of 60 min
Stings
snake bite and scorpion sting
Fractures and Dislocation Signs and Symptoms of fractures and dislocations, types of fractures,
Theory complications of fractures and dislocations, principles of splinting
Page 5 of 8
Allergic Reactions and Basic understanding of allergy, anaphylaxis. Causes of anaphylaxis, signs and
60 min
Anaphylaxis symptoms and management
Anatomy of the eye, causes of eye injury including penetrating eye injury,
chemical burns, and blunt trauma. Prophylactic use of anti-emetic,
Eye Injury 60 min
Considerations for air evacuation, Signs & Symptoms of eye injury and
treatment
Medics shall completely understand all emergency drugs they are carrying to
ensure safe administration (including presentation, indications,
Emergency Field Drugs contraindications, side effects, dose, routes of administration, precautions etc). 120 min
Pre-administration drug checks and safe drug administration, Correct storage
and drug accounting procedures.
Medics shall understand environmental hazards and be able to recognise
Heat Disorders disorders related to heat and treat hyperthermia (heat exhaustion, heat stroke) 60 min
and hypothermia
Medics shall have an understanding of the pathology of common endemic
Endemic diseases 120 min
diseases, causes, avoidance and treatment
Medics shall have a complete understanding of the emergency casevac
procedures and understand the roles of all responsible persons following an
Emergency (Casevac) SOP 120 min
accident. Students shall understand the UNMAO evacuation plan and the role
of the AME teams and sector hospitals.
Medics shall be taught the principles of triage and management of accidents
Triage and Multiple Casualty
involving multiple casualties, Triage priorities, role of triage officer, role of 60 min
Incident Management
supervisor, use and completion of casualty triage tags
Aviation Physiology &
Medics shall be taught the basic principles of aviation physiology and the
Principles of Air Medical 60 min
principles of air medical evacuation
Evacuation
Medics shall have a basic mine awareness and shall understand the minefield
marking system used by the organisation, Indications Of Mine / UXO Presence,
Mine Awareness & Mine Field Basic Introduction to make up of a Mine, Basic UXO recognition, Minefield
60 min
Marking Marking System, The Layout of the Minefield, On-Site Requirements, On Site
Work Routine, The Concept of Integrated Operations, The Organization of a
Demining Team
Radio Communications Basic radio communications procedures shall be taught for VHF and HF 60 min
Medics shall be able to complete a treatment log of a casualty and should
Field Medic Documentation record a daily morbidity report and drug register, they shall be trained in the 60 min
completion of basic field medical documentation.
Page 6 of 8
Assessment of pain using for example mnemonic DOLOR (Description, Onset,

Location, Other signs and symptoms, Relief) and severity assessment using a
Pain Assessment and verbal pain scoring system (0 – 10 pain scale or severe – moderate – mild) and
60 min
Management pain management through titration of analgesia to reduce pain to comfortable
level. Students shall be taught the analgesia administration protocol of the
organisation for the drug they shall use in the field
Medics are taught how to conduct a concise patient handover. Commencing
with introductions of medic and casualty to medical officer, AMPLE history,
Patient Handover 60 min
injuries, initial vital signs, casualty status during transport, last vital signs taken
prior to handover. Role playing exercises are helpful in this class
Health and Safety
Safe Lifting Prevention of Back injury, Safe Lifting techniques 60 min
Health and Hygiene Measures, Disease transmission routes, Prevention
Health and Hygiene 60 min
measures, health and hygiene monitoring
Oxygen Handling and Storage Oxygen handling, storage and administration 60 min
Healthy Living Mental Health, Stress management, Healthy Living 60 min
Helicopter Safety & HLS
Helicopter safety and HLS requirements 15 min
Requirements
Practical phase Remarks
Where possible following the theory class on minefield marking and MRE, the
Minefield Visit students should visit a clearance operation to see the operational set up and 120 min
should receive a site brief from the supervisor and medic/s
Medics shall be familiar with all emergency medical equipment that they shall
use in an emergency, trauma kit layout, ambulance set up, stretcher function.
Emergency Medical
Medics shall be able to disassemble and reassemble Ambubag and suction 120 min
Equipment
equipment, connect oxygen equipment and administer oxygen, disassemble
and reassemble laryngoscope etc
Placing a casualty in lateral position, jaw thrust, chin lift, insertion of OP & NP
airway, airway suctioning, finger sweeps, treating a choking patient. It is the
Airway Management 120 min
choice of some organisations to teach endotracheal intubation,
crycothyroidotomy (these are ATLS skills and not a requirement for NTSG)
Medics shall be taught bag – mask ventilation (both intermittent positive
Ventilation Practical pressure ventilation and assisted positive pressure ventilation techniques), 120 min
oxygen administration using a face mask
Wound Management and Use of pressure point, pressure dressings, elevation, management of different
120 min
Bleeding Control types of wound.
Page 7 of 8
Specific management of blast mine injury and Fragmentation mine injury,

Mine Injury Management assessment for compartment injury, fragmentation wounds, vascular injury,
fractures, ballistics, groin injury, blast wave
CPR Practical Single responder and two – responder CPR techniques 120 min
Physiological (skin, pulse, Blood pressure, respiratory status, conscious status)
Assessment Techniques 120 min
and anatomical assessment (full body examination / secondary survey)
Bandaging Bandaging and slings for injuries to different anatomical regions 120 min
Fracture and Dislocation Management of open and closed fractures using splints and anatomical
60 min
Management splinting techniques
Management of Open Pneumothorax, Decompression of Tension
Chest Injury Practical 60 min
Pneumothorax, flail chest management
Head Injury Management - Management of open and closed head Injury (Primary and secondary brain
60 min
Practical injury)
Spinal Immobilisation In line spinal immobilisation, cervical collar application, log roll, use of spine
120 min
Techniques board, use of head block
Fore and aft lift, flat lift, chair lift, blanket lift, spinal board lift, stretcher carry,
Safe Lifting and Transport
fireman carry, lift and drag method, safe ambulance and (where appropriate) 60 min
Techniques
helicopter approach, loading and transport of a casualty
Aseptic technique, Universal precautions, parenteral drug preparation, safe
sharp handling and disposal, I.M injection, I.V injection, S.C injection, Giving
Parenteral Administration set preparation, securing IV line and changing IV soft pack, IV cannulation 180 min
should be practised on I.V arm where possible. Medics should demonstrate IV
cannulation of a person as well during the course
Radio communications procedures and handing over a casualty to doctor –
Communications Procedures 60 min
practical scenario training
The majority of practical training should be spent doing scenario-based
training combining all of the skills learnt over the course to assess and
treat a casualty appropriately. In the scenario based training a casualty is
Casevac Scenario Exercises 3000 min
assigned injuries and a conscious level. The medic shall then be called to
control life threats, assess and provide appropriate treatment for the
assigned pathology (medical or trauma emergency)
7575
Total
minutes
Page 8 of 8
Sudan Mine Action
Medical Evacuation
Plan
Sudan Mine Action Medical Evacuation Plan 0

Version: September 2007
Introduction: ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Definitions: ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
1. GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................. 4
2. ACCESS, AUTHORITY AND PROCEDURES ...................................................................................... 5
3. ADMINISTRATION ................................................................................................................................. 8
4. HELICOPTER LANDING SITES ............................................................................................................. 9
5. HOSPITALS ............................................................................................................................................ 10
ANNEX A 1, A 2 ,A 3 Letter of Introduction, Templates....................................................................... 11
Annex B Casevac Requesting Format ..................................................................................................... 14
Annex C UN Contact Lists ...................................................................................................................... 15
Annex D Medical Resources in Sudan .................................................................................................... 21
Annex E UNMIS Air Crafts ................................................................................................................... 22
Annex F HLS Marking Requirements.................................................................................................... 23
Annex G In Flight Medical Guidelines and Records .............................................................................. 24
Annex H Area specific Emergency Medical / Casualty Evacuation Protocols ........................................ 34
JUBA ............................................................................................................................................................ 35
ED DAMAZIN ............................................................................................................................................. 36
MALAKAL .................................................................................................................................................. 37
RUMBEK ..................................................................................................................................................... 38
WAU ............................................................................................................................................................ 39
KASSALA.................................................................................................................................................... 40
KADUGLI (Sector IV) ................................................................................................................................. 41
ABYEI (SECTOR VI) .................................................................................................................................. 42
EL FASHER ................................................................................................................................................. 43
NYALA ........................................................................................................................................................ 44

Introduction:
This plan encompasses all participants of the Sudan Mine Action Programme, including
national and international staff of UNMAO-accredited commercial companies and Non-
Governmental Organisations (NGOs).
It is written in conjunction with the UNMIS Casevac/ Medevac SOP (Version: Jan 2006)
and in accordance with the MoU (July 2007) between UNOPS and UNDPKO for UN
contracted Mine Action Organisation in Sudan.
The objective of this plan is to ensure clear guidelines and that a rapid response is in
place for medical emergencies involving staff involved in humanitarian mine action
within Sudan.
The activation of the plan will be through the responsible UN security officer.
The United Nations Mine Action Office or United Nation Office for Project Services
accepts no liability or responsibility whatsoever in respect of any use of or reliance upon
this plan by any unauthorised party.
Definitions:
Casualty Evacuation (CASEVAC): Evacuation of a casualty from the site of injury to
the closest medical facility, which should ideally be conducted within 1 hour of injury.
This entails the movements of an injured or seriously ill person, usually to the first
available level of medical care, by whatever available means and will usually involve the
use of dedicated air resources available on continuous 24/7 basis. Verification by a doctor
or qualified medic is not required
Medical Evacuation (MEDEVAC): Evacuation of a casualty between two medical

facilities either within the Mission area (in-theatre) or out of it (out-of-theatre). Medevac
will be considered when available medical facilities are not adequate to provide the
necessary treatment. The use of dedicated air resources assigned for this type of
emergency is not required.
Emergency Medevac: The Patient is seriously ill / injured and will be evacuated to the
next level of care as quickly as possible with the most suitable aircraft available at the
moment and by the most suitable medical personnel available. Medical Personnel could
be from the Medevac Team or Medical personnel from the sector (with the patient). The
aircraft could be any aircraft that is available near the patient, a flight diverted towards
the patient or by a special arrangement of UN flight that is sent to the patient.
Non-emergency Medevac: The patient is not responding to treatment at the Originating

Medical Facility or the treatment required is not available at the Originating Medical
Facility. The patient will be evacuated on the next available scheduled or diverted flight.
The patient will be admitted in the next level of medical care facility. The patient can be
accompanied by sector medical personnel or can be fetched by Kadugli medical
personnel on a scheduled flight returning the same day.
Specialist Consultations: For a patient who has a medical condition which needs special
investigations or needs a specialist opinion. Prior appointment scheduling with the
specialist at out Patient department is required (Patient may not require to be admitted).

This category of patient can be transported on regular scheduled flight as near to the
appointment date as possible and can travel alone or accompanied – as indicated by the
referral physician.
Medical Repatriation: Return of a patient or casualty to his home country because of

medical reasons.
Originating Medical Facility: Place of injury or illness from where the patient is being
evacuated from.
Destination Medical Facility: Next level of medical care where the patient is being
evacuated to.
Level 1 Medical Support: This is the first level where a doctor is available. Staffing
consists of 2 medical officers and 6 nurses/paramedics. Capable of performing:
Emergency resuscitation, stabilisation, and evacuation of casualties, minor surgical
procedures, perform basic field diagnostic and laboratory tests.
Level 2 Medical Support: this is the first level where surgical expertise and facilities
are available. Manning: 2 surgeons (general and orthopaedic), 1 anaesthetist, 1 internist, 1
general physician, 1 dentist, pharmacist, head nurse, 2 ICU nurses, and 10 nurses.
Capable of treatment of common medical conditions, triage, advanced life support and
intensive care, life and limb saving surgery under anaesthesia, basic dental care, basic
laboratory, basic radiology.
Level 3 Medical Facility: this combines the capability of level one and two facilities
with the added capability of providing specialised in-patient treatment and surgery as
well as extensive diagnostic services. Full laboratory services as well as diagnostic
radiology with ultrasound and CT scan.
AME teams – Air Medical Evacuation teams consist of a crew of three and one
paramedic. The helicopters have night vision capability and 24 hour response with 30
min start up time during daylight hours and 60 minute start up at night. The helicopter is
capable of transporting 3 stretcher casualties but can be configured to receive 6 stretcher
casualties. The SUPER PUMA helicopters have a fuel capacity for 400kms and therefore
cover a 150km radius from the base. Bases are detailed in Annex E. AME teams may
reach further than these when fuel has been pre-positioned.

1. GENERAL
1.1 This National Medevac /Casevac Plan is an annex to NTSG Ch10.

1.2 The plan is written in conjunction with the UNMIS Casevac/ Medevac SOP (Version:
Jan 2006) and in accordance with the MoU (July 2007) between UNOPS and
UNDPKO for UN contracted Mine Action Organisation in Sudan.
1.3 UNMAO staff and UNOPS contracted mine action organisations can rely on UNMIS
for emergency medical support within available resources
1.4 Non UN contracted mine action organisations in Sudan will be provided with
assistance by the UN in accordance with this plan on case by case basis, when
possible and to the extent feasible. Any travel or financial assistance given to such
persons will be on a reimbursable basis.
1.5 Available UN field hospitals and clinics will always be made available for any life
threatening emergency. (Note that only UNMIS staffs are guaranteed access to
UNMIS medical facilities for non emergencies).
1.6 UN air crafts are available for MEDEVAC/ CASEVAC when possible and to the
extent feasible. Access to air evacuation is never 100% certain.
1.7 All evacuations by UNMIS and the World Food Programme Humanitarian Air
Services (WFP-HAS) air crafts are to be coordinated by UN Security with support of
the regional UNMAO offices.
1.8 Medical evacuation from the casualty site to the nearest appropriate medical facility
shall always be considered as a first alternative. Road evacuation be undertaken by
road if the casualty is within 60 minutes drive (normal driving speed) of the medical
facility.
1.9 In coordination with regional UNMIS operations office the regional UN security
office is responsible to and ensure that appropriate measures remain in place for
speedy evacuation and that trial runs of casualty evacuations are conducted regularly.
1.10 Any out of country evacuation will be decided and coordinated by the casualty’s
Office/ Organisation.
1.11 Mine Action Organisations are responsible for bilateral agreement with
appropriate non UN medical facilities both in and outside Sudan.
1.12 Mine Action Organisations shall be fully compliant with the National Technical
Standards and Guidelines (NTSG) Ch 10. Thus having necessary communication
equipment to initiate evacuation of a casualty from the field as well as necessary
equipment and personnel to stabilise the casualty until further support is available.
1.13 Mine Action Organisations are to further ensure that they are able to establish
direct ground to air radio communications with the AME. The requesting party
should supply the VHF frequency on the ground and attempt to contact the AME 10
minutes prior to the ETA of the AME. Communication may be relayed through UN
Radio Room.
1.14 Formulation of operation site casevac plan shall be in accordance with SOP and
NTSG.

1. (Figure A) - ACTIVATION PROCEDURES FLOW CHART – CASEVAC
Site of Mine Accident
FSCO/CSO
1.: UN Security Operation Room
2: UNMAO Regional or Sub Office
CMO / DCMO
UNMIS Sector
Request for
UN Medic Officer in Charge
AME
(Medical Unit and Ambulance)
UNMIS/WFP Air
Operations
AME not available

Aircraft Crew / (Any reason:
AME Team Casevac by land
security, weather,
technical etc )
AME Available
Medical Clinic for stabilization

of patients overnight
Fix winged flight to New

Location for treatment
Definite care
2. ACCESS, AUTHORITY AND PROCEDURES
2.1 Access:
2.1.1 Within available resources, all UN staff and UNOPS contracted mine action
organisations can rely on UN support for air evacuation and emergency medical
support.

2.1.2 Whilst the UN will use available resources to assist, it is ultimately the
responsibility of each individual demining organisation to ensure that casualties
are evacuated and treated.
2.1.3 Assistance to Non UN staff or UNOPS contracted mine action organizations will
be provided when possible and to the extent feasible.
2.1.4 For South Sudan, fixed wing air crafts can be made available from UNDSS or
WFP. (Only UNMIS have access to helicopters in South Sudan).
2.1.5 Any support to non UN staff or across agencies will be on cost recovery basis.
2.2 Authority:
2.2.1 UN Security are responsible for initiating the process for all Casevac and
Medevac involving the UN in Sudan.
2.2.2 Regional UNMAO Office shall always be informed in order to assist and follow
up assuring appropriate actions are taken.
2.2.3 Additional authority is clarified in UNMIS and WFP’s internal Medevac/Casevac
SOP’s.
2.3 Procedures:
2.3.1 On site of accident responsible person shall follow site specific and regional/
sector specific procedures. Decision shall be made to either transport casualty(ies)
by road or request AME using the format shown at Annex B.
2.3.2 UN Security and regional UNMAO office will receive information as per Annex
B from the site of the accident and contact relevant actors as per location specific
SOP’s annexed to this document
2.3.3 While the certification by the Medical Officer or Medical Personnel on site is
required to authorise all Medevac and Casevac from the location, UN Security
will always have the final say on all security decisions pertaining to the
movement of UN staff members.
2.3.4 UN Security passes on received information to nearest / dedicated UN medical
unit and alerts the UNMIS Aviation, MovCon or WFP Humanitarian Air Services
(HAS) and nearest UNMAO officers of the likelihood of a
MEDEVAC/CASEVAC.
2.3.5 UN Security decide on MEDEVAC/CASEVAC utilizing UNDSS or WFP HAS
Air Assets.
2.3.6 For UNMIS AME, Medical Officers shall receive accident report as per Annex B
from UN Security. They may attempt to communicate back to site of casualty for
further information.
2.3.7 UNMIS Medical Officers then decide on MEDEVAC/CASEVAC and inform
AMET to prepare for emergency evacuation.
2.3.8 The callout of the AME team will be conditional upon the information provided
to the UN Security officer from the site of accident.
2.3.9 UNMIS Air Ops will decide the air assets which are available to be used in the
event of there being a likelihood of land/ airborne evacuation.

2.3.10 UNMIS AirOps and UN MovCon inform aircrew on readiness and possible
emergency MEDEVAC/CASEVAC.
2.3.11 UNMIS MovCon to process MOP’s for AMET and casualty(ies) without delaying
emergency evacuation.
2.3.12 Responsible UN Security Officer regularly cross check with actors and assure that
air operation team have been alerted to the incident and placed the AME asset and
team on standby.
2.3.13 Depending upon the nature and location of the incident UN Security may also
assist the UN Medical Unit with road ambulance transport and escort the team
direct to the incident and if the need arises the patient to the nearest medical
facility or landing site.
2.3.14 The UN Security officer will cross check to assure that the UNMIS CMO and / or
Duty Medical Officer in Khartoum are informed of the decisions of the medical
unit at site or in the region regarding Medivac/Casevac.
2.3.15 The UNMIS CMO and / or Duty Medical Officer will make the necessary
decision in terms of the Medevac/Casevac to a higher level facility, to Khartoum
or any external country, and will be responsible to assure that arrangements are
made either in Khartoum or with counterparts in the designated country.
2.3.16 This includes ensuring appropriate medical authorities are informed about the
arrival of the patient and preparations for transfer to the designated medical
facility have been made.
2.3.17 Access and financial arrangements to non UNMIS medical facilities is the
responsibility of each organisation. Costs for utilizing UN and other medical
facilities should covered by each organisation.
2.3.18 Air MEDEVAC to a higler level facility involving non UN Staff to Khartoum
from a UN hospital / clinic may not be processed until a formal request has been
provided to the UN from respective organisation. A template for this request can
be found in annex X. Access to hospitals in Khartoum
2.3.19 UNMAO Regional Operations Officer will assist UN Security and UNMIS as
needed.
2.3.20 UNMAO Regional Operations Officer shall establish contact with UNMAO
Operations Department in Khartoum
2.3.21 UNMAO Operations Department in Khartoum shall be kept informed by RMAO
and follow up as needed to ensure that protocols are followed and evacuation is
progressing smoothly. Contact shall be made with UNMIS Chief Medical Officer
and UNMIS Air Operations office.
2.3.21.1 For accidents involving UNMAO staff, UNMAO Director/OIC
will contact UNOPS NY/ CPH and Van Breda insurance company.
2.3.22 On site medical command:
2.3.22.1 In a situation where the UNMIS Medical unit attends the scene of
the incident the most senior UN medical officer on site will be the primary
decision maker regarding the most appropriate medical treatment and

destination for the patient. Where or when the Aviation AME asset is
used the AME Team Leader will become the primary decision maker.
2.3.22.2 The AME team will accompany a Medevac patient providing
stabilisation for the flight to the designated location where treatment will
be carried out. The responsibility of the patient will end at handover of the
patient to the medical team collecting the patient at the airport. If for some
reason the Medevac patient can not be transported to the required location
for medical treatment, then the UNMIS Medical Clinic at that location will
be used for stabilisation of patients overnight.
2.3.23 If Medevac by fixed-wing aircraft is to be required for the further treatment of the
patient, the senior UN Medical Officer on site will co-ordinate with
UNMIS/WFP-HAS Air Ops and UN Security while still at the scene of the
incident. UNMIS/WFP-HAS Air Ops will then make the necessary arrangements
with the national authorities for clearance of the flight with the assistance of UN
Security if required.
2.3.24 WFP-HAS will assist with providing medical evacuation transport for all
organizations with access to their services in accordance with their Standard
Operating procedures. It will be on cost recovery basis.
2.3.25 WFP-HAS do not have specially equipped aircraft (other than stretcher capability)
nor medically trained staff to accompany any Medevac’s.
2.3.26 WFP air crafts requests should be routed directly to WFP HAS focal points in
respective area or through WFP HAS Khartoum.
2.3.27 WFP HAS have presently only helicopters in the Darfur and it would therefore be
necessary to identify a nearby airstrip to be able to rely on their support elsewhere
in Sudan.
3. ADMINISTRATION
3.1 UNOPS falls under UNDP medical policies and procedures. ALD UNOPS contracted
persons will be covered by UN insurance. Decision for Medical repatriation or
international medical evacuation of UNOPS staff from Khartoum will be made by
either UNMAO OIC, UNMIS CMO or the UNDP Medical Officer who, following
assessment, will decide whether there are adequate facilities in country to treat the
injury or complaint. For evacuation outside of Sudan from other areas the decision
will be made by the treating doctor.
3.2 All UNMAO staff fall under the same category as UNMIS staff.
3.3 Non UN staff will fall under their employer’s policy.
3.4 Any costs incurred for treatment and evacuation in country will be the responsibility
of each individual organisation.
3.5 Organisations that request special flight support from UNMIS shall produce and sign
a written air medical evacuation request as per annex X. This shall be given to the
UNMIS Chief Medical Officer (CMO) at the time of request or and provided in copy
to UNMAO Khartoum.

3.6 UNMAO Regional Operations Officer shall – if the casualty is a UNOPS contracted
staff and admitted to a UN (TCC) L2 or UN L3 hospital – complete the “Letter of
Introduction” (annex A) and produce it to responsible UN Medical Officer.
4. HELICOPTER LANDING SITES
4.1 UN approved Helicopter Landing Sites (HLS) are listed in the HLS Directories and
issued periodically by UNMIS Aviation Section and WFP HAS.
4.2 Should a demining operational task site require the use of an HLS not previously
approved by UNMIS and WFP, a new HSL is to be located and prepared as part of
the CASEVAC plan, during the initial setting-out on day one of the task. Helicopter
Landing Sites identified or prepared by non-UNMIS personnel will, where possible,
be subject to inspection and approval by UNMIS, a minimum of three days notice is
required to arrange inspection. Request for inspection shall be processed through
Regional UNMAO office.
4.3 Regional UNMAO Offices are to provide a completed UNMIS HLS form, as shown
at Annex E, to UNMIS Air Operations for every Helicopter Landing Site identified
for use by an operational demining task site.
4.4 Obviously it is not feasible for mobile teams to have an established HLS, in this case
an appropriate emergency HLS must be identified according to the HLS requirements
listed below, and the HLS grid reference documented and called in when requesting a
casevac.
2.4 HLS Requirements
4.4.1 The HLS must be at least 300m from the nearest dangerous area.
4.4.2 Surface Conditions: The surface conditions must be firm enough to prevent the
helicopter bogging down or creating excessive dust. The area should be as free as
possible of stones and loose debris. The bearing strength of the surface should be
sufficient to withstand the dynamic and static loading of the super puma
helicopter. The HLS must have a levelled surface.
4.4.3 Size of the landing surface: The minimum size of the touch down and take off
area (TLOF) should be no less than 25 metres x 25 metres for the Super Puma
AME or 32 metres x 32 metres for the Mi8 non-medical helicopter (one and half
times the rotary diameter). The area around the landing zone should be cleared of
obstacles that could damage the aircraft. Elongation should be in the area of
takeoff
4.4.4 Obstacles: The approach and departure path of the landing site should be clear of
obstacles above the approach angle. The direction of approach or departure should
be over the lowest objects and predominate wind direction should be taken into
consideration. High terrain power lines and other obstacles should be taken into
consideration. Within the selected approach and exit path the normal maximum
obstruction angle should not exceed 8° as measured from the edge of the cleared
to ground level area to a distance of 85.3 metres (maximum obstacle height 10.5
metres).

4.4.5 Wind Indicator: Wind indicator is recommended. Smoke grenade may be used
but should not be put on the leeward side to avoid obscuring the touch down point
(DO NOT USE RED SMOKE SIGNALS).
4.4.6 Safety Area: The safety area must be provided and is to be no less than 3 metre
width surrounding the touch down and take off zone. The safety area must be
clear of objects.
4.4.7 All demining personnel should be taught how to safely approach a helicopter and
to protect their eyes from dust.
4.4.8 HLS marking: Refer to Annex C
5. HOSPITALS
5.1 Every task site shall have a detailed map and route card of the primary road route to
the designated hospital or medical facility which casualties would be evacuated to.
This map shall be placed on or next to the passenger seat in front of the ambulance.
An alternative route should also be identified and planned. The routes must be driven
by the ambulance driver and timed at normal driving speed. Distances and timings
shall be recorded on the route card.
5.2 Demining casualties evacuated by helicopter will be taken to the nearest appropriate
hospital or medical facility. This will be determined by the air medical evacuation
team but will normally be nearest UNMIS level II or III hospital
5.3 The local medical facility identified for initial stabilisation selected receiving medical
facility must be visited by the field medic and senior officer prior to commencement
of operations at the location. Senior staff at the facility is to be informed that
demining personnel will be working in the area and that if accident occurs, casualties
will be evacuated there for initial stabilization. Access and possible financial
agreement shall be discussed. Receiving hospital staff should be briefed about the
types of injuries anticipated from mine accidents.
5.4 Recognised regional hospitals are in Egypt (Al Salem Hospital Cairo), Nairobi
(Nairobi Hospital), Jordan (Al Khalidi Hospital Amman) and South Africa.

ANNEX A - 1 Letter of Introduction
UNOPS
United Nations Mine Action Office Head Office, Khartoum – Sudan
United Nations Office for Project Services
To: Receiving Medical Officer at TCC Hospital

From: United Nations Mine Action Office (UNMAO)
Through: Regional representative UNMAO and UNMIS Level 1 Clinic
Letter of Introduction
This letter is to introduce Mr/ Mrs _______________________________________________

with UN ID card number ________, a staff member of - MineTech - RONCO , -
MECHEM ,- AGMA , - TDI which is a UNOPS contracted organization and
implementer of the project “Mine Action Activities in Support of UNMIS” .
He / She shall thus have full access to emergency medical support by UNMIS in accordance with
the MoU between UNDPKO and UNOPS dated July 2007. He/ she is fully insured and any costs
related to emergency medical treatment at your hospital can be fully recovered.
Signed ____________________
By assisting UNMAO Officer
Name:_____________________
Title: ______________________
Date / Time:_________________
Location:____________________

ANNEX A - 2 Letter of Introduction - Non UNOPS Contractors
United Nations Mine Action Office Head Office, Khartoum – Sudan
To: Receiving Medical Officer at TCC Hospital

From: United Nations Mine Action Office (UNMAO)
Through: Regional Ops / QA Officer UNMAO
Letter of Introduction
This letter is to introduce Mr/ Mrs _______________________________________________

with ID card number ________, a staff member of _____________________________
which is a part of the Sudan Mine Action Programme accredited by the UNMAO.
He/ she is fully insured and any costs related to emergency medical treatment at your hospital can
be fully recovered.
Signed ____________________
By assisting UNMAO Officer
Name:_____________________
Title: ______________________
Date / Time:_________________
Location:____________________

ANNEX A - 3 Draft e-mail / letter
Formal request for Medevac from UNMIS Medical facilities using UNMIS air assets
To: UNMIS CMO 'Teferi Tafesse; Tafesse.uneca@un.org and DCMO Roberts Onebunne;
Onebunne@un.org
From: ____________________________
Cc: Regional representative UNMAO and UNMAO Medical Coordinator: pere@unops.org
Request for Special Flight for Air Medical Evacuation
“Organization Name” ,which are a part of the Sudan Mine Action Programme and accredited by
the UN Mine Action Office, hereby request assistance with air medical evacuation (AME) for
Mr/Mrs Full name with ID card nr “____” from hospital / clinic in “Location” to Airport
“Location” today “Date”.
He/ she is fully insured and any costs can be fully recovered from us.
Signed ____________________
Organization Officer
Name:_____________________
Title: ______________________
Date / Time:_________________
Location:____________________

Annex B Casevac Requesting Format
a. Following an accident the casualty party calls for help via radio/telephone to UNDSS
Regional radio room.
b. The following information is required:
AGENCY:
FOCAL POINT:
DATE: TIME:
Information Required Information Supplied
Where incident occurred:
Place Name or GPS Plot
Extra Description eg, if Vehicle involved

description of colour, type, markings etc
Is there a pre-arranged Helicopter Landing

Site at location?
Who Is Involved:
1. Number of Injured / Sick
2. Nationality of Injured / Sick
1. Names of Injured / Sick (Do not provide

over radio)
Type of incident: eg: Mine accident, Shooting,

Electric Shock, Burns…
Description of Injuries / Sickness if available
Special Security Considerations e.g.,

shooting, suspected Mine Incident
Blood Types of injured if known
Other Information:
1. Is there a direct contact method with
incident site eg Telephone number,
2. VHF Call sign
Name of Informant: Title: Date and time

Annex C UN Contact Lists
UNMIS Medical Services / Officers

NAME OF THE STAFF MOBILE DECT CALL
REGION EXT
MEMBER, POSITION PHONE PHONE SIGN
Khartoum 24 Hour Emergency 0912170121
Number
Dr. TeferiTafesse 0912 170012 6236 6873 KQ 27
CMO
Dr. Roberts Onebunne 0912178337 7536 7451 M39
Dep.CMO
Dr. Basundhara Barathy 0912179347 9648
MO
Dr. Jiang Chenghua 0912178348 7548 7448 M 139
UNMIS MS FMO
KHARTOUM Dr. Krstic Zoran 0912 170016 6818 KQ 271
MO
Dr. Rasha Osman 0912174077 6949 KQ 272
MO
Dr. Almoiz Ali 0912141917 9527 KQ 941
MO
Dr.Hashem Abdallat O912174069 7550 6970 KG 371
FMO
Dr. Hesham Farag O912179034 7546 7845 KG 375
SOM
Dr Joji Varghese 0912178829 7547 KG 373
SOM
Mr. Célestin Kanuma 7549
Clerk / SGT FMO
Ms. Karambizi Marylou 0912178820 7199 7488 M 21
Head Nurse
Ms. Samia Abdulmageed 0912178866 7212 6689 M 226
Nurse
Ms. Saida Talegi 7652
Nurse
Ms. Amira Abdalaziz 9590
Nurse
Ms. Nahid Sahib 0912 174074 7213 6841 M 261
Nurse
Ms. Fatima Elmubarak 0912969703 7690 7827 KQ 143
Office Assistant
UNMIS MS Ms. Yousra Awad 0911155156 7465 KQ 116
KHARTOUM Office Assistant
Mr Omer Derar 09 12179349 7195 7599 K Q 149
Laboratory Technician
Nazim El sayeg 0912177848 9521 Tango
Driver 963
Osama Ayoub 0912177851 9517 Tango
Driver 965
Dr Mathiu Kanyili +249910178770 2152 JQ 239
MO +249915031334
+249187082152
Dr Collette Hounsinou +249187082077 2078 JQ213
Dr Lt Col S M A Salam (BAN L2) 0913043712 , 2300 ( CO-JG
0122193470 85)
UNMIS MS
Dr Maj Md Ershadul Kader (BAN 0914837678
JUBA
L2 surg spl)
Nagat Boshara 0911345938

Nurse

REGION EXT
Zeinab Behar 0918319996 NQ 212
Nurse
Dr William Sebit 0912178347 4489
MO
Grace Poni Bismark 4489
Nurse
UNMIS MS
Rufina Rana 0912177871 4489
MALAKAL
Nurse
Dr Munisa Kadirova 0912179255 5359 U Q 22
MO
Yugusuk Juwan 0912179274
MO
Jacqueline Nyanga (AMET) +249911367785 5389 UQ221
UNMIS MS
+249187085389
KADUGLI
Nuha Aboud 0912933245 5389
Nurse
Dr.Jha Kandarpa 0912177870 3510 3578 GQ251
Dr Taha Mohamed 0912179309 GQ253
MO
UNMIS MS Alice Ausa 3511 GQ254
EL Nurse
GENEINA Nurse – Dhere Djissa Esther 0914103779 192 - GQ252
5037
Dr. Yassir Korak 0912207788 3177 WQ 218
MO
Nurse 0918205024 3185 FQ 252
Fatima Hamouda
Nurse 0912827806 3510 FQ 254
Ms. Manazil Mohammed
Manzil Mohamed 0912827806 3157 FQ 254
Nurse
Ali Adbalkareem 0912972859 3195 FQ 255
UNMIS MS Lab Technician
EL FASHER Muktar Khater 0915217330 FQ 713
Ambulance Driver
Adbullah Abdurahman 0915463373 FQ 718
Ambulance Driver
Emad Alhaj FQ 714
Ambulance Driver
Dr Gerry C. Caberera 0912365109 192- NQ143
4029
Dr Dawaha Salih 0912114647 NQ 213
Nurse - Zeinab Behar 0918319996 NQ 212
Nurse - Nagat Boshara 0911345938
UNMIS MS Imelda Hernandez 0912179284
NYALA Nurse
Dr Omara Izzeldin 0912695818 4913
MO
UNMIS MS Elham Ahmed 4914
ZALINGI Nurse
Aburaida Sharief 0912952129
Ambulance Driver
Ahmed Nagmedin 0912178339 4082 OQ 218
UNMIS MS
MO
KASSALA
Haliema Ahmed 0918137407 4082
Nurse
UNMIS MS Sharief AbuRaida 0912952129 4118 OQ315
EL OBIED Ambulance Driver

REGION EXT
Mohamed abd al fadeel 0912949989 4116
Lab Technician
Dr Makier G. Mashoum 0915256608 9146 6304
MO
Gabriel Gugu
Nurse
UNMIS MS Dr. Mawiya Khairy / MO 091 211 9887 5785 ZQ911
Rumbek Dr. Patrick Nzene / MO 091 431 6819 5785
Hammam Omer Sat phone : 3979 VQ 215
UNMIS MS MO +88216558000570
El Damazin Stephen Okwera Odera 3956 VQ 216
Nurse
Morgan James Sat phone: 5070
UNMIS MS MO +88216558000573
ABYEI Veronica Alexander 0912814493 5070
Nurse
Gladys Katasi +249 187-08-5148 190-5148
Medical Officer
MO UN Mission Wau (Level 2) Tel – +24918708 Tel - +24918708 Channel
UNMIS MS C/S Channel 31 WG 865 5131 / 5150 / 5158 5150 31 WG
WAU Duty Medical Officer MED
Base
MO UN Mission Wau (Level 1) C/S Channel 31 +88216558000573
WQ 223 / 224 or
Tel - +249197085070

Contacts UNMAO Sudan
Location Name Position Tel. Sudan Tel.Kenya/ Tel.
Other Thuraya
Khartoum
UNMAO +249912167698
Duty Officer
UNMAO Operations +249187086605
room +249187086608
Jim Pansegrouw Director / Programme 0912304078 +249 912304078 +8821655582972
Manager DECT 6603
Jacobus Nieuwoudt Operations Officer 0912179130 DECT 6605 +8821654208990
Joe McCarten Chief of Staff 0912174468 DECT 6608
Salim A M Nour National Medical Advisor, 0912 3329 07 DECT 7092
Kadugli
Jan Bosman Regional Chief of Ops 0912177917 +88 216 54204694 +88 216 5420 8233
Calsign UV4.
Suleiman Nyamwaya Ops Officer 0912174428 Callsign UV4.1 +88 216 3114 5161
Juba
Simon Porter Deputy PM (South) 0912174429 0631822739, +88 216 5107 0107
+256(0)477109521
Paul Eldred Regional Ops Officer 0912177213 +88 216 5420 8260
Per Engstrom Medical Coordinator +249 91 23 27 378 +46736234288 +882 1621 204 503
Adam Wheeler Ops Officer +249912177817 +88 216 5107 3066
El Fasher
John Raddatz Operations Officer 0912177634 +88216 5200 2989
Phillip Rowe Regional Ops Coordinator 0912167221 +254733260088 +88 216 3110 0182
Kassala
Latif Matin Operations Officer 0912170267 +88 216 5107 0570
Wau
Timothy (Robbie) Operations Officer +249 187085071 +88 216 5420 8244
Roberts
Malakal
Mark Argent Operations Officer 0912501282 +88 216 5119 8115
Damazin
Richard Derieux Operations Officer 0912177643 +88 216 5420 8263
Rumbek
Piet Brink Operations Officer +88216 215 29242
Yei
Alan Wall QA Officer 0912501143 +256477101001 +8821654208993
Nairobi
Esther Leipah Admin Asst. +254723333439

UNDP Medical
SER NAME POSITION CONTACT
1 Dr. Eman Atalla Medical Officer +249912304070
UN Security Sudan
SER NAME POSITION CALLSIGN CONTACT
Khartoum
1. Steve Gluning FSCO/CSA KS1 +249 9123 04064
+882 1651 124515
2. Johannes Jacobs AFSCO KS4 +249912160420
+8821651129549
3. Ibrahima Ndiaye UNMIS/PSA KQ 5 +249 912179391
4. Gaspar Zavala UNDSS/ FSCO KS 5.3 +249 9123 03579
5. UNDSS Control Room 0912178359
6. Close Protection Duty 0912178357
Shift
El Fasher
7. Willie Harrison FSCO - Darfur RS1 +249 9121 74801
+8821651191909
8. Cheikh Diouf FSCO OIC FS1 0912160421
+8821651192602
9. Elbishary Musa LSA FS.2 0912170248
+8821651192602
El Geneina
10. David Komen FSO GS 1.3 0913352886
+8821658000753
11. Firas Mihyar FSCO OIC GS 1.1 0912174139
+8821651192918
Nyala
12. Samual Odei AFSCO NS 5 0912167703
+8821651124520
13. Abdalla Janakat AFSCO NS.5.1 09125o1183
+8821651191918
14. Elsadig Abubaker AFSCO NS 5.2 0912174802
Zalingei
15. Jonny Otieno UNMIS Security Officer 0912178309
ZQ 5.1.1 +88216558000627
16. Shihabeldin El Tahir UNMIS Security Officer ZQ 5.1.2 0912160742
Malakal
17. Josaia Waqaivolavola AFSCO MS5 +249912174594
+249187084498
+8821654207797
18. Lu'ay AL-QSAR MK5.1 +249915181045
+8821658000610
Juba
19. Marcus Culley Deputy Security Advisor JS1 +882-1643339620
(Sudan)
20. Ilka Laukkanen UNFSCO JS2 +882-1643338517
21. Yashpal SINGH DUNFSCO(DPKO) JQ51 +88 216 542 07766
22. Saleh Mahboob UNFSCO JS3 +88 216 433 39623
Kassala
23. Zecks Nyangari UNMIS Sec Officer +249915684374
Ed Demazin
24. 091 517 1849
Joel Busadre UNMIS RSO ZS515
+8821654207781
25. Stefan Bernstrom UNMIS Sec Officer ZS512 091 562 0044
26. Nelly Boit UNMIS Sec Office ZS513 091 858 4353

SER NAME POSITION CALLSIGN CONTACT
Kadugli
27. Alonzo Baldwin UNMIS Sec Officer TBC +249912170134
+882165000561
28. Perfecto Labaddan UNMIS Sec Officer UQ512 +249912392173
+8821654207751
Abyei
29. Aidian Laroche Security Officer VQ 51 +88216558000624
30. Ahmed Mistarihi VQ 51 0912177880
Wau
31. +249912179252
AKM Sufiul Anam +8821658000617
32. Charles Amuabeng Security Officer WQ513
UNMIS AIR Operations Khartoum

No Name Title Dect Mobile
1 Incoming OIC Aviation 0912-178275
2 Kevin Shelton-Smith Chief Air Operations +249187087007, +249912178250
3 Patricia Rafferty Air Ops Asst (Planning) 6724 0912-177885
4 Desmond Mensah-Coker Air Ops Officer OIC, MAOC +249187087009, 0912-178262
5 Mustafa Sharif +249187087399, +249918708600
6 Air Ops Duty Officer 6708 +249912170130
0912-178765
Regions
1 Abubaker Mohamed Air Ops Asst (Nyala) 0912177604
2 Joe van Eeden Air Ops Asst (Kadugli) 5475 0918-318669
3 Amadedin Ismail Abdalla Air Ops Asst (Al Fasher) 3190 0912178346
4 Mahmoud Ismail Air Ops Asst (Al Fasher) 3197 0912396612
5 Rajo Shanmugaraj Air Ops Asst Ed Damazin 0912-177606
6 Rivera Julio Air Ops Officer (Juba) 2061 0912-177607

Annex D Medical Resources in Sudan
UNMIS Medical Resources

Sector/ Location MEDICAL FACILITY
Khartoum Level I & II Hospital, 2x AME
Sector I / Juba Level I & II Hospital / 2x AME
Sector II / Wau Level I & II Hospital / 2x AME
Sector III / Malakal Level II Hospital / 1x AME
Sector IV / Kadugli Level III Hospital / 1 x AME
Sector V / Ed Damazin Level II Hospital / 1 x AME
Sector VI / Abyei Level I Hospital / 1 x AME
Nyala UN Level 1 Clinic
El Fasher (AMIS) UN Level 1 Clinic
El Geneina UN Level 1 Clinic
Kassala Level 1 Hospital
Level III Hospitals Khartoum
3. Sahiroon Specialised Hospital – Khartoum

Ph: 265 315 / 6 / 7
Medical Director: Dr. MUTAZ A. JAMAL
Tel: +249-11-265316(217)
Mobile: 0912938454
PR Officer: Abdu Rapbu
Mobile: 0912369877
Office: 83 279600
4. Al Faisal Specialist Hospital – Khartoum

Ph: +249-83-789824, +249-83-789823, +249-83-789951, +249-83-789826
Medical Director: Dr. Elmoiz Ali Arabi
Tel: + (249 11) 789555
Mobile: + (249) 12141917
Ambulance: 09124444000

Annex E UNMIS Air Crafts
The following facilities list is to be used as a guideline for rescue operations within each
Sector.
Serial Airfield Air craft Company Remarks
1 KHARTOUM 2x MD -83 Swift Air AME
(HSSS) Cat. 8 2x DHC – 8 Voyager DO Mobile
2x B-200 King Air 0912170130
1x Lear 35A Evergreen
1x Mi 8 T UT Air
2 EL OBEID 1x AN 74 Motor Sich UN Air Ops Ext
(HSOB) Cat. 5 1 x L100 Safair 4027/4061
2 x L 410 Heli Air
1 x IL-76 Abakan
3 JUBA 1 x L410 Heli Air L2 Hospital (Pakistan)
(HSSJ) Cat. 5 1 x Mi 8 T UT Air UN Air Ops Ext 2162
4 x Mi 8 MT Russian Aviation
1 x Mi 8 MTV NEFTYGANSK
4 WAU 1 x Mi 8 T UT Air AME Paramedic
(HSWW)Cat. 4 3 x Mi 17 Pakistan Aviation UN Air Ops Ext 5190
5 ED DAMAZIN 3 x Puma Pakistan Aviation AME from UN L2 hospital
(HSDZ) Cat. 4 UN Air Ops Mob 0912
177 606
6 KADUGLI 1 x Mi 8 T UT Air AME UN L3 hospital
(HSLI) Cat. 7 5 x Mi 17 Indian Avaiation
1 x Mi 8 AMT Vertical T
7 MALAKAL 1 x Mi 8 T UT air AME UN L2 hospital
(HSSM) Cat. 4 1 x Mi 8 AMT Vertical T UN Air Ops Ext 4422
1 x Mi 17 Indian Aviation
8 RUMBEK 1 x Mi8 T UT Air AME
(HSMK) – Nil UN Air Ops Ext 9189 / 9106
Crash Cat
9 EL FASHER 1 x Mi 8 T UT Air AME
(HSFS) Cat. 5 1 x Puma Helog UN Air Ops Ext 192
1 x L410 Heliair 3060
Mobile 0912 170 033
11 NYALA 1 x Mi 8 AMT Vertical T UN Air Ops Ext 192-
(HSNN) Cat. 5 3455
Mob 0912 885 849
12 GENEINA 1 x Puma Helog
SUMMARY Fixed Wing: Commercial: 15 Military:8
Helicopter: Commercial: 15, Military: 16
AME - DISTANCES AND AVERAGE FLIGHT TIMES (Take off to landing)

Juba Maridi 78 NM 0:39 HRS
Juba Torit 70 NM 0:35 HRS
Juba Kapoeta 127 NM 1:04 HRS
Wau Rumbek 118 NM 0:59 HRS
Wau Aweil 68 NM 0:34 HRS
Malakal Bentui 113 NM 0:57 HRS
Malakal Ayod 86 NM 0:43 HRS
Malakal Paloich 45 NM 0:23 HRS
Kadugli Delling 68 NM 0:34 HRS
Demazin Kurmuk 81 NM 0:41 HRS
Demazin Dindaro 49 NM 0:25 HRS

Annex F HLS Marking Requirements
Set up of the Helicopter Landing Site (HLS)

The area to marked with an “H”, which is visible from all direction and a distance of
1000m from high places. The size of the “H” shall be approx 9X6 meters. The material
used to mark the “H” such as rocks / sand bags shall be painted white which will assist in
the visual recognition of the site. The material used shall be leveled with ground so they
shall not obstruct the landing of the copter. The ground shall be free of any objects, which
could become airborne and damage the aircraft. Periodical checks of the LS shall be
completed to ensure that there is no large amount of garbage has collected at the site.
Method for night lightning of HLS

Use as much light as possible, preferably flashing lights or spotlights. Park two vehicles
are placed 35 m apart and 35 m downwind of the center of the landing point with their
headlights beams intersecting at the center of the landing point. Turn on warning
blinkers.
Figure: Vehicles Cross Lights Method
WIND DIRECTION
TOUCH DOWN
POINT
H
35 meter
35 meter

Annex G In Flight Medical Guidelines and Records
1.1. PATIENT PREPARATION

Patient should be resuscitated and be as stable as possible before flight. Rather over-
prepare a patient than under-prepare.
This includes:
2 peripheral venous lines (preferably at Urinary catheter (fill cuff with water).
least 18G cannula).
Intercostal drain if applicable (with one
Intubation if applicable (fill cuff with way valve / urine bag).
water).
Nasogastric tube.
1.2. IN FLIGHT MONITORING
It is important to monitor the condition of the patient, and record your findings.
Pulse oximeter is the primary instrument. Always consider adding supplemental
Oxygen by mask or ventilator. Maintain sat between 94 and 97% if possible. (Oxygen
demand will vary with altitude).
Monitor all gas-filled appliances (e.g. vacuum splint, pneumatic splint etc), because
changes in altitude will affect these devices.
It is virtually impossible to monitor blood pressure in the aircraft unless and
electronic sphygmomanometer is used. Use pulse rate or CVP (preferably jugular, not
subclavian) as alternate indicators.
The assessment of the patient should be a complete examination, and notes (in
duplicate) should include observations (blood pressure, pulse rate etc.), systemic
examination (Cardiovascular, Respiratory, Abdominal, Neurological e.g. Glasgow
Coma Scale if applicable etc), as well as documentation of fractures and external
injuries.
Resuscitation measures (e.g. intubation, intercostal drain, CVP etc), and examinations
already done (e.g. malaria tests, urine tests), should be recorded.
Before transporting the patient to the aircraft, the patient should be optimally
stabilized. Procedures such as intubation, intercostals drains, CVPs (and even
peripheral lines), are much more difficult in the air than on the ground.
Take-off time should be noted.
During the flight, clinical notes should be made every 15 minutes, and should include
parameters like pulse rate, respiration rate, saturation, blood pressure (if possible),
urine output, etc. The time period in between notes can obviously be varied according
to the seriousness of the patient’s condition.
Landing time should be noted, as well as to whom the patient is handed over.
One copy of the notes should be handed over with the patient, while one copy should
be retained for record purposes.

IN FLIGHT MEDICAL RECORD
PATIENT DETAILS
Surname:___________________ First Names:

_______________________________
UN ID No _________________ Blood Group ____________Gender: Male ‫ٱ‬

Female ‫ٱ‬
Nationality _________________ Location:______________________________
DESCRIPTION OF ILLNESS / INJURY ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCORE 1 2 3
Airway No Respiration Compromised Normal
Bleeding Profuse / DIC Some None
Circulation Shock Compromised Normal
Fractures Present Suspected None TOTAL
Neurology Unconscious Depressed Normal
Consciousness
Transportability Must be Requires assistance Ambulatory
carried /18
PROCEDURES ALREADY PERFORMED
IV lines Peripheral Central

Tracheal Intubation Yes No
Intercostal drain Yes No
Urinary catheter Yes No
Nasogastric tube Yes No
X-rays ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blood Tests / Other ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MEDICATION RECEIVED IN PAST 24H
Medication Dose / Time Time Time Time Time Time
Route
PATIENT ASSESSMENT HISTORY

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMINATION
Pulse Rate ____/min
Blood pressure ________mmHg
Respiration Rate ____/min

Are the following normal? If “No,” give full details below.
Yes No Yes No
1. General signs (JACCOL) 9. Perineum, Rectum, Vagina
2. Pupils (PERLA) 10. Musculoskeletal system
3. Head, Neck 11. Consciousness
4. Ear, Nose, Throat 12. Cranial nerves
5. Trachea, Chest 13. Motor function
6. Cardiovascular System 14. Sensory function
7. Respiratory System 15. Reflexes
8. Abdomen 16. Psychological impression
Glasgow Coma Scale
Motor Response Verbal Response Eye Opening

6 Obeys instructions
5 Localises pain Orientated
4 Withdraws from pain Confused Spontaneous
3 Decorticate (flexion) Incoherent To Verbal instructions TOTAL
2 Decerebrate Unintelligible sounds To Pain
(extension)
1 None None None /15
Trauma Score (Modified)
GCS Systolic Respiration Capillary Resp. Depth

BP Rate Refill
4 14-15 > 90 10 - 29
3 11-13 70 - 90 29 - 35
2 8-10 50 - 70 >35 < 2 Seconds TOTAL
1 5-7 < 50 1-9 > 2 Seconds Normal
0 3-4 None None None Shallow /
None /15
DETAILS OF ABNORMALITIES
(Write the number of the system in which the abnormality was found, followed by the
description. Use sketches as required).

DETAILS OF ABNORMALITIES (Continued)

PRE-FLIGHT PREPARATION
Time and Date:
PROCEDURES
Peripheral IV lines
Central Line
Tracheal Intubation
Intercostal drain
Urinary catheter
Nasogastric tube
Ventilation
Oxygen
CONFIRM THAT ALL CUFFS ARE FILLED WITH WATER!
MEDICATION
Medication Dose / Route Time Remarks

IN-FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Time and Date:
MEDICATION
Medication Dose / Time Time Time Time Time Time

Route

Time Date:
PROCEDURES
Procedure Detail Time
Time / Date:
PATIENT CONDITION
Time O2 Sat Pulse BP RR Output GCS

TIMES
Person Handing Over Person Taking Time and Date
Over
Originating Medical
Facility.
Location :
__________________
Take off time and date from Originating Landing time and date at Destination Medical
Facility: Facility:
Person Handing Over Person Taking Time and Date

Over
Destination Medical
Facility.
Location:
__________________
Other Team Members

UN ID Name Signature

Annex H Area specific Emergency Medical / Casualty Evacuation
Protocols
JUBA
ED DAMAZIN
MALAKAL
RUMBEK
WAU
KADUGLI ( Sector IV)
KASSALA
ABYEI ( Sector VI)
EL FASHER
NYALA

EMERGENCY MEDICAL / CASUALTY EVACUATION PROTOCOL
JUBA

Step 1
1. Mission Radio/Room • BAN Level II Hospital Juba

JG Base (in priority order): Call sign medical Base 2 - DECT 2300
Signals Officer: 1. Dr Lt Col S M A Salam ( CO-JG 85)
Maj Bhaskar Menon 0913043712 , 0122193470 Dect 2300
Step II
Sat Phone +8821658000602 2. Dr Maj Md Ershadul Kader (surg spl)
Inmar Sat +870 764 626 872 / 873 0914837678
+249187082059 • UNMIS L 1 Clinic
+249187082061 3. Dr Collette Hounsinou
+ 249187082077 / 2078 callsign : JQ213
+249187082125
4. Dr. Mathiu Kanyili
+249187082058
+249910178770 /+249915031334
+249912177847 +249187082152 JQ 239 STEP III
2. Or direct - UNDSS STEP III
Security Ops Officer (JS3, Saleh
Mahboob) +8821643339623 AMET 1. CMO: Dr Teferi
Chief (JS1, Marcus Culley) Team 1 Tafesse
+8821643339620 1. Dr Maj. Huque +249187086236, Mob:
DUNFSCO (Agencies) (JS2, Illka Mahfuz 0912170012
Laukkanen) +882-1643338517 2. Cpl (Med A) Md 2. Dep.CMO: Dr.
DUNFSCO (DPKO) (JQ51, Yashpal Singh) Tofazzal Hossain Roberts Onebunne (in
+88 216 542 07766 3. Cpl (OTA) Sk the absence of the
ANDStep III Fozilat Hossain CMO):
3. UNMAO Juba Team 2 +249187087536, Mob:
- Paul Eldred (JV4) Dect 2195 1. Dr Capt Syed 0912178337
+249912177213, +88 216 5420 8260 Mohammed 3. FMedO: Col. Dr
- Simon Porter(JV1) Dect 2401 Shaifuddin MinYu,
+249912174429, +8821631145162 2. Cpl (MA) Md +249187087548, Mob:
- Per Engstrom (JV 4.6) Dect 2195 Mominul Islam 0912178348,
Mobile:+249 91 23 27 378 3. Cpl (ICA) Md +249187087448
Sat: +882 16 21 204 503 Younus Miah 4. Doctor-on-call:
- Adam Wheeler+249912177817 Mojumdar
Dect2067 Callsign JV 4.2
AMREF
STEP III
(Kenya)
+254-20344170
1. Juba Air Ops STEP IV
M. Shan, SO Air Ops-JQ513 (Ch32)
Dect No-2570,2259
Rivera Julio JQ 317 Aircraft Crew
Mobile + 249910177607
+249187082082
Einar Rubach +249187082313
2. Juba MovCon
ED DAMAZIN

Step 1
1. Contact UNDSS UNMIS L2 Clinic Damazin UNMIS L1 Clinic Kurmuk

Through UNMIS Radio Room: Ltc Sajid Naeem Dr. Mawiya Khairy
Satphone: +87 076 462 6241 Mob : 0915175630 Mob : 0912119887
Mobile: 091 217 8861 STEP II 0922116741 Dect: 5785
Dect: +249187085739 / 5737 Dect : 5725 Dr Patrick Nzene
Or through WFP Radio Room (office 5785/5767
hours 0900 –1700hrs) Callsign NZF, Mob : 0914316819
Selcall 260626, Thu: + 88 216 211 11106, Kurmuk Pak Demining Coy
Landline: +551 – 821740 Doctor on call: 0924139609
Or directly UNDSS STEP III
• Nelly Boit: Callsign ZS513
Mob: 091 858 4353 AMET 1. CMO: Dr Teferi Tafesse
STEP III +249187086236, Mob:
• Elias Kindong LtC Sajid Naeem
Callsign ZS513 Dect: 5725 / 0912170012
Mob: 091 858 43 53 Mob: 091 517 5630 2. Dep.CMO: Dr. Roberts
2. Contact UNMAO: 0922116741 Onebunne (in the absence of
Or the CMO):
Richard Derieux:
STEP II Major Zakir +249187087536, Mob:
0912177643, +88 216 5420 8263 0912178337
Mob 0914312125
Kassim Olukhanda 3. FMedO: Col. Dr MinYu,
0912160223, +8821654208241 STEP IV +249187087548, Mob:
0912178348,
STEP III
1. UNMIS Air Operation Room: AMREF

+249187085739, +249187085737, (Kenya)
+254-20344170
+249915136758
Aviation Operations Officer
Abraham Hunde
Mob: 0914589759, DECT: 5765
Evan John: Aircraft Crew
Mob: 0913253268
Dect: 5765
2. MovCon

MALAKAL
Step 1
1. Contact UNMIS Radio Room Dr William Sebit

VHF Ch 31 Call sign M.G. Base VHF Ch 31 Call sign M.Q. 253
HF Ch 68 5295.0 Hz Call sign NMG STEP II
Dr Myra Bobis
HF Ch 70 7744.0 Hz Call sign NMG VHF Ch 31 Call Sign M.Q. 255
+249187084439, +249187084437, UN Dect Phone +249187084489
+249187084445 +249912178347
Thuraya: +8870764181275
Indian Level II
2. Malakal Security Office
Lt Col. Dr S Bhattacharya i/c
Mr. Josaia Waqaivolavol
Call Sign - M.Q. 5 Maj. Dr N Banenju 2i/c
UN Dect Phone +24918708-4496 UN Dect Phone +249187084443/4430
Cell +249-912-174594 Cell +249915069468
Mr. Luay Alqsar – RSO STEP III
Call Sign - M.Q. 5.1 STEP III
UN Dect Phone +24918708- 4457 AMET: Mr Sulung 1. CMO: Dr Teferi Tafesse
Cell +249-915-181045 +249187086236, Mob:
Purwouq
Thuraya +88-216580-00610 0912170012
Call sign MQ 251
3. UNMAO 2. Dep.CMO: Dr. Roberts
Mr. Mark Argent Operations Officer Cell+249-913-
Onebunne (in the absence of
Call Sign Ch 31 VHF = MV 4.2 0313716
the CMO):
+249912501282 Dect: 4547 +249187087536, Mob:
+8821651198115 0912178337
+2491874439 DECT 4539 3. FMedO: Col. Dr MinYu,
Steve Fantham – QA Officer +249187087548, Mob:
09 1250 1084, +88 2165420 8266 0912178348,
DECT 4439 VHF =M.V. 4.3. STEP IV +249187087448
STEP II 4. Doctor-on-call:
4. MovCon 0912170121
Joseph Girgi i/c Dect 4410 Call Sign MQ
762: Svein Axelson - 2i/c Dect 4483 C/S Aircraft Crew
MQ 311
AMREF
STEP III (Kenya)
5. Air Operations
+254-20344170
Ratish Kumar - Dect # 4422 - C/S MQ762

RUMBEK
Site of Accident
Mission Radio Room 24/7 UN Clinic

Dr Makier G. Mashoum
Callsign: Romeo Golf Base +24918708 +249 187 089 146
9102 CS=WQ 216
+24918708 9103 Nurse WQ 215
+00871763941163 Nurse WQ 229
Rumbek Security Officer

Melknew Legesse
1. CMO: Dr Teferi Tafesse
Call Sign = WQ 555
+249187086236
+88216 558 000 590 0912170012
+24918708 9157
2. Dep.CMO: Dr. Roberts Onebunne
Bob Andrews (in the absence of the CMO):
Call Sign = WS 512 +249187087536
+88 216 658 000 590 0912178337
+24918708 9126 / 9160 3. FMedO: Col. Dr MinYu,
+249187087548
1. UNMAO 0912178348,
Piet Brink +88 216 215 292 42 +249187087448
Michael Hands +88 216 542 089 96
Robbie Roberts +88 216 542 082 44 4. Doctor-on-call: 0912170121
Wau Office +24918708 5071
Rumbek Air Operations

Rumbek Aviation Officer, Mark Levack
CS = WG 895, +24918708 9172
Air OPs Asst, John Aliandi
WQ 321 +24918708 9189 / 9167 AMREF
+254-20344170
Aircraft Crew
Details update 03/09/2007

WAU
Site of Accident
1 Sector
Contact UNDSS in WAU UN Medic Officer in Charge
(Medical Unit and Ambulance)
Through: WFP Radio Room: Level 1 - Mission
C/S - WFB - Freq 260623 Level2 - Chinese
Tel - +873 76709932 or +8821651126513
MO UN Mission Wau (Level 1)
Or directly
UNDSS Chief Security Officer Wau C/S Channel 31 WQ 223 / 224
C/S ; WS 51 / 511 / 513 channel 31 Mission or Channel 26 Security Tel - +88216558000573 or +249197085070
Tel - +8821658000617 or +2491875077 / 5164 / 5118
MO UN Mission Wau (Level 2)
2. C/S Channel 31 WG 865
Contact UNMAO in Wau Tel – +24918708 5131 / 5150 / 5158
Duty Medical Officer
Operations C/S – Channel 31 WG MED Base
C/S – WV 42 / 421 channel 31 Tel - +24918708 5150
Tel - +8821654208244 or +8821654208996
QA
C/S – WV 43 channel 31
Tel - +8821621529242
AMREF
UNNMIS Radio Room +254 - 20344170
C/S – WGB AMET –
Freq – HF 7744 day channel 70 / MS Rufina Rana
5295 Channel 66 Tel -
VHF Channel 31 +249912177871
Tel - +24918708 5109 / 5110 / 5000
Casevac by land
UN Medical Clinic for stabilization

of patients overnight
Casevac by air
Ambulance and teams available to
assist if needed by medivac
origination (arrival time)
Request for air lift
Uplift Patient return to initial
medical Facility
Fix winged flight to New Location

for treatment
Wau Air Operations room Aircraft and aircrew scrambled

SQD Leader on Duty for airlift evacuation
C/S – WG 761 / 916 / 861
Tel - +24918708

KASSALA
Step 1
1. Contact UN Security either directly 1. CMO: Dr Teferi Tafesse

or through WFP radio room. +249187086236, Mob: 0912170012
WFP radio room: callsign NLF, Selcall
Step 2
260612, 2. Dep.CMO: Dr. Roberts Onebunne (in
+ 882 1621111103, the absence of the CMO):
+249912174203 +249187087536, Mob: 0912178337
Or Directly
Monique Fingerg, ASC Kassala 3. FMedO: Col. Dr MinYu,
+249912166132 +249 18 708 75 48, Mob: 091 21 78 348,
2. and contact UNMAO +249 18 70 874 48
Latif Matin
+88 216 5107 0570, 4. Doctor-on-call: 09 121 701 21
+24 991 21 70 267
Step 2
Aviation Operations Khartoum AMREF
+254-20344170
Duty Officer: +249187086708,
+249912170130
Kevin Shelton-Smith +249187087007, AMET – Deckphone
+249912178250 +249187085389
Mustafa Sharif Ms. Jacqueline Nyanga
+249187087399, +249918708600 Mob-+249911367785
Desmond Mensah-Coker UQ221
+249187087009, +249912178262
Aircraft Crew

KADUGLI (Sector IV)

Step 1
1. Operations / Radio Room Egyptian level-III Hospital 1. CMO: Dr Teferi Tafesse

Call Sign: Zero Base 1. Dr HAMADA AHMED +249187086236, Mob:
2. Dr. MOHAMED KHALIL 0912170012
+249187085317 or
2. Dep.CMO: Dr. Roberts
+249187085302 Step II
+249187085426,+2491870
Onebunne (in the absence of
Dect: 5318, 5317 85427 DECT: 5426/5427 Step III
the CMO):
2. UNMIS Security Call sign: Medical Base +249187087536, Mob:
Perfecto Labaddan UNMIS level-1 clinic 0912178337
Callsign UQ512, 1. Dr. Munisa Kadirova 3. FMedO: Col. Dr MinYu,
+249912392173, +249187085319/5316, +249187087548, Mob:
+249911309850 Call sign UQ22 Ext 0912178348,
3. UNMAO 5319/5316, +249187087448
Jan Bosman: 2. Dr Juwan Yugusuk 4. Doctor-on-call: 0912170121
+249912177917 Ext 5316, Call sign UQ222
+8821654208233 +249912179274 Step IV
Step III
Suleiman Nyamwaya
AMREF
+249912174428, +254-20344170
AMETs
+88 216 3114 5161
Team 1
Step II Team 2
Jacqueline Nyanga
+249911367785
Air operations officers
+249187085389
Van Eeder Johan
Dect: 5475, Call sign:
Kadugli Airops or UQ 316
Step III
Movcon Officer: Aircraft Crew
Raul Farfan
Ext 5401
Call sign UQ 132

ABYEI (SECTOR VI)

Step 1
UN Security UN LEVEL I CLINIC 1. CMO:

VG base/ 3902/3901 Dr.Omer Hammam Dr Teferi Tafesse
AFSCO: 3984/ VQ 51 +249187083979 Call sign : VQ +249187086236,
215 Mob: 0912170012
Security Officer :
Thuraya : 00882168000570 2. Dep.CMO: Dr.
VQ 511/ 3977 Dr.Alex C George Roberts Onebunne
+249187083939 Call sign VQ 223 (in the absence of
TCC ZAM - level 01 clinic the CMO):
Dr.Mjr Floyd Malasha +249187087536,
Air operations officers +249187083989 Mob: 0912178337
1. Van Eeder Johan 3. FMedO: Col. Dr
+249187085475, Call sign: MinYu,
Kadugli Airops or UQ 316 +249187087548,
Aeromedical teams Mob: 0912178348,
2. Maj. Freeman Katuta (AMTs) +249187087448
+249187085475/5445,Call sign: Team 1 4. Doctor-on-call:
Kadugli Airops or UQ 856 1. Dr. Tamer Abdel
+249912170121
Movcon Officer: Monem
2. Dr Ahmed Mostafa
1. Timo Karhunen (OIC
3. Nurse – Diana Abdel
Movcon). Fattah
+249187085401/5476 4. Nurse – Alyaa Shehatta
Call sign – UQ312 5. Nurse – Mohammed Al AMREF (Flying
Said Doctors, Nairobi,
6. Nurse – Rabee Rashad Kenya).
7. Driver – Abdel Aziz A.
Rehem
Team 2
1. Dr Ahmed Sherif Nada
2. Dr Ahmed Seef
3. Nurse – Sahar
Mohammed
Aircraft Crew
Puma Aircrafts are ready at the air field.

EL FASHER
1. Contact UNDSS Radio Room: Dr Yasir Korak 1. CMO:

UNDSS Radio Room: Call sign NFS, Mob No – 0912174568 Dr Teferi Tafesse
Sel call: 1906. Thuraya - + 8821658000625 +249187086236,
INMARSAT: + 873763709948 Call Sign – FQ 2.5.1 Mob: 0912170012
Thuraya: +8821651194889 Nurse 2. Dep.CMO: Dr.
Mobile: 0912177956 Roberts Onebunne
Fatima Hamouda
Or Directly (in the absence of
Mob No - 0918205024
Willie Harrison Callsign RS1, +249 the CMO):
Call Sign - FQ 2.5.2 +249187087536,
912174801,+8821651191909 Nurse Mob: 0912178337
Cheikh Diouf callsign FS.1 +249 Ms. Manazil Mohammed 3. FMedO: Col. Dr
9121 60421, +8821651192602 Mob No - 091282706 MinYu,
1. AND contact UNMAO Call Sign - FQ 2.5.4 +249187087548,
Phillip Rowe Mob: +249912167221 Mob: 0912178348,
Sat: +88 21631100182 +249187087448
John Raddatz +88216 5200 2989, 4. Doctor-on-call:
+249912177634 +249912170121
Aviation Operations Officer Aircraft Crew

Puma with paramedic and AMREF
+249912177604, +249912173346, +254-20344170
+249912396612 night landing capability.
2 MI8T , 1 MI8 AMT and
1 MI8 MTV (long range)

NYALA
Operation Room
+249912177957 Dr. Dawaha Salih 1. CMO: Dr Teferi Tafesse
RadioRoom:ext: 3409 0912179751 Dect 192-3457 +249187086236, Mob:
Call sign: 0912170012
November Sierra Base Dr Gerry Caberera 2. Dep.CMO: Dr. Roberts
+8821651194890 Onebunne (in the absence
0912365109 Dect 192-4029
+873764100584 of the CMO):
Duty Sat +8821654207810
+249187087536, Mob:
0912178337
UNDSS Nyala
3. FMedO: Col. Dr MinYu,
+249912167703 Step 2
+249187087548, Mob:
0912178348,
AND contact UNMAO +249187087448
Phillip Rowe Mob: 4. Doctor-on-call:
+249912167221 0912170121
Sat: +88 21631100182
Step 2
MOVCON AMREF
+254-20344170
Oliver Nyang 0912396589
AIR OPS
Abobaker Mohamed
Tel:0912177604
Aircraft Crew
Puma Aircrafts are ready at the air
field.

Chapter 11
COMMUNICATIONS
1. GENERAL
1.1 Mine action organisations shall ensure that an effective communications
network is in place prior to and throughout all humanitarian demining operations.
1.2 Humanitarian demining operations shall not be undertaken without suitable

and effective communications between the personnel on site and the relevant
support elements.
1.3 Mine action organisations are to clearly define in their SOP the details of
their communications plan.
1.4 Communications are to be manned during all operational activities and

should also cover the travel periods to, from, and in between the sites.
2. COMMUNICATION NETWORK
2.1 3 different levels of communications are operated to co-ordinate and control
operations:
a. National Network: This is the operational network between the

UNMAO, UNRMAO, UNRMAO sub-offices and all mine/UXO clearance
organisations.
b. Regional Network: This network provides a mine action/Joint Military
Commission (JMC)/UNMIS, frequency that will enable all mine action
organisations to communicate with each other.
c. Local Network: This network provides a link on task-sites between
team leaders, sub-team leaders, clearance teams, medical assistants and
other radio users at task-sites.
3. COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
3.1 In ideal circumstance the communication systems are:
System National Regional Local Network Remarks

Network Network
HF Radio Primary System Primary System n/a
VHF Radio n/a Secondary Primary
System System
Satellite Emergency Emergency Emergency The use of these
Phone Back-up Back-up Back-up systems is limited in so
Mobile Emergency Emergency Emergency much as they only allow
Phone Back-up Back-up Back-up one-on-one
(The use of communication and rely
these is also on the individual
restricted by the
network receiving the call being
coverage which available and as such
Page 1 of 4
NSTG Part 1, Edition 9, Version 1
Chapter 11
is generally only should only be used in

available in and
the context of a
around the
principal ‘national or regional
regional towns). communication system’
when the primary
and/or secondary
systems have failed.
Dect Phone A desk top national telephone system between UN
agencies.
Email The recognised communication system used for sending
text messages, reports and returns and other non-
emergency and/or routine communication throughout
the network.
4. FREQUENCIES & CALL-SIGNS

4.1 Frequencies are issued upon request to the Sudanese government. This
ensures organisation do not cause conflict with national security channels. A
current list of frequencies for each region/location is available on request from the
UNRMAO.
4.2 UNRMAO will coordinate the allocation of calls-signs for mine action
organisations.
5.1 It is the responsibility of the mine action organisation to ensure that a

suitable and sufficient communication system in place to control the on-going
operations and that meets all the necessary requirements to ensure safe and
effective operations. The following general requirements shall be implemented by
mine action organisations:
a. Communications equipments are to be checked for serviceability on a

daily basis prior to operations commencing.
b. Communications are to be manned, checked and if relevant confirmed
prior to organisations sub-units departing from bases.
c. Mine action organisations are to have primary and secondary
communication systems established and functioning between the
operational site and base camp and/or UNRMAO before any work
commences.
d. Communications are also to be confirmed internally between the
demining worksite supervisors, all medics, all supervisory personnel
physically supervising the work, ambulance/safety vehicle drivers and,
where applicable, individual mechanical operators and other radio users
prior to work commencing.
e. If communications at any level cannot be established and safety is to
any degree compromised then work shall not start or shall cease until the
situation is rectified or resolved.
Page 2 of 4
Chapter 11
f. On completion of all operations for the day, teams are to advise their
higher echelon HQ that work is finished and if relevant that they are
returning to base. The network should be closed either on arrival at base or
once all end of day operations have ceased.
g. The UNRMAO is to be informed of the net closing down.
h. Mine action organisations are to ensure that their assets deploy with
suitable and sufficient communication equipment and that, where relevant,
UNRMAO call-signs have been allocated.
i. At all times when a mechanical asset is working in a hazardous area,
the operator is to have radio communications with the demining worksite
supervisor.
j. National and/or Regional communications systems will be established
using HF radio sets and/or satellite phones (mine action organisations shall
make an assessment of the most effective, reliable and suitable system and
implement its use as the primary means and supplemented by a suitable
back-up system)
k. On-site communications will be established using VHF hand held radio
sets.
l. Communications shall be appropriately tested at least once every hour.
m. A communications log of key (important) communications traffic is to be
maintained at the task site Control Point.
n. Details of the mine action organisations communications systems are
to be included in Implementation Plans.
o. Mine action organisations are to be aware of other
organisations/agencies whereabouts within the region and are to be familiar
with their frequencies, channels, and call-signs.
p. Mine action organisations are to ensure that operational locations shall
have continuous effective communications with all other relevant
organisations.
6. GENERAL PRINCIPALS
6.1 The following general principles are to be implemented to establish a

reliable communications network.
a. Use of voice procedure, discipline, clarity and brevity by users during

radio transmissions.
b. Use the call-sign letters provided by the UNRMAO. If no such call-sign
has been assigned then the UNRMAO should be contacted for provision of
a call-sign.
7. TRAINING
7.1 Mine action organisations are to ensure that a suitable and sufficient
communications introductory and regular refresher training programme is imparted
to all its personnel. This as a minimum should include the following (to include all
equipments likely to be used):
Page 3 of 4
Chapter 11
a. Basic maintenance and serviceability checks

b. Turning on/off of equipment
c. Tuning in to required stations and/or frequencies and changing of
stations and/or frequencies
d. General voice procedure (to include the phonetic alphabet)
e. Sending/answering messages
f. Recording and/or logging sent/received messages
g. Accident/incident reporting
h. What to do in the event of an emergency if primary communication
systems fail
8. ORGANISATION SOP
8.1 The minimum communication procedures to be included in mine action

organisations’ SOPs are:
a. Overall communications system (net diagram) to include details of the

systems for all possible operations
b. Network station allocation by teams and call sign. This may be in the
form of a net diagram.
c. Communication systems, primary and secondary, including channels to
be used.
d. Types of radios held by each net station.
e. The requirement to use correct procedures and guidelines for its use.
f. Operational and specific-to-operation communication requirements.
g. Accident reporting procedures.
h. Daily routine communication requirement, responsibilities and routine
h. Refresher training requirements.
9. RESTRICTIONS
9.1 The following shall be implemented and adhered to by mine action
organisations:
a. The carriage of radios and/or mobile phones into hazardous areas is

restricted to team leaders and/or supervisors. At no times are deminers to
carry radios or mobile phones into a hazardous area.
b. During all operations where the hazard is thought to include electrically
initiated UXO, vehicles with radios mounted are to remain at least 160m
outside the boundary of any uncleared hazardous area. If vehicles have to
move inside this distance, radios are to be switched off before doing so.
c. Hand held communication equipment is to be turned off within 25m of
electrically initiated UXO or any unidentified UXO.
Page 4 of 4
National/Regional Communications Plan
Page 1 of 1
Chapter 12
STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION
&
HANDLING OF EXPLOSIVES
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 This chapter provides details of the minimum specifications and guidelines
for the safe storage, transportation and handling of explosives and where
applicable and/or appropriate for ammunition, ordnance and UXO1.
1.2 Whenever and/or wherever possible and/or practicable, these specifications

and guidelines are to be followed, adhered to and implemented by mine action
organisations.
1.3 When used within this chapter, the term explosives refers to all items of an
explosive nature including but not restricted to bulk explosives, detonators,
detonating cord, safety-fuse, all types of igniters, ammunition, ordnance, UXO.
1.4 These specifications and guidelines do not exclude application of future

national rules and regulations concerning storage, transporting and handling
explosives.
2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF RESPONSIBLE PERSONS
2.1 All persons charged with, responsible for or involved in the storage,
transportation and handling of explosives are to have received appropriate training,
are to be suitably qualified and experienced and are to be familiar with the details
and guidelines of this chapter.
2.2 Persons responsible in whatever capacity for the storage, transportation

and/or handling explosives are to be in good health.
2.3 Persons not qualified to store, transport or handle explosives may carry,
load and unload dangerous material into vehicles or storage under supervision of a
qualified person, provided they are verbally briefed on safety measures prior to
handling explosives.
2.4 All transportation and storage of explosives, temporarily or permanent must

be recorded in a log book showing the amount of explosives transported or stored
and the amount of explosives being used.
1
The detail within this Chapter also applies throughout to the safe handling, transportation and
storage of ammunition, ordnance and UXO. However, for purposes of brevity these terms are not
used again and the term explosives whilst being specific also applies to these natures when
appropriate.
Page 1 of 12
Chapter 12
2.5 A person responsible and accountable for the storage, transportation and
handling of explosives must always be appointed by mine action organisations.
3. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 The environmental requirements (temperature, humidity and vibration) of
explosives vary, and are dependent on their intended storage conditions (including
shelf life), transportation, handling and use.
3.2 The performance of explosives will be unpredictable and the safety will be
reduced if the manufacturers' environmental conditions are not met.
3.3 In general, explosives should be:
a. Kept dry and well ventilated.

b. Kept as cool as possible and free from excessive or frequent changes
of temperature.
c. Protected from direct sunlight
d. Kept free from excessive and constant vibration.
4. STORAGE REQUIREMENTS
4.1 Storage Design: If mine action organisations construct their own explosive
stores than the general requirements for the design of magazines and containers
used for the storage and transport of explosives given in IMAS 10.50 are to be
applied. In summary:
a. All storage facilities require adequate ventilation to prevent dampening

and heating of stored explosives. Climatic conditions, size of magazine and
location will determine the amount of ventilation required.
b. No indoor storage facility shall be located in a residence or dwelling or
office building.
c. Permanent and/or main storage facilities shall be fire-resistant, theft
resistant, weather resistant and ventilated. Consideration should be given
to ground and local features during the design and siting of such structures.
d. Portable storage facilities, such as a skid-mounted container, trailer or
semi-trailer shall be theft-resistant, fire-resistant and weather-resistant. The
magazine should be constructed of steel with an interior lining of timber.
Magazines of less than one cubic metre in size should be fixed to the
ground to prevent theft of the entire magazine.
e. A day box is used for the on-site storage of explosives required for
daily mine/UXO clearance operations. It shall be:
(1) Weather resistant and able to be locked.
(2) Wherever possible or practical it should be of steel construction
but can be wooden boxes or other appropriate containers.\
(3) They shall contain no more than 10 kg of explosives and or
(including) appropriate quantity of initiating means to fire the given
quantity of explosives.
Page 2 of 12
Chapter 12
(4) Detonators and/or other means of initiation are to be stored and

carried in a separate box from explosives.
f. A detonator box shall be metal or wooden. It may also be used to store
detonators in when at the mine/UXO clearance worksite. Detonators carried
shall not be carried lose within the detonator box but are to be packaged.
Electric detonators should be stored and carried in closed metal containers
to shield them from EED’s (Electro Explosive Devices).
g. Mine action organisations are responsible for maintaining storage
facilities and a protection zone around it according to the prescribed
technical norms. They are also to provide physical protection of the facility.
h. Vehicles are not to be left loaded with explosives at any time unless
they are under continuous security guard and are not to be used as
overnight storage facilities.
4.2 Storing Explosives: The following are the minimum general rules and
guidelines for the storage of explosives
a. Permanent and/or main storage facilities are to have ventilation,

installed in such a way that it cannot be closed, blocked or allow water to
penetrate.
b. Permanent and/or main storage facilities are to be fitted with lightning
conductors.
c. Permanent and/or main storage facilities are to have separate rooms or
a substantial barrier for separating explosives and detonators/blasting caps.
d. In all circumstances, where possible explosives shall be stored in their
original packaging.
e. All boxes are to be placed at least 100mm above the floor, e.g. on
wooden pallets.
f. When boxes are stacked the height will not exceed 1.5 metres. The
space between the top of the boxes and the ceiling will not be less than
600mm.
g. When stacked on shelves boxes are to be at least 100mm away from
the upper shelf, and 500mm away from the walls of the room.
h. When stacking boxes the width of the base is to be bigger than the
height of stacked boxes.
i. Blasting caps and electric detonators may be stacked only if packed in
boxes and on wooden shelves maximum two layers on a shelf. Total height
of stacked boxes will not exceed 1.4 metres.
j. If portable lanterns or pocket torches of any description are required
they will be switched on before entering the store. The person holding the
torch will not handle explosives or detonators or blasting caps.
k. Materials used for packaging explosives are to be destroyed and not
discarded after use.
l. Fire extinguishers shall be available in storage facility.
Page 3 of 12
Chapter 12
5. ADDITIONAL SAFETY MEASURES FOR STORING AND

HANDLING OF EXPLOSIVES
5.1 These following shall be implemented and adhered to by mine action

organisations:
a. A trained and qualified person is to be responsible for managing the

receipt, storage, guarding and issuing explosives at all levels
b. Only authorised persons are to enter the any storage facility and where
appropriate and relevant are to be escorted at all times.
c. All smoking materials, including cigarettes, matches, lighters etc. and
any object or item that might cause fire are prohibited from the storage
facility. At the entrance to the facility there is to be a warning sign stating NO
SMOKING OR SMOKING MATERIALS ALLOWED BEYOND THIS POINT.
d. Clothing and shoes of all workers in a warehouse are to be in
accordance with rules on storage of explosives. Shoes are to be
manufactured in such a manner as not to cause sparks.
e. The storage facility is not to be used for anything other than storing
explosives. It should be kept free from any other tools, equipment of items
and should at all times be kept as clean and tidy as is practicable.
f. The facility is to secured at all times except when it is being ventilated
when it should be guarded.
g. Facilities are to be constructed in such a way as to provide protection
from static electricity.
h. If thunderstorms are predicted all work in and around the facility is to
stop and personnel are to go to a safe place.
i. In the event that the facility repair, all explosives and explosive
accessories are to be removed before repairs are started.
6. REQUIREMENTS WHEN PREPARING TO TRANSPORT

EXPLOSIVES
6.1 The following is to implemented and/or adhered to when preparing to
transport explosives by vehicle:
a. Persons responsible for the transportation of explosives are to ensure:

(1) That suitable communications systems are available that will allow
for communication from the vehicle to the organisation throughout the
complete journey.
(2) That an appropriate communication plan (covering as a minimum
a radio check prior to leaving the start location and informing on arrival
at destination) is in place for the journey.
(3) That a route card is prepared covering the complete journey.
(4) That the driver and drivers assistant are aware of all actions to be
taken covering all possible eventualities during the journey i.e.
breakdown, accident, robbery, etc.
Page 4 of 12
Chapter 12
b. Explosives will not be transported unless securely packed in

appropriate boxes. Boxes or individual packages are to have specific
identification marks on them.
c. Each box is to be marked with the applicable hazardous classification
code.
d. Boxes are to be closed and made waterproof in order to prevent any
loss or spilling and moisture ingress during transport. If the vehicle is not a
covered vehicle, boxes are to be covered with a waterproof cover.
e. Detonators are to be securely packed in a separate metal box from
explosives. Boxes containing detonators are to be carried in a separate
compartment of the vehicle from boxes containing explosives. UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES ARE DETONATORS TO BE CARRIED IN THE SAME
BOX AS EXPLOSIVES.
f. Detonators and explosives are to be loaded on to the vehicle in such a
way that they do not move about during transportation.
g. Boxes, pallets and other packaging for transport of explosives are to be
evenly distributed over the whole deck area, and can be loaded up to the
height of the sides of the truck. All individual packaging and boxes with
explosives are to be loaded and fixed to prevent spillage from boxes and
turning over or impact inside boxes.
7. REQUIREMENTS OF VEHICLES USED FOR THE

TRANSPORT OF EXPLOSIVES
7.1 Vehicles employed to transport explosives are to be roadworthy, well
maintained, and in good working order. Persons in charge of the transport of
explosives will check the following prior to any movement of vehicles carrying
explosives.
a. The vehicle is marked appropriately.

b. The driver and driver’s assistant are briefed about the type of
explosives to be transported as well as their destination and the route they
are to take.
c. The type and quantity of explosives and conditions of roads to be
travelled on are to be considered when deciding the type of vehicle to be
used.
d. If vehicles carrying explosives are travelling in convoy, then the
distance between vehicles is to be a minimum of 100 metres.
e. All vehicles that are employed for the transport of explosives should
also carry the following equipment:
(1) At least two appropriate fire extinguishers, one for the vehicle
engine and one for the load, extinguishers are to be charged with a
content that will efficiently extinguish an explosives fire.
(2) Two hand-torches.
(3) Two warning triangles for marking the vehicle when stationary on
the road.
f. Vehicles transporting explosives shall be fitted with an earthing-strap to
take away static electricity from the vehicle to the ground.
Page 5 of 12
Chapter 12
8. PROCEDURES IN CASE OF TRAFFIC ACCIDENT

8.1 In case of an accident that does not allow for the transport to continue, the
crew is to immediately inform their organisation’s headquarters.
8.2 In case of an accident, the duties of the driver and drivers assistant are to:
a. Extinguish any fires on or in the vehicle.

b. Take necessary measures to prevent any danger to other vehicles or
people in the area.
c. Place warning triangles to the front and to the rear of the vehicle to
indicate the vehicle is stationary on the road. This is to apply both night and
day.
d. In daytime the driver should send his assistant a distance of 100
metres with a flag to warn oncoming traffic. At night use lights to warn other
vehicles using the same carriageway as the stopped vehicle, ensuring traffic
slows down, stops or overtakes safely.
e. Signs and lamps are placed a minimum of 50 metres behind the
vehicle so that they are visible to other drivers from a distance of at least
150 metres from the stationary vehicle.
8.3 After suitably marking the vehicle, and before any officials arrive to make an
investigation; the crew should carry out the following:
a. Remove from the vehicle all documentation relating to the transport of

explosives.
b. Prevent spillage of explosives.
c. Prevent the approach of bystanders and warn them of the danger.

d. Inform the closest local police station, and suggest the necessary
action required of the police.
8.4 When investigating officials arrive, inform them of the content and potential
danger the cargo could pose to people, property and environment.
9. ADDITIONAL SAFETY MEASURES WHEN TRANSPORTING

EXPOLOSIVES
9.1 The following are additional safety measures for the transport of explosives:
a. No passengers are to be carried in vehicles transporting explosives.

Vehicle crews are to consist only of a driver and a driver’s assistant.
b. No material that may cause a fire may be carried in vehicles
transporting explosives.
c. No repairs that might cause fire by sparking due to impact or violent
contact may be carried out.
d. No smoking is allowed in the driver’s cabin or any other part of the
vehicle.
Page 6 of 12
Chapter 12
e. The vehicle is not to be left unattended.

f. The driver will drive with care and at an appropriate speed for the roads
and conditions which in all cases shall never exceed 70 KPH or 80% of the
highest speed determined for the road whichever is less.
g. If the explosives are stolen, the organisation or persons transporting
the explosives are to take measures to find it and to report the incident to
the person in charge of the transport and also inform the local authorities
and the UNRMAO.
h. Explosives and the means to initiate explosives may be transported
together only when the quantity of explosives does not exceed 50 kg, and
100 detonators. This will only be allowed provided that the detonators are in
their originally packed boxes, and that the explosives is packed and loaded
separately from the detonators.
10. SAFE STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES

10.1 Those storage facilities under the control of UNMAO will be licensed to store
explosives in accordance with IMAS 10.50. Full details of the licensing procedures
are detailed at Annex A to this Chapter. A table detailing the Quantity (Safety)
Distances that are to be used when licensing Explosive Storage Facilities are
detailed at Annex B to this Chapter.
10.2 When storing explosives the following applies:
a. Ammunition Compatibility Groups: Ammunition and explosives have

been grouped into twelve Compatibility Groups (CGs) A to H, J, K, L and S.
Group I is omitted to avoid possible confusion between the letter I and the
Roman numeral 1. Group S is given a distinctive letter since it corresponds
to a unique possibility for mixing in storage and transport. Definitions of
compatibility groupings are;
(1) Group A - Primary explosive.
(2) Group B - Ammunition containing primary explosive.
(3) Group C - Propellant, explosive or other secondary deflagrating
explosive or ammunition containing such explosive.
(4) Group D - Secondary detonating explosive or black powder or
ammunition containing secondary detonating explosive, in each case
without its own means of initiation and without a propulsive charge.
(5) Group E - Ammunition containing secondary detonating explosive,
without its own means of initiation, with a propulsive charge.
(6) Group F - Ammunition containing secondary detonating explosive,
with its own means of initiation, with or without a propulsive charge.
(7) Group G - Pyrotechnic substance, or ammunition containing
pyrotechnic substance, or ammunition containing both an explosive
and an illuminating, incendiary, lachrymatory or smoke producing
substance (other than a water-activated article or one containing WP,
phosphide or flammable liquid or gel).
(8) Group H - Ammunition containing both an explosive and WP.
Page 7 of 12
Chapter 12
(9) Group J - Ammunition containing both an explosive and a

flammable liquid or gel.
(10) Group K - Ammunition containing both an explosive and a toxic
chemical agent.
(11) Group L - Ammunition containing explosive and presenting a
special risk needing isolation of each type.
(12) Group S - Ammunition so packaged or designed that any
explosive effect during storage or transport is confined within the
package except when an external fire has degraded the packaging.
WARNING: CG D applies only when secondary detonating explosive
(high explosive) or black powder is properly packed in a dust-tight
container. OTHERWISE, CG L applies.
WARNING: CG D or E may apply to ammunition that is fused or
packed together with fuses.
WARNING: CG F does not necessarily apply to ammunition that is
fused or packed together with fuses.
(b) Compatibility groups which may be stored together:
Compatibility B1,
A 3 C D E F2 G H J K L S
group
A yes no no no no no no no no no no no
B no yes no no no no no no no no no yes
C no no yes yes yes no yes no no no no yes
D no no yes yes yes no yes no no no no yes
E no no yes yes yes no yes no no no no yes
F no no no no no yes no no no no no yes
G no no yes yes yes no yes no no no no yes
H no no no no no no no yes no no no yes
J no no no no no no no no yes no no yes
K no no no no no no no no no yes no no
L no no no no no no no no no no yes no
S no yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no no yes
WARNING: Detonators may be stored or transported with other
materials, provided they are adequately segregated.
WARNING: Exception: Detonators that are not mass detonating may
be stored with safety fuse, electric squibs, igniters, or igniter cord and
as specified in IMAS 10.50.
WARNING: Compatibility group F CAN are stored in the same
magazine as C, D and E, but it must be well segregated and the entire
quantity must be considered as Compatibility Group F.
WARNING: Fuses in B with D or E of which fuses are components.
The load is treated as Compatibility Group F.
WARNING: Compatibility Group G MUST be stored in its standard
service packaging for it to be allowed to be stored with C, D or E.
Otherwise it MUST be stored separately.
Page 8 of 12
Chapter 12
10.3 The storage specifications provided in these Guidelines are specifications

that apply to the storage of explosives normally used for the destruction of UXO
hazards. EOD Units should not presume that these specifications are safe for the
storage of munitions awaiting EOD procedures for destruction in a central disposal
site or other requirements.
11. INERT, DRILL, INSTRUCTIONAL OR REPLICA MINE AND

AMMUNITION
11.1 General: Inert, drill, instructional or replicas of mines and ammunition shall
be handled, stored and accounted for accurately, in order to:
a. Avoid accidents.
b. Avoid incidents of mistaken identification leading to unnecessary
clearance operations or render safe procedures.
c. Ensure the security of drill and inert mines and ammunition.
d. Ensure that drill and inert mines and ammunition are not subjected to
unnecessary damage, which can be expensive.
11.2 Modification: All authorised breakdown or modification of live mines and

ammunition into inert, drill, instructional or replica items shall be carried out by
appropriately qualified and authorised EOD personnel. As such operations carry a
high degree of inherent risk, the authorisation for such activities shall be the
responsibility of the senior in-country representative of the mine action
organisation. Such operations should only be carried out by a Level 4 EOD
technician.
WARNING:
Drill and replica mines and ammunition are readily available on the
commercial market. They are made up from empty components, either
obtained direct from the original manufacturer or specifically made for the
purpose. These should be used as the first choice. Locally manufactured
drill and instructional mines and ammunition should only be used as a last
resort.
Demining organisations shall not indulge in the production of Free From
Explosives (FFE) ammunition and explosives as souvenirs.
Page 9 of 12
Chapter 12
11.3 Storage: The following applies when storing inert, training or other non-
live/FFE items:
a. Inert, drill, instructional and other replicas of mines and ammunition

shall not be stored with live ammunition. They shall be stored in a separate
location.
b. Mines and ammunition that have been subjected to render safe
procedures, and have been certified as FFE, shall be stored in the same
manner as drill and inert ammunition.
c. Inert, drill, instructional and other replicas of mines and ammunition
shall not be stored in the same containers as live ammunition. They shall
be stored in a separate container, which shall be clearly marked INERT or
DRILL in English and Arabic. All other markings shall be eradicated from the
container to ensure that there is no possibility that it could mistakenly be
identified as containing live ammunition.
11.4 Movement: The following applies when moving and/or transporting inert,
training or other non-live/FFE items:
a. Inert, drill, instructional and inert replicas of mines and ammunition

shall not be moved in the same containers as live ammunition. They shall
be moved in a separate container, which shall be clearly marked INERT or
DRILL in English and Arabic. All other markings shall be eradicated from the
container to ensure that there is no possibility that it could be mistakenly
identified as containing live ammunition.
b. It is recommended that inert, drill, instructional and other replicas of
mines and ammunition are not moved on the same vehicle as live
ammunition wherever possible, but it is accepted that local circumstances
may not allow for this.
11.5 Marking: The following applies when marking inert, training or other non-
live/FFE items:
a. All shall be clearly marked on all sides as either ‘INERT’ or ‘DRILL’ as

appropriate in English and Arabic. This ensures that they can be clearly
identified from all angles, and therefore do not inadvertently or accidentally
become the focus of a clearance operation or render safe procedure.
b. All shall also be marked with a unique serial number. This unique
serial number should be in the following format:
11.6 Safety: If an individual is in any doubt as to the explosive status of a mine or

item of ordnance, then it shall be treated as live, and technical demining or EOD
advice shall be immediately requested. The following also applies:
Page 10 of 12
Chapter 12
a. Mine action organisations should not breakdown, modify or tamper with

mines and ammunition, unless it is done in the course of inspection,
modification or disposal in accordance with the appropriate technical
procedures.
b. Technical procedures for the breakdown or modification of live mines
and ammunition into inert, drill, instructional or replica items shall be
developed by appropriately qualified EOD personnel.
12. REGISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING FOR INERT OR DRILL MINES AND

AMMUNITION
12.1 The demining organisation shall maintain a master register of all inert, drill,
instructional or other replica mines and ammunition that it has responsibility for.
This register shall include the following information:
a. Serial number
b. Type of mine/UXO
c. Current location.
d. FFE
12.2 The mine action organisation shall operate an appropriate accounting

system to ensure accountability and traceability for all inert, drill, instructional or
replica mines and ammunition in its possession. It is recommended that this is
based on their live ammunition accounting system.
13. FREE FROM EXPLOSIVE (FFE) CERTIFICATE
13.1 All inert, drill, instructional or replica mines and ammunition shall be visually
inspected and physically examined by an appropriately qualified EOD technician to
ensure that the item contains no explosive, pyrotechnic, lachrymatory, radioactive,
chemical, biological or other toxic components or substances.
13.2 The EOD technician shall also ensure that all ammunition markings,
(designation, hazard division, hazard compatibility code, previous serial numbers,
UN symbols etc), that refer to the previous live condition of the item have been
removed or obliterated.
13.3 The EOD technician shall then issue a FFE certificate for the item. This
certificate shall contain the following information:
a. Unique serial number.

b. Date
c. Name of inspecting EOD technician
d. Brief description of item
e. An FFE certification statement
13.4 The following is a recommended statement and should be written in English

and Arabic:
Page 11 of 12
Chapter 12
I certify that I have visually inspected and physically examined the item
referred to on this FFE certificate and confirm that this item contains no
explosive, pyrotechnic, lachrymatory, radioactive, chemical, biological or
other toxic components or substances. I also certify that I have ensured
that all previous ammunition markings have been removed and that the
item as been remarked as either DRILL and/or INERT. I am satisfied that
it is safe to use for drill, display or instructional purposes.
Signature of inspecting EOD technician.
13.5 The demining organisation shall maintain a register of all FFE certificates
issued.
Page 12 of 12
THE EXPLOSIVE LICENCING OF

EXPLOSIVE STORAGE FACILITIES.
1. Introduction
1.1 In the event of an explosive accident or incident within an explosive storage
facility, there is a potential hazard to personnel, adjacent storage sites, inhabited
buildings and other civilian property. To minimise this hazard, facilities are to be
sited at prescribed distances from other buildings and facilities. These distances
are known as Quantity (Safety) Distances and they limit the permissible Net
Explosive Quantity (NEQ), which may be stored.
1.2 Any building that contains, or is intended to contain explosives, is

considered to be a Potential Explosion Site (PES); any building, structure, facility or
place of assembly that is hazarded by a PES is considered to be an Exposed Site
(ES).
2. Quantity (Safety) Distances
2.1 Quantity (Safety) Distances are measured from the nearest point of the PES
to the nearest point of the ES; distances are to be measured along a straight line
without regard to barricades. The factors that affect a Quantity (Safety) Distance
are:
a. Hazard Divisions
b. NEQ at the PES
c. PES and ES building Construction
d. Effective Barricades around PES
e. The functional use of the ES
2.2 The 3 main governing Quantity (Safety) Distances that concern us are:
a. Inhabited Buildings Distance

b. Public Traffic Route Distances
c. Inter-magazine Distances.
3. SAFETY DISTANCES
3.1 Inhabited Buildings Distances: These distances are the minimum
permissible distances between a PES and inhabited buildings or assembly areas.
The distances are intended to prevent serious structural damage by flame, blast or
projections to ordinary types of inhabited buildings, thereby making consequential
death or serious injury to their occupants unlikely. Personnel in the open, for
example on playing fields, would not suffer direct injury from the blast itself.
Page 1 of 2
3.2 Public Traffic Route Distances: These distances are the minimum
permissible distances between a PES and Public Traffic Routes. Since the risks
presented by Public Traffic Routes are so diverse, two basic alternatives are
provided dependant upon the volume of traffic over a period of one day, the use of
the full inhabited Public Traffic Route is to be used for traffic volume exceeding
3,000 vehicles per day and the reduced Public Traffic Route Distance is to be used
for traffic volume below 3,000 vehicles per day. The Term Public Traffic Route
covers roads, railways and navigable waterways.
3.3 Inter-magazine Distances: These distances are the minimum permissible

distances between a PES and other Explosive Storage Facilities. These Distances
are intended to provide specified degrees of protection to the explosives at the ES,
but the degree of protection is highly dependant upon factors such as the
sensitiveness of explosives, the type of ammunition, the type of packaging and the
type and construction of the building at the PES or the ES or both.
4. LICENCING
4.1 Explosive Limit Licences (ELL): An ELL is a formal document that

outlines the maximum permissible NEQ that any given Explosive Storage Facility
can store. It also details those ES’s that have been taken into consideration when
actually calculating the NEQ and what the limiting factor ES actually was.
4.2 ELL Approval: Regional and Sub-office QA Officers are required to draft
ELL’s for both UNMAO and mine action organisations explosive storage facilities
within their area of responsibility. The following applies:
a. Full details on the proposed Explosive Storage Facility, including a map

of the general area, a schematic diagram of the area detailing both the PES
and ES and the actual licence itself are to be forwarded to the National QA
Officer for acceptance and approval. On acceptance by the National QA
Officer and on approval by the UNMAO Director a serial number will be
annotated.
b. There may be some locations where some ES are deemed as being
acceptable risks e.g. UNMAO Offices, mine clearance organisations base
locations etc, this will be considered on a case by case basis but if
considered acceptable, all relevant information must still have to be
annotated on the ELL
Appendix 1 to this Annex details an example ELL.
Page 2 of 2
Appendix 1 to Annex A to Chapter 12
EXAMPLE EXPLOSIVE LIMIT LICENCE
SCHOOL
NASSER VILLAGE
TRACK
145M
130M
EXPLOSIVE STORE
BARRICADE
RIVER 186M
65M
UNMIS OFFICES
UNAMO OFFICE
Page 1 of 2
Appendix 1 to Annex A to Chapter 12
EXPLOSIVE LIMIT LICENCE FOR UNMAO NASSER EXPLOSIVE STORAGE FACILITY
ELL Serial SS005/2006

ELL Date 27/03/06
INHABITED BUILDINGS DISTANCE PUBLIC TRAFFIC ROUTE DISTANCE INTER-MAGAZINE DISTANCE

FACTOR (M) PERMITTED NEQ FACTOR (M) PERMITTED NEQ FACTOR (M) PERMITTED NEQ
(KG) (KG) (KG)
PES VILLAGE 130 M 136 KGS ROAD 65 M 272 KGS NA
PES SCHOOL 145 M 182 KGS
PES UNMIS OFFICES 186 M 454 KGS
ANOK Village is the Limiting Factor; the maximum permissible NEQ is therefore 136 KGS.
NOTES
1. The Explosive Storage Facility is deemed to be adequately barricaded in accordance with IMAS 10.50.
2. The UNMAO and access road has not been included in the NEQ calculation they are deemed to be an “Acceptable Risk”.
3. The river has not been included in the NEQ calculation as it is not a navigable waterway.
4. Less than 3,000 vehicles traffic the road per day.
5. The storage of ammunition and explosives within the facility will be in full accordance of NTSG and IMAS 10.50.
6. Fire Prevention Procedures are to be in accordance with IMAS 10.50 Annex E.
7. A copy of this licence and associated diagram is to be displayed at the Explosive Storage Facility.
8. The ELL will be reviewed after a period of 12 months.
SIGNED AS ACCEPTED
National QA Officer
UNMAO
Khartoum
Sudan
SIGNED AS APPROVED
Director
UNMAO
Khartoum
SUDAN
Page 2 of 2
QUANTITY (SAFETY) DISTANCES FOR EXPLOSIVE STORAGE FACILITIES
DISTANCE (M)
NEQ (KG) INHABITED BUILDINGS PUBLIC TRAFFIC ROUTE VOLUME INTER-MAGAZINE DISTANCE (M)
DISTANCE (M) LESS THAN 3000 VEH/DAY MORE THAN 3000 VEH/DAY
OVER LESS BARRICADED UNBARRICADED BARRICADED UNBARRICADED BARRICADED UNBARRICADED BARRICADED UNBARRICADED
THAN
0 2 32 64 14 27 23 46 3 5
2 5 41 82 16 32 29 58 4 7
5 9 50 100 20 41 37 74 5 9
9 14 57 114 23 45 42 84 5 10
14 18 64 127 25 50 47 94 5 11
18 23 68 136 27 54 50 100 6 13
23 34 77 154 32 64 58 115 7 14
34 45 86 173 34 68 63 126 7 15
45 57 91 182 36 73 68 136 8 16
57 68 98 195 39 77 72 144 9 17
68 91 107 213 43 86 79 159 10 19
91 114 116 232 48 95 86 172 10 21
114 136 123 245 50 100 91 183 11 22
136 182 134 268 54 109 100 201 12 25
182 227 145 291 59 118 108 216 13 26
227 272 159 318 61 123 115 230 14 28
272 318 161 322 66 132 103 235 15 29
318 363 170 341 68 136 126 252 15 30
363 409 177 354 70 141 131 262 16 32
409 454 182 363 73 145 136 272 16 33
454 545 193 386 75 150 144 289 18 35
545 636 204 409 77 154 153 305 19 37
636 726 213 427 79 159 159 319 20 39
726 817 222 445 82 163 166 332 20 40
817 908 229 459 84 168 172 343 20 41
908 1135 247 495 86 173 185 370 22 44
1135 1362 263 527 89 177 196 392 24 47
1362 1816 288 577 95 191 215 430 26 53
1816 2270 311 622 102 204 233 466 28 55
Page 1 of 2
DISTANCE (M)
NEQ (KG) INHABITED BUILDINGS PUBLIC TRAFFIC ROUTE VOLUME INTER-MAGAZINE DISTANCE (M)
DISTANCE (M) LESS THAN 3000 VEH/DAY MORE THAN 3000 VEH/DAY
OVER LESS BARRICADED UNBARRICADED BARRICADED UNBARRICADED BARRICADED UNBARRICADED BARRICADED UNBARRICADED
THAN
2270 2724 331 663 107 213 248 496 30 59
NOTES
1. Weights and distances are converted from the imperial weights and distances used in the American table of distances (IME
safety library publication No 2).
2. Barricaded means the effective screening of the magazine containing explosives from a building containing explosives, or other
building or railway or roadway by a natural or by an artificial barrier. A straight line from the top wall of a building or magazine
containing explosives to the eaves line of any other building or a point 3.5m above the centreline of any roadway or railway shall
pass through such a barrier.
3. Artificial barricade is an artificial mound or revetted earth wall not less than 90 cm thick.
4. Natural barricade means natural feature of the ground such as hills or timber with sufficient density that the magazine cannot be
seen from the building or features requiring protection when the trees are bare of leaves.
Page 2 of 2
Chapter 13
TRAINING AND QUALIFICATIONS

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Training is essential in order to ensure safe and effective operations.
1.2 Mine action organisations are responsible for ensuring that their personnel
have received suitable and sufficient training in any activities they are to be
involved in and for ensuring they are competent, qualified and have sufficient
experience, aptitude and proficiency to conduct their role in a safe and effective
manner.
2.1 All mine action organisations are responsible for ensuring that the minimum
training standards as outlined in this chapter are achieved prior to conducting
humanitarian demining operations.
2.2 Mine action organisation personnel shall receive suitable and sufficient
training in all aspects of operations they are likely to be involved in.
2.3 Personnel shall not conduct any operations for which they have not received
appropriate training.
2.4 Training is to be designed and conducted in such a way as to ensure that

mine action organisations are able to assess an individuals/teams competency in
the role(s) they are likely to be involved in prior to qualifying him/her/it to do so.
2.5 As part of the accreditation process, mine action organisations will be

required to sign a declaration confirming that any training has been in conformance
and/or to a standard that ensures compliance with these NTSG (refer to Chapter
21).
3. SOPS
3.1 Mine action organisations SOPs shall contain as a minimum the following
information:
a. Details of their training policy

b. Types and schedules of training – to cover all activities the
organisation is to be involved in
c. Responsibilities and resources in the training
d. Methods of quality assurance designed to evaluate the suitability and
effectiveness of the training
e. Details of assessments/testing for all courses
f. Details of the activities that an individual/team will be competent in on
successful completion of the training
Page 1 of 4
Chapter 13
g. Details of and requirements when additional and/or refresher training

and updating will be necessary to provide
h. Policy on the recording of training and qualifications and the
holding/storing of these records
4. QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE

4.1 Mine action organisations shall have suitably qualified international staff
members who are experienced in the humanitarian demining operations that they
are responsible for or are to be involved in and who are capable of training national
staff in their area of expertise.
4.2 Mine action organisations shall submit proof of these individuals’

qualifications and experience to the UNMAO National QA Officer that will
substantiate that they are adequately qualified to conduct their respective role.
4.3 All personnel completing the training shall be able to perform at the level
established by UNMAO under the guidance of IMAS.
5. TRAINING COURSES & QUALIFICATIONS

5.1 The majority of courses necessary for conducting safe and effective
humanitarian demining operations/activities at the various practical and
management levels are well known and the syllabuses are generally similar for
most organisations depending on the approach to the activity by that organisation.
5.2 Mine action organisations are to ensure syllabuses adequately cover all
aspects of the activity(ies) the training course is designed to deliver and all courses
should include theory and practical lessons, assessments and/or examinations:
5.3 Mine action organisations shall conduct syllabuses that are modified to
include specialised training specific to that organisations role.
5.4 All personnel attending a specific complete training course shall be given
certificates of competency, achievement and/or qualification on successfully
completing the course or after a suitable probationary period (three months is
recommended).
5.5 Mine action organisations are to record an individuals training, his/her

qualifications, the period the qualification is applicable for prior to requiring
refresher training and the achievements/awards/results. This information is to be
forwarded to the National Quality Assurance Coordinator as per the details of
Chapter 21.
.
Page 2 of 4
Chapter 13
5.6 The following are typical courses conducted. Course titles may vary
between organisations and additional courses e.g. mechanical mine clearance,
MDD etc shall be conducted as required.
a. Surveyor: The following minimum training requirements apply:

(1) Mine /UXO identification
(2) Mine clearance procedures.
(3) Map reading
(4) Sketch drawing
(5) Land navigation and surveying techniques
(6) Manual operation of surveying equipment will be taught even if
automatic/computerised-surveying equipment is used and taught.
b. Mine / UXO (Deminer) Training: The following minimum training
requirements apply:
(1) Mine/UXO identification
(2) PPE
(3) Equipment & tools
(4) Minefield layout and marking
(5) Manual clearance procedures to include: detector, investigating
a detector signal – prodding and/or excavation, actions on:
vegetation, trip-wires, high metal contamination, obstacles, locating
mines, UXO, trip-wire, controlled demolition, animals or people
entering minefield and pulling drills.
c. BAC Training: The following minimum training requirements apply:
(1) Mine & UXO identification
(2) PPE
(3) Equipment & Tools
(4) Site Layout and marking
(5) Clearance procedures to include: visual, shallow and deep and
sub-surface clearance techniques
d. EOD: All personnel involved in EOD operations are to have received
suitable and sufficient training in EOD applicable to the role and
responsibilities for which they are appointed. Details of training and
qualifications requirements are as per Chapter 5 and the IMAS but should
also include specific to country training to ensure the person is fit for role.
e. Junior Leadership Training: Personnel selected for junior leadership
positions shall have either successfully completed a leadership course
applicable to the selected role or have been operating on the ground in the
applicable role for a period of not less than 6 months. For all future
instructors and for designated team leaders the following minimum training
requirements apply:
(1) Basic Leadership
(2) Instruction techniques
(3) Supervisory roles and responsibilities
Page 3 of 4
Chapter 13
f. Senior Leadership Training: Personnel selected for senior leadership

positions shall have been employed in a junior leadership in the specific
role on the ground for a period of not less than 6 months. They will have
successfully completed a training course reinforcing all of the junior
leadership training and covering specific to role responsibilities and
general supervisory responsibilities. Prior to being appointed they are to
show competency and knowledge in all activities for which they are
responsible.
g. Medical Training: All personnel are to receive medical training as per
details in Chapter 10.
h. Refresher Training: Refresher training should cover all aspects of
original training courses but should concentrate on specifics provided by
the reason for the refresher training. Refresher training shall be conducted
on the following occasions:
(1) Following a planned or unplanned break of 10-days or more
(2) Introduction of a new procedure or any significant changes to
current procedures
(3) After an accident or incident
(4) When requested by the UNMAO after failing a QA assessment
or failure of safety when implementing the IMAS and/or the NTSG in
any way for demining,
(5) Other circumstances specified by the mine action organisation.
6. MONITORING OF TRAINING COURSES

6.1 As part of the accreditation process, mine action organisation training will be
regularly and routinely monitored throughout its duration by relevant UNMAO
regional and sub-office personalities in order to provide advice and guidance as
required and to assess compliance with SOPs and NTSG.
Page 4 of 4
Chapter 14
QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

1. Introduction
1.1 As part of its mandate, the UNMAO, as the appointed representative of the
NMAO and the SSDC, is required to ensure that the standards of humanitarian
demining activities and the processes and procedures implemented whilst
conducting them are in accordance with IMAS, SudanMAP NTSG’s, mine action
organisations own SOP and/or implementation plans and any other agreements,
contracts or memorandums of understanding that are in place between the
authoritative bodies and said mine action organisations.
1.2 This will be achieved through the appointment of a monitoring body

responsible for the programmes overall Quality Management (QM) system and the
implementation of a comprehensive and robust QM system, developed by the
UNMAO that shall, under the terms of accreditation, be implemented and adhered
to by all accredited mine action organisations.
2. General Principles, Implementation and Conduct of the QM

System
2.1 The QM system is designed to coordinate activities aimed at directing and

controlling the UNMAO quality processes and procedures. The overall objective is
to provide the authoritative bodies and donors with the confidence and assurance
that mine action organisations have applied and adhered to standards that are in
accordance with IMAS, NTSG and their own SOPs by applying safe, effective and
efficient humanitarian demining processes and procedures during the conduct of
operations for which they are contracted.
2.2 The QM system comprises the following:
a. Internal QA/QC processes throughout the life-cycle of a task

b. External QA processes and procedures carried out prior to the
commencement of and during humanitarian demining activities.
c. External QC processes (restricted to confirmatory checks on the
accuracy of positional data provided by in Completion Reports) when
practicable on the completion of humanitarian demining activities.
2.3 The system aims to scrutinise all aspects of a mine action organisation’s
capabilities, competency, processes and procedures prior to, during and on
completion of humanitarian demining activities.
2.4 The complete system process comprises of the following:
a. Accreditation: This is the overall process of determining an

organisation’s suitability, competency and ability to plan, manage and
operationally conduct humanitarian demining activities safely, effectively and
Page 1 of 11
Chapter 14
efficiently. For all information and detail concerning the accreditation

process within SudanMAP see Chapter 21.
b. Internal Monitoring: Internal monitoring is that required from mine
action organisations. The following detail shall be implemented and adhered
to:
(1) Internal QA: In addition to mine action organisations own internal
QA processes/procedures; they shall also implement a system of
internal QA that involves the following minimum requirements:
(a) Accurate and timely completion of internal IMSMA QA forms
(see paragraph 4.1 and Annex A) in order to check &/or record
that accredited standards are being implemented and maintained
during relevant mine action activities.
(b) Accurate and timely recording of all manual mine clearance
that has taken place in order to allow immediate identification of
the following factors should it be necessary:
i. Details of the individual/asset that cleared a specific area
ii. The exact areas that are cleared on any given day
iii. The date/time that clearance was conducted
iv. The method of clearance
e.g. Deminer Name: Abrahim Mustaffa
M/F Details &/ Lane
Date Area Cleared Method Used Remarks
TD/DA Numbers #
Kurmuk MF /
21/02/07 10 Meters 3 - 8 Detector/prodder & excavation 1 x M14 found meters 8 - 9
NR – 123 / DA 456
Moved to new lane, Lane
Kurmuk MF /
21/02/07 12 Meters 1 - 3 Detector/prodder & excavation closed end of day at 3.5m
NR – 123 / DA 456
point
Kurmuk MF / Lane closed end of day at
22/02/07 10 Meters 8 - 14 Detector/prodder & excavation
NR – 123 / DA 456 14m point
Kurmuk MF /
23/02/07 10 Metres 14 - 20 Detector/prodder & excavation End of lane
NR – 123 / DA 456
Kurmuk MF / New lane started, closed
23/02/07 12 Meters 3 - 5m Detector/prodder & excavation
NR – 123 / DA 456 end of day at 5.5m point
The above provides an example of the minimum requirements of recording that SHALL be implemented to record
MMC conducted by individual deminers. The same process of recording should be applied to other applicable
procedures i.e. BAC, mechanical demining etc
(2) Internal QC: In addition to mine action organisations own internal

QC processes and procedures, they shall also implement a system of
internal QC that accurately records all internal QC carried out in a
timely fashion and that allows immediate identification of the following
factors should it be necessary:
(a) Details of the individual/asset that QC’d a specific area
(b) The exact areas that has been subjected to QC
(c) The date/time that QC was conducted
(d) The method of QC
Areas QC’d
M/F Details &/ Method Person / Role
Date Lane
TD/DA Numbers Area Cleared Used Conducting QC Remarks
#
Kurmuk MF / TL / A Dragba
21/02/07 10 Meters 3 - 4 Detector Area QC’d passed
NR – 123 / DA 456
Kurmuk MF / QA Offr / G Smith
21/02/07 10 Meters 1 - 2 Detector Area QC’d passed
NR – 123 / DA 456
22/02/07 Kurmuk MF / 7 Meters 8 - 10 MDD MDD Team Alpha Area failed. Lane to
Page 2 of 11
Chapter 14
NR – 123 / DA 456 be re-cleared

Kurmuk MF / Site supervisor
23/02/07 10 Metres 14 - 15 Detector Good / passed
NR – 123 / DA 456
Kurmuk MF / QA Offr / G Dect
23/02/07 7 Meters 10 - 11 Detector Good / passed
NR – 123 / DA 456
The above provides an example of the minimum requirements of recording that SHALL be implemented to record
QC conducted. The same process of recording should be applied to other applicable procedures i.e. BAC,
mechanical demining etc
c. External Monitoring: Regular external monitoring visits will be

conducted aimed at examining as wide a range of relevant activities as
possible. To achieve this, visits will audit the internal monitoring of the mine
action organisation, conduct external QA checks and assessments of the
mine action organisations activities, processes and practices and examine
the level of knowledge and competency of the mine action organisation, by
questioning key individuals on site,.
d. Quality Management and Auditing of the QM System: Overall quality
management and auditing of the QM system will be provided by a Quality
Management Body. This will in the main be in the form of an appraisal of
post-visit reports, an assessment of corrective advice given and actions
taken and where possible and practicable the accompanying of the external
QA bodies by a member of this body during visits.
3. QM System Bodies - General Responsibilities

3.1 The following shall be appointed:
a. Internal Monitoring: Mine action organisations are responsible for

ensuring that they appoint the necessary personnel that enables the
achievement of their own Internal Monitoring responsibilities and those
detailed in this NTSG (see paragraph 2.4b[1] and [2]).
b. External Monitoring Body: This body1 will be comprised of the following
appointments with detailed responsibilities:
(1) Regional Quality Assurance Officer – primary responsibility for
coordinating the external QA monitoring programme within his area of
responsibility
(2) UNMAO sub-office Quality Assurance Officer – primary
responsibility for conducting external QA monitoring within his area of
responsibility
(3) UNMAO sub-office Operations Officer and specialists – support
and assist external monitoring process as requested.
b. Quality Management Body: This body will be comprised of the following
appointments with detailed responsibilities:
(1) National Quality Assurance Coordinator – primary responsibility
for coordinating and ensuring the integrity of the QM process
(2) Regional Quality Assurance Officer – conduct audit of the external
monitoring when requested to ensure integrity of the QM system.
1
The term ‘body’ when further referred to within this chapter shall mean one or more of those appointments
detailed.
Page 3 of 11
Chapter 14
(3) Regional Operations Coordinator – support and assist as

requested
3.2 Mine action organisations shall ensure that sufficient and suitable resources
are appointed to implement the required internal monitoring system. Clear and
defined details shall be included in mine action organisations SOP’s. Continual
accreditation status shall be dependant upon mine action organisations ensuring
that they implement and adhere to the responsibilities as detailed in paragraphs
2.4b (1) & (2) and of accredited SOP.
4. Specific Responsibilities
4.1 Internal Monitoring: Mine action organisations have the following specific
responsibilities:
a. Conduct internal QA/QC of all teams/assets in accordance with

accredited organisational SOPs and these NTSG.
b. Record the results of Internal QA by way of completing prescribed sets
of internal IMSMA QA forms, applicable to the mine action activities for
which specific/individual assets/teams are operationally accredited
regardless of tasks/deployments as detailed at paragraph 2.4b[1] and Annex
A.
c. Record the results of Internal QC as detailed at paragraph 2.4b (2).
d. Record all critical and non-critical non-conformities identified during
Internal QA/QC2 (if a critical non-conformity is identified then work is to
cease immediately and the UNMAO sub-office QA officer is to be contacted
in order to confirm the non-conformity and to advise on the suitability of the
rectifying action).
f. Store hard copies of completed internal IMSMA QA forms on site and
make them available for inspection/review by the external monitoring body
during external QA.
g. Upload electronic versions of completed IMSMA forms into the IMSMA
data base.
h. Ensure appropriate follow-up action is implemented and adhered to
following external monitoring body’s recommendations.
4.2 External Monitoring Body: The external monitoring body has the following
specific responsibilities:
2
If a critical non-conformity is identified then all mine action activities and/or related activities are to cease
immediately. In all cases the UNMAO sub-office is to be contacted in order to confirm said non-conformity
and to provide details of rectifying action decided upon/taking place or to seek advice on appropriate action to
be take action to be taken in order to rectify said non-conformity.
Page 4 of 11
Chapter 14
a. The sub-office QA officer is to draft/provide an external monitoring

plan/forecast for the next working week to the Regional QA Officer and
relevant Operations Officer on the last working day of the previous week. In
addition he is to provide a Weekly Summary based on the previous weeks
external monitoring activities, to the QA Coordinator. Theses documents are
to conform to the formats and details at Annex B.
b. It is acknowledged that due to a number of factors, including but not
restricted to logistical constraints, communication and travel difficulties, the
duration of individual tasks i.e. EOD spot tasks, and the general difficulties
encountered whilst moving around Sudan in a timely and efficient manner, it
will not always be possible and/or practicable to adhere to the following visit
schedule. However, whenever possible and/or practicable external
monitoring visits are to meet the following requirements:
(1) If the task is of less than 3-days duration once within this 3-days.
(2) For tasks of greater than 3-days duration but less than 14-days
duration (2-weeks inclusive of non-work days) – once within the first 3-
days and on completion of the task.
(3) For tasks of between 14-days and 42-days duration (6-weeks
inclusive of non-work days) – once within the first 3-days, once during
the lifetime of the task and on completion of the task.
(4) For tasks of greater than 42-days duration – once within the first 3-
days and then subsequent visits of not more than 14-days gap and on
completion of the task.
c. During every visit the external monitoring body shall:
i. Inspect the results of internal QA that has been conducted since the
last visit by ways of reviewing the details recorded on internal QA
IMSMA forms, hard copies of which are to be maintained on-site at all
times.
ii. Conduct a QA inspection that shall include the accurate and full
completion of one or more external IMSMA QA forms that is to be
subsequently submitted/uploaded to the IMSMA database in a timely
fashion.
iii. Compare the recordings/results of completed external IMSMA QA
forms against the most recent internal IMSMA QA forms for
accurateness and take appropriate action dependant on findings.
iv. Identify any non-conformity and take appropriate action depending
on the circumstances and severity of the non-conformity,
v. Identify and recommend corrective actions to the mine action
organisation and ensure they are implemented by agreeing and
implementing a follow-up plan.
vi. Record all non-conformities and the general results of the visit.
d. Wherever and/or whenever possible and/or practicable, conduct an
external QA inspection of any task that is suspended or completed and
accurately complete an external IMSMA Suspension or Completion Form as
relevant that is to be subsequently submitted/uploaded to the IMSMA
database in a timely fashion.
e. Ensure appropriate follow-up action is taken on the Quality
Management Bodys’ recommendations.
Page 5 of 11
Chapter 14
4.3 Quality Management Body: The specific responsibilities of the individuals

and/or the body as a whole are to:
a. Ensure compliance with the QM system at all levels by reviewing

completed IMSMA QA forms.
b. Accompany the external monitoring body when ever possible or
practicable to ensure general standards and the details of this chapter are
being adhered to and met.
c. Identify shortcomings in individual QA skills, overall practices, non-
conformities with the system at any level and improvements to the system.
d. Identify and suggest corrective actions to the internal and external
monitoring processes and ensure they are implemented
e. Develop and keep a database in order to identify trends of performance
by teams/mine action organisations.
5. General Responsibilities of Mine Action Organisations

within the QM System
5.1 Mine action organisations have the following general responsibilities:
a. Accredited mine action organisations shall fully cooperate with any
external QA process or inspection and shall provide access to all
tasks/sites, personnel, buildings and other facilities which are visited in order
to implement any stage of the QM system. Reasons for not wishing to do so
should be verbally relayed to the external body senior representative and
appropriately recorded in writing by the mine action organisation
appointment in charge of the task/site and submitted to the United Nations
Regional Mine Action Office (UNRMAO) within 24-hours3.
b. In particular, the mine action organisation appointment in charge of the
task/site should record in writing on completed external IMSMA QA forms
any response to the written recordings of the external QA body prior to said
body leaving the task/site.
c. As a minimum requirement, the mine action organisation appointment
in charge of the task/site shall be required to :
i. Provide a safety brief to the external QA body
ii. Sign presented IMSMA QA forms that have been completed and
that record the results of a QA inspection, prior to the departure from
site of the external body.
d. It is the responsibility of the mine action organisation appointment in
charge of the task/site to inform their organisation of the results of or any
concerns resulting from an external QA inspection.
e. Mine action organisations, shall on request make available applicable
original documentation relating to and/or recording the details of
implementation of any aspect of the QM System to external QA bodies and
to other appointed authoritative bodies i.e. internal investigation bodies,
Board of Inquiry bodies etc.
3
Inappropriate or unjustifiable reason for denying and/or hindering of the external QA process may result in
the suspension or cancellation of accreditation status for that mine action organisation.
Page 6 of 11
Chapter 14
f. Mine action organisations shall prepare and maintain records of all site
visits/inspections, and any information needed to understand and interpret
them. All records shall be appropriately safely stored for a period of at least
five years.
g. Mine action organisations are to ensure that appointed managerial
and/or supervisory individuals of tasks/sites are fully aware of and have
available the following documentary information in order to assist external
QA inspections:
i. All relevant documentation including accreditation documents,
clearance plans and or implementation plans.
ii. Accredited SOP’s.
iii. Internal IMSMA QA forms from previous QA inspections of the
task/site.
iv. Records and results of internal QC conducted.
v. Any applicable accident / incident Investigation reports.
v. All other required information and/or site documentation detailed
elsewhere within this NTSG that may assist the body during the
inspection.
6. General Responsibilities of External QA Bodies within the

QM System
6.1 The following guidelines should then be followed:
a. When a body arrives at a task site, the senior UNMAO representative

will report to the Control Point and introduce himself to the mine action
organisation appointment in charge of the task/site and state the purpose of
their visit.
b. A safety brief shall be received prior to commencement of the external
QA inspection after which all safety instructions are to be adhered to.
c. The body should be firm, polite and objective when making any
judgements. They shall remain impartial at all times and not let personal
opinions; family ties or friendships affect their judgement and performance
of their duties.
d. The body shall not to make general commitments to any individual from
within the mine action organisation on behalf of the UNMAO.
e. The body is not to get involved in any argument with any member of the
mine action organisation during the conduct of an external QA inspection. If
a heated situation does develop the body is to leave the site and draft a
written report detailing the incident to the Quality Management Body.
f. Inappropriate or unjustifiable reason for denying and/or hindering any
part of the external QA process is to be recorded in writing by the body and
submitted to the Quality Management Body at the earliest opportunity.
g. The body are not to make changes to techniques taught by the mine
action organisation during training courses or to procedures detailed in
accredited SOP’s. The body should only annotate recommendations or
changes in IMSMA QA forms for possible subsequent further action.
Page 7 of 11
Chapter 14
h. In circumstances where it is considered/identified that the activities of

the demining organisation are breaching the terms of accreditation or where
there is concern for the safety or wellbeing of any individual, the body is
authorised to immediately suspend mine action activities on that task/site. In
such circumstances the body is to explain the reasons for this action to the
mine action organisation appointment in charge of the task/site and is to
record said reasons for later reference. The body is to notify the United
Nations Regional Mine Action Office of the decision and the reasons for it at
the earliest opportunity. Further necessary action will then be addressed.
i. At all times objective evidence is to be used to base decisions on.
Observations based on experience of the body may be made however, it is
to be recorded that any decisions or recommendations subsequently arrived
at are based on observations only.
j. The results of the QA inspections are to be discussed with the mine
action organisation appointment in charge of the task/site in the way of a full
debrief prior to departure from the site, drawing attention to any concerns,
particularly those involving safety.
k. All conclusions, recommendations and the details of debriefs are to be
recorded in writing by the body on the relevant IMSMA QA form. This
recording is to be presented to the mine action organisation appointment in
charge of the task/site for review and as confirmation of any
discussion/debrief prior to departure from the task/site.
l. The mine action organisation appointment in charge of the task/site is
to be encouraged to provide a written response on the IMSMA QA form to
the aforementioned written recordings of the body.
m. All completed external IMSMA QA forms are to be signed by
appropriate appointments prior to the departure from site of the external
body.
n. Ideally a fully completed 2nd copy of any IMSMA QA forms should be
presented to the mine action organisation appointment in charge of the
task/site however, it is acknowledged that this often will not be possible.
o. Following the completion of the visit any completed and signed external
IMSMA QA forms will be submitted/uploaded to the IMSMA database in a
timely fashion by the QA body. On completion of this information transfer the
original QA evaluation form will be stamped, signed and placed in archives.
p. Serious concerns resulting from the inspection, especially where the
safety or wellbeing of any individual is concerned shall be brought to the
attention of the Quality Management Body as soon as possible. Appropriate
further action will then be implemented.
p. The external monitoring and Quality Management bodies shall on
request make available applicable original documentation relating to
and/or recording the details of implementation of any aspect of the QM
System to each other and to other appointed authoritative bodies i.e. mine
action organisations, internal investigation bodies, Board of Inquiry bodies
etc.
Page 8 of 11
Chapter 14
7. Critical & Non-critical Non-conformities
7.1 General: Internal and/or external QA inspections may identify non-

compliances with SOPs/NTSGs. All instances of non-conformities shall be
appropriately recorded as previously described in this chapter. The circumstances
and/or severity of non-conformities will determine the subsequent actions taken.
The following paragraphs provide guidance on non-compliances.
7.2 Non-critical Non-conformities: Non-critical non-conformities can generally be

defined, but should not be restricted to:
a. Breaches of SOPs that ARE NOT considered as life threatening
and/or:-
b. Breaches of SOPs that can be rectified immediately without further
training or additional resources being required/deployed.
7.3 Critical Non-conformities: A critical non-conformities can generally be

defined as ‘breaches of SOPs THAT ARE considered to be life threatening’. The
following list, although not exhaustive, gives examples of critical non-conformities:
a. When the prescribed communication network is not fully functioning.
b. When there is no medical support in accordance with the organisation’s
SOP and/or NTSG.
c. When there is insufficient or incorrect marking of hazardous areas
where activities are being conducted.
d. When any personnel are not wearing prescribed PPE within the
hazardous area during operations.
e. Where there is inadequate supervision in accordance to the clearance
organisation’s SOP.
7.4 There may be occasions when non-conformities outside of the scope of

SOPs may occur. The following list, although not exhaustive, provides examples of
such non-conformities that may be recorded:
a. The repeated failure to apply accredited management systems

b. Refusal to allow monitoring or inspection to take place
c. Interference with monitoring or inspections
d. The premature release of cleared land
e. Application of processes known to place staff or the local population at
unacceptable risk.
8. Suspension of Tasks
8.1 There may be cause to suspend tasks for safety reasons. The following list,
although not exhaustive, gives examples when the relevant body may suspend a
task on behalf of the UNMAO:
a. Where a number of non-critical non-conformities are observed that

either individually or as a whole either cannot be adequately and effectively
rectified immediately or that as whole constitute a threat to life.
Page 9 of 11
Chapter 14
b. Where a critical non-conformity has been identified.

c. Where there is a current or imminent threat from external factions to the
security and safety of the body, mine action organisation or other personnel.
d. When there is any encroachment into hazardous areas that cannot be
resolved.
e. Where there is a reoccurrence of non-critical non-conformity(ies) within
a team identified during separate visits.
f. As a result of a demining accident/incident (refer to Chapter 15).
8.2 Following the suspension of any task, the Quality Management Body is to
be immediately informed. All relevant information is to be clearly and appropriately
recorded. Only when the issues have been resolved/rectified and only on the
authorisation of the Quality Management Body are suspended tasks allowed to
recommence.
8.3 The suspension of a task may result in the suspension or termination of

operational accreditation, (refer to Chapter 21, paragraph 6).
9. Special QA Monitoring
9.1 Special QA Monitoring will be conducted by the QA Management Body.
9.2 Special QA Monitoring aims to identify and confirm that problems, non-
conformities and/or other such issues have been resolved. Such inspections are to
be conducted in an open manner in consultation with the management of the
particular clearance organisation. The Quality Management Body must ensure
objectivity and impartiality of conducting Special QA Monitoring evaluations.
9.3 If, after conducting QA Special Monitoring on at least two separate

occasions, identified concerns have not been resolved, the Quality Management
Body in consultation with the Regional Operations Coordinator and National
Operations Coordinator will review the accreditation licence.
9.4 It must be appropriately and clearly annotated that Special QA Monitoring is

being conducted on the particular asset in question.
9.5 The following are examples of circumstances when special monitoring may
be required:
a. After the suspension of a task as described in paragraph 8.

b. Starting a task in an unfamiliar area.
c. Working on a difficult or hazardous task (e.g., undulating ground, rocky,
highly vegetated, residential, trip-wires and improvised mines).
d. A change in supervisory personnel or when inexperienced personnel
are managing a task.
e. Handover to national staff as part of the capacity building process.
f. Commencing operations after a lengthy period away from operations or
after completing a training course.
Page 10 of 11
Chapter 14
g. Introduction of new demining procedures or equipment.

h. Conducting field trials with equipment and machines.
i. Multiple assets working at a task.
10. Summary
10.1 The SudanMAP QM system has been deigned to ensure that an
appropriate, suitable and sufficient QA monitoring process, that consists of regular
monitoring visits and auditable processes at all stages of operations is
implemented. If implemented correctly at all levels it will enhance the safety,
effectiveness and efficiency of operations whilst not impinging on or disrupting
operations in anyway.
10.2 The SudanMAP QM system is aimed at confirming that mine action

organisations are applying their accredited management processes and
operational procedures in a manner that will result in the safe, effective and
efficient clearance of land.
Page 11 of 11
MINE ACTION ORGANISATIONS

INTERNAL MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
1. GENERAL
1.1 Mine action organisations are to provide adequate resources necessary to
implement their own internal Quality Assurance which is to be clearly detailed in
SOP.
1.2 In order to comply with the requirements of the SudanMAP QM system,

mine action organisations shall ensure that sufficient and suitable resources are
appointed in order to implement the required internal monitoring system at each
task site and for each specific asset/team as further prescribed in this Annex.
1.3 Details of the internal monitoring requirement to be adopted as part of the

SudanMAP QM System shall be included into the mine action organisations
SOP’s.
1.4 Details within the mine action organisations SOP covering the
aforementioned are to clearly define details of but not be restricted to resources,
training, responsibilities and conduct/implementation.
2. IMPLENTATION OF THE SUDANMAP REQUIREMENTS

2.1 In addition to their own organisational requirements pertaining to internal QA
and the implementation of other applicable QA processes/procedures detailed
elsewhere in this Chapter, mine action organisations are to implement a process
involving the accurate and timely completion of internal IMSMA QA forms designed
to check &/or record that accredited standards are being implemented and
maintained during relevant mine action activities.
2.2 This will be achieved by recording the results of Internal QA on prescribed

sets of internal IMSMA QA forms, applicable to the mine action activities for which
specific/individual assets/teams are operationally accredited as detailed at
paragraphs 3.1 regardless of tasks/deployments.
2.3 Mine action organisations are to ensure that hard copies of completed
internal IMSMA QA forms are available at all times on-site and to external QA
bodies as they will form the basis of external monitoring audits of internal
monitoring processes and procedures and compliance with the mine action
organisations own SOPs and with NTSG.
2.4 Mine action organisations are responsible for submitting electronic copies of
completed internal IMSMA QA forms for uploading to the IMSMA database.
Page 1 of 5
3. IMSMA FORMS
3.1 There are 14 internal IMSMA QA Forms that are to be utilised by mine action
organisations in order to comply with the requirements of the SudanMAP QM System as
detailed elsewhere in this NTSG.
3.2 Each mine action organisation shall be required to complete a relevant specific form
for each accredited team/asset within the cycle detailed in the ‘Remarks/Requirements’
column or depending on the mine action activity that the team/asset is involved in:
TITLE FORM REQUIREMENTS REMARKS

One form to be completed per Only required if Area
cycle Reduction techniques or
Area Reduction B activities are being
implemented by an asset on
a site/task
One form to be completed per
Battle Area Clearance C
accredited team/asset per cycle
One form to be completed for each
Clearance Organisation
D asset/team during each period of
Training
training, including refresher training
One form to be completed per This form is to be completed
accredited team/asset per cycle for specific EOD teams, CDS
Demolitions F
demolitions and for minefield
and BAC demolitions/EOD
Explosive Storage G permanent explosive storage facility
per calendar month
General Survey U
Manual Mine Clearance J
One form to be completed per If the asset/team is involved in
Mechanical Demining K accredited team/asset per cycle Area Reduction then Form B
will also be required
Medical L accredited medical asset per
calendar month
One form to be completed per If the asset/team is involved in
Mine Detection Dogs M accredited MDD team per calendar Area Reduction then Form B
month will also be required
One form to be completed per One form to be completed
cycle per cycle per asset/team
Minefield Marking N
where the detail of the form is
applicable
Mine Risk Education O accredited MRE team/asset per
cycle
One form to be completed per One form to be completed
cycle per cycle per asset/team
Preparation & Setting Up T
where the detail of the form is
applicable
Route Verification R
accredited RVT team/asset per
Page 2 of 5
cycle
NOTE: A cycle is 21-days (3-weeks inclusive of non-work days)
3.3 The following provides examples of internal IMSMA QA forms that mine action
organisations will be expected to complete depending on the activities covered by an
assets/teams accreditation, the type of task the asset/team is involved in and the mine
action activities that it is conducting:
a. Example 1: A task that involves 1 x MMC team/asset that is conducting a task

that involves MMC only – 1 x Form J, 1 x Form N and 1 x Form T per cycle
b. Example 2: A task that involves 1 x MMC team/asset that is conducting a task
that involves MMC and end of day demolitions – 1 x Form J, 1 x Form N, 1 x Form T
and 1 x Form F per cycle
c. Example 3: A task that involves 2 x MMC teams/assets that are conducting a
task that involves MMC only – 2 x Forms J, 2 x Forms N and 2 x Forms T per cycle
d. Example 4: A task that involves 2 x MMC teams/asset that is conducting a task
that involves MMC and end of day demolitions – 2 x Forms J, 2 x Forms N, 2 x
Forms T and 2 x Forms F per cycle
3.4 The examples 1 to 4 above can be applied to BAC tasks.
3.5 Mine action organisations are to liaise with the UNMAO sub-office QA officer to
clarify which internal QA IMSMA forms are required if there is any doubt or if they consider
that the completion of a specific form is not relevant to the activities being conducted at the
site. In the absence of any liaison and/or agreement the forms are to be completed as per
provided guidance.
4. MINE ACTION ORGANISATIONS REPORTING OF INTERNAL QA
4.1 Military Demining Companies are to report the internal QA forms completed on a
daily basis as an Annex to the Daily Report that they are required to submit in the format
shown at A.
4.2 Mine action organisations that are not contracted/funded directly by the UN are to
report the internal QA forms completed on a weekly basis as in the format shown at B.
4.3 Mine action organisations that are contracted/funded directly by the UN are to report
the internal QA forms completed on a daily basis as additional information for each specific
task on the Daily Report.
Page 3 of 5
FORMAT A
DAILY INTERNAL QA FORMS COMPLETED
Task SS392 (location xxxx) Platoon/Asset ID - xxx
The team completed marking the minefield at xxxx and are now compiling the report.
Internal QA/QC IMSMA Form – Nil completed
Task SS483 (location xxxxx) Platoon/Asset ID - xxx
The team are conducting manual mine clearance at xxxx.

Internal QA/QC IMSMA Form – Manual Mine Clearance completed
Internal QA/QC IMSMA Form – Demolition Drill completed
Task SS067 (location xxxxx) Platoon/Asset ID - xxx
The team are conducting BAC at xxxx.

Internal QA/QC IMSMA Form – BAC completed
FORMAT B
DAILY INTERNAL QA FORMS COMPLETED BY xxxxx (ORGANISATION)
Week Number: XX Period Covered: XX/XX/2007 – XX/XX/2007
Task SS392 (location xxxx) Team/Asset ID - xxx
The team completed marking the minefield at xxxx and are now compiling the report.
Internal QA/QC IMSMA Form – Nil completed
Task SS483 (location xxxxx) Team/Asset ID - xxx
The team are conducting manual mine clearance at xxxx.

Internal QA/QC IMSMA Form – Manual Mine Clearance completed
Task SSo67 (location xxxxx) Team/Asset ID - xxx
The team are conducting BAC at xxxx.

Internal QA/QC IMSMA Form – BAC completed
Page 4 of 5
4.4 Format A are to be forwarded to the QA Coordinators office
(omarm@sudanmap.org) on a daily basis.
4.5 Format B are to be forwarded to the QA Coordinators office

(omarm@sudanmap.org) on the last working day of each week .
4.6 UN funded/contracted organisations will forward the information using

normal reporting channels.
4.7 The reported information will then be collated by the QA Coordinators office
and the information uploaded onto the QA database.
4.8 This information will then further be used to cross-check during external QA
and during post-QA against the IMSMA database system to ensure the forms have
been uploaded.
4.9 It will further be used to compile the necessary QA management system

information required for the UNMAO weekly and monthly reports.
Page 5 of 5
EXTERNAL MONITORING PLANNING

1. GENERAL
1.1 Sub-office QA Officers are to submit external monitoring forecasts to the
relevant Regional QA Officer and Operations Officer and a Weekly Summary of
monitoring activities to the QA Coordinator.
1.2 These are to be submitted by the last working day of the week.
2. REPORT FORMAT
2.1 The following formats are to be utilised:
a. Forecast: This is to be submitted to the

SUB-OFFICE -
Demining
Organisation Reason
Activities
Date to be DA/MF/CL ID for Remarks
Being
Monitored Planned Visit
Conducted
b. Summary:
2.2 Reports should be submitted on time and in electronic format

Page 1 of 1
Chapter 15
INVESTIGATING MINE/UXO ACCIDENTS AND

INCIDENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 The need to report and investigate mine/UXO accidents and incidents in a
clear, comprehensive and timely manner is an essential part of mine action
management.
1.2 The aims of any investigation are to establish the facts and to make
deductions from them, to ascertain the cause of the accident or incident and finally
to make recommendations that may be implemented to prevent any similar re-
occurrence and to improve the safety and quality of the demining process.
1.3 The effective management and supervision of mine action programmes will
reduce the likelihood of harm, but there will always be the potential for mine/UXO
accidents and incidents to occur. There are legal and moral obligations on
managers at all levels in mine action to ensure that the likelihood of harm is
reduced to the lowest realistic levels.
1.4 Effective reporting and the thorough investigation of mine/UXO accidents

and incidents can play an essential part in meeting this objective. Information
collected and presented in a clear and accessible format will contribute to the
‘lessons learned’ process and thereby assisting in any future emergency response,
improving the quality of the demining process and reducing the likelihood of future
demining accidents.
1.5 The aim of this NTSG is therefore to provide standards and guidelines on
the minimum requirements for the reporting and investigation of mine/UXO
accidents and incidents within the SudanMAP.
2. RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1 National Responsibilities: The UNMAO shall:
a. Establish and maintain procedures for the reporting and investigation of

mine/UXO accidents and incidents in accordance with this NTSG.
b. Appoint personnel to investigate mine/UXO accidents and incidents in
accordance with this NTSG.
c. Disseminate the findings of all investigation reports to all mine action
organisations operating in Sudan, and importantly to UNMAS, who can then
extract information for other National Mine Action Authorities.
d. Ensure that the results of any medical examination, post mortem or
coroner’s report are made available to the parent demining organisation.
Page 1 of 6
Chapter 15
2.2 Mine Action Organisation Responsibilities: Mine action organisations

shall:
a. Report all reportable mine/UXO accidents and incidents to the UNMAO

in a timely manner.
b. Take immediate photographs of the accident/incident site, and then
preserve it until the site is inspected and released by the Board Of Inquiry
(BOI) or investigating officer.
c. Provide access and necessary administrative support to BOI personnel
of whatever capacity.
d. Make available for the investigation the original worksite records, SOPs,
training records, radio log and any other pertinent documentation as
requested.
e. Assist UNMAO personnel that have been appointed to investigate
mine/UXO accidents and incidents in any way requested in order for them to
meet their aims and objectives.
2.3 Mine Action Organisation Employee Responsibilities: Mine action

organisation employees shall:
a. Apply appropriate standards and SOP’s designed to prevent mine/UXO

accidents and Incidents from occurring.
b. Report perceived weaknesses in equipment training and procedures
that may lead to a mine/UXO accident/incident.
c. Report any reportable mine/UXO accidents and incidents; and assist in
the investigation as required.
3. INVESTIGATION REQUIREMENTS
3.1 General requirements: Accidents and/or incidents shall be reported to the
UNMAO in the following circumstances:
a. When an event involving mine/UXO or explosives results in harm to a

mine action organisation employee, a site visitor or a member of the local
population at a demining workplace.
b. When an event involving mine/UXO or explosives results in damage to
equipment or property.
c. At all times when a mine/UXO is located in an area previously cleared,
recorded as cleared or marked as cleared.
d. Where mine action organisation employees, site visitors or the local
population are exposed to intolerable risk that results from the application of
SOP or the failure of equipment issued to employees.
e. When any unplanned detonation of a mine/UXO or explosives occurs
irrespective of the cause or outcome.
f. If a non-mine/UXO or non-explosive related accident occurs on a site
that requires the urgent evacuation of a casualty to an advanced medical
facility for treatment.
Page 2 of 6
Chapter 15
The UNMAO on receiving reports of mine/UXO accidents and/or incidents, that

highlight inadequacies of equipment, standards or approved SOPs, or that indicate
the presence of new types of hazard, shall disseminate a general warning to all
mine action organisations applying the same equipment, standard or SOP, or likely
to meet the same new hazards.
3.2 Investigations: The aim of any accident/incident investigation is to identify

problems or opportunities to improve the safety and quality of the process. As
such, all employees of mine action organisations should provide complete and
accurate information about the circumstances surrounding the accident/incident
and opinions on ways to improve procedures that may assist in preventing a
reoccurrence. The UNMAO will have the final decision on whether an
accident/incident warrants or requires an investigation however Annex A and the
following provides details of occasions and/or circumstances which should result in
an investigation:
a. An accident resulting in injury or death.

b. An incident resulting in damage to property.
c. An incident causing damage that may result in a major claim for
compensation from a member of the public.
d. An incident involving a major event causing significant damage.
e. An incident involving the discovery of a mine or UXO in an area
previously cleared, recorded as cleared or marked as cleared.
f. An incident where mine action organisation employees, site visitors or
the local population are exposed to intolerable risk that result from the
application of approved standards or procedures including the failure of
equipment.
g. An incident involving the unplanned detonation of a mine, UXO or
explosives.
h. An incident which could attract media attention or media report.
i. When considered necessary by the UNMAO non mine, UXO or
explosive related accident on a site that requires the urgent evacuation of a
casualty to an advanced medical facility for treatment.
3.3 Investigation Types: The following applies:
a. An accident/incident formal investigation may consist of one of three

levels of investigation:
(1) A BOI.
(2) An independent investigation by an investigating officer from the
UNRMAO.
(3) An internal investigation by an investigating officer from the mine
action organisation involved.
b. The accident/incident type will decide what level of formal investigation
is undertaken. Annex A provides a guide for selecting the appropriate level
of formal investigation that will be undertaken however the UNMAO shall
have the final decision on the level of formal investigation to be
implemented.
Page 3 of 6
Chapter 15
c. Ideally any BOI should be comprised of a principal member from the

UNMAO, a member from a third party mine action organisation and one
member from the mine action organisation involved in the accident/incident
but this shall not be any person directly involved in the accident/incident.
d. Independent investigations shall be carried out by an appropriately
qualified and experienced independent investigation officer appointed by the
UNRMAO.
e. Internal Investigations shall be carried out by an appropriately qualified
and experienced member of the mine action organisation involved, but this
shall not be any person directly involved in the accident/incident.
4. REPORTING OF ACCIDENTS / INCIDENTS

4.1 All mine/UXO accidents and/or incidents are to be reported initially to the
UNRMAO and then to the UNMAO. Mine/UXO accidents and/or incident reports
shall normally follow two formats,
a. Initial Contact Report: Provides essential information about the

accident/incident, which permits either the UNRMAO and/or UNMAO to
assist with any emergency response and if necessary to provide a general
warning to other mine action organisations. Submitted via appropriate in
place communications system to the UNRMAO within 30 minutes of the
mine/UXO accident/incident occurring. The minimum information required is:
(1) WHEN – Time of accident.
(2) WHERE – Location, province, district, Task No, lat / long
coordinates.
(3) WHO – Organisation, C/S and/or name, nationality and blood
group of injured.
(4) WHAT – Brief summary of available information (cause and
injuries).
(5) CASEVAC INTENTION – What is intent at this time
(6) ASSISTANCE – Is immediate assistance required and if so what
(7) CONFIRM - VHF/HF radio channel / telephone number for
further contact.
b. Follow up Report: Upon receipt of the initial contact report the
UNRMAO will inform the UNMAO. Both will continue to monitor the situation
and to provide support where required. As soon as the casualty is
successfully transferred to a hospital and is in suitable medical care a more
detailed verbal report is to be made by the mine action organisation to the
UNMAO via the UNRMAO. This is generally to be made via telephone and
is to include the following:
(1) Confirmation that the casualty is in suitable medical care and
that no further immediate assistance is required.
(2) Confirm the details contained in the Initial Contact Report.
(3) Confirmation that all other mine/UXO sites where the same
organisation is operating are shut down and that the scene of the
mine/UXO accident/incident is as secure as possible, pending the
arrival of the Internal Investigating Officer.
Page 4 of 6
Chapter 15
c. Written Report: The mine action organisation is to complete an IMSMA

Database Demining Report and attach as much relevant detail as possible
and submit it to the UNRMAO within 48hrs of the incident. If this form is not
relevant to the incident then an appropriate written report covering all details
is to be drafted and submitted.
5. INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE
5.1 Once the initial information has been collated and assimilated by both the
UNRMAO and UNMAO a decision will be made regarding what level of
investigation will take place.
5.2 On the initiation of any formal investigation both the UNRMAO and the
UNMAO shall ensure that:
a. The investigation commences as soon as practicably possible.

b. The personnel selected to conduct a formal investigation had no
involvement with the accident/incident and have the qualifications,
experience and skills needed to conduct a full and through investigation.
c. The accident/incident site is preserved as far as possible, until released
by the BOI or Investigating Officer, in order to prevent loss of valuable
information.
d. Photographs of the accident/incident site are taken immediately.
e. Unless exceptional circumstances exist, the investigation report is
submitted on time and that it is complete, clear, concise and accurate
(including conclusions and recommendations for improvement).
5.3 The following reports are to be produced as applicable:
a. Internal Investigations and the Detailed Investigation Report: The

Detailed Investigation Report (see Annex B) is the result of an Internal
Investigation carried out by the mine action organisation involved in the
accident/incident. The report shall be completed by an Internal Investigation
Officer, but this shall not be any person directly involved with the incident.
This report shall be initiated by the mine action organisation involved. It shall
be completed as soon as practically possible after the accident/incident and
passed to the UNRMAO within 2 working days. Detailed Investigation
Reports shall be automatically initiated by mine action organisations for all
reportable accidents/incidents. A Detailed Investigation Report should
precede a BOI and/or an independent investigation if required and should
then form part of the formal BOI Report or Independent Investigation Report.
b. BOI and Independent Investigations: BOI are initiated by the
UNMAO whilst independent investigations are initiated by the UNRMAO
after consultation with the UNMAO. For both investigations a Convening
Order and Terms of Reference (TOR) will be issued and personnel
appointed to carry out an investigation. Annex C details a Convening Order
and TOR for a BOI or Independent Investigation.
Page 5 of 6
Chapter 15
c. BOI and Independent Investigation Report Findings: On completion

of the BOI/Independent Investigation, the investigation report will be
presented to the UNMAO/UNRMAO and the Chief of Operations and
Programme Manager for their comments. Following this it will be signed,
bound and produced as four copies for distribution as follows:
(1) 1 x copy for the UNMAO QA cell.
(2) 1 x copy for the UNRMAO QA cell.
(3) 1 x copy for the mine action organisation in country senior
appointment.
(4) 1 x copy for the mine action organisation parent HQ.
5.4 Once the BOI report has been signed and prepared, the senior in-country
appointment from the mine action organisation is to be given the opportunity to
read and discuss its contents. This is to be conducted in a formal environment with
the following personnel in attendance:
a. National / Regional Programme Manager.
b. National / Regional Chief of Operations.
c. Investigating Officer.
d. MDD / Medical specialists if applicable.
e. Clearance Organisations Programme Manager.
f. Any other personnel as identified by the Clearance Organisations
Programme Manager.
5.5 Should the mine action organisation senior in-country appointment wish to
have any additional comments included in the report he is to submit them in writing
and they shall be inserted into the report prior to distribution.
5.6 The senior in-country appointment from the mine action organisation is to
ensure that all recommendations are implemented without delay. The UNMAO is to
ensure that a summary of lessons learnt are distributed to all mine action
organisations as soon as possible.
6. REPORTING OF FATAL INCIDENTS TO LOCAL

AUTHORITIES
6.1 Cultural and religious beliefs are to be considered when dealing with the
repatriation of the deceased to their immediate family or in cases were non
clearance staff have been injured/killed.
Page 6 of 6
MINE / UXO ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT

FORMAL INVESTIGATION GUIDE
Type of formal investigation
Board of Independent Internal
Inquiry Investigation Investigation
1. A Demining Accident resulting in:
a. Minor injury to a demining worker.
b. Serious injury to a demining worker.
c. Death of a demining worker.
d. Any injury to a non-demining worker.
e. Death of a non-demining worker.
2. A Demining Incident:
a. Resulting in damage to demining
organisation equipment of value less than
US$ 5,000.00.
b. Resulting in damage to demining
organisation equipment of value from US$
5001.00 to US$50,000.
c. Resulting in damage to demining
equipment of value more than US$50,000.
d. Causing damage that may result in a
major claim for compensation from a
member of the public.
e. Involving a major event that caused
significant damage.
3. A Demining / Mine Incident:
a. Involving the discovery of a mine or UXO
in an area previously cleared, recorded as
cleared or marked as cleared.
b. Where demining workers, visitors or the
local population are exposed to intolerable
risk that results from the application of
approved standards or procedures including
the failure of equipment.
c. Involving the unplanned detonation of a
mine, UXO or explosives on a demining
worksite.
d. Which could attract media attention or
media report.
4. A non mine, UXO or explosive related
accident:
a. On a demining worksite that requires the
urgent evacuation of a casualty to an
advanced medical facility for treatment.
Page 1 of 1
MINE / UXO ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT DETAILED

INVESTIGATION REPORT GUIDE
MINE / UXO ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT DETAILED
INVESTIGATION REPORT
From: Date report submitted:
To: RMAO/NMAO
Subject: MINE/UXO ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT DETAILED INVESTIGATION

REPORT
Serial Number: Utilise a Sequential Numbering System.
References:
To Include:
1. Initial Contact Report.
2. NTSG’s and / or IMAS.
3. Demining organisation SOPs.
4. Map References.
Part one – INTRODUCTION
To Include:
1. Demining organisation name.
2. Organisation sub unit, site office/project number, team name/number.
3. Name of Worksite Supervisor.
4. Location of Accident / Incident (province, district, village, task no, grids etc).
5. Date and time of Accident / Incident.
6. Type of Accident / Incident.
7. Executive Summary of Accident / Incident, to include main conclusive

findings (Preventable / Non-preventable).
Part two – DETAILS OF ACCIDENT / INCIDENT
To Include:
1. General description of how the Accident / Incident occurred including

locations; timings; demining personnel (demining teams, MDD teams and
Page 1 of 6
Part 1, Edition 9, Version 1
mechanical teams) and any non demining personnel involved.
2. Details of mines, UXO’s or explosives involved.
3. Details on past history of area, to include military units, positions, area

usage, known mining activities etc.
4. Details of vehicles / equipment involved.
5. Photographs, diagrams and plans (location plan and detailed site plan).
6. Post Accident / Incident Investigatory Activities by Investigating Officer.
Part three – ACCIDENT / INCIDENT SITE CONDITIONS
To Include:
1. Describe the conditions on the Accident / Incident site at the time of the
Accident / Incident in terms of worksite layout and marking, ground and
terrain, vegetation and weather:
a. Worksite layout and marking. Describe the layout of the worksite in

relation to the location of the Accident / Incident covering control
areas, general worksite markings and specific worksite markings in
the location of the Accident / Incident. Include dimensions and cross
reference to SOPs where appropriate.
b. Ground and terrain. Describe the ground in terms of type of soil,

density or hardness and moisture content. Describe the terrain in
terms of flat, undulating or hilly. If required use slope ratios (i.e. 1 in
25) to identity maximum/minimum slopes.
c. Vegetation. Describe the vegetation in terms of type, density, size

and root structure. Provide dimensions such as height of
grass/crops/bush and maximum size of the vegetation stems.
Indicate if the roots had an effect on the work or if the vegetation had
been burned or cleared in any way.
d. Weather. Describe the weather at the time of the Accident / Incident.
e. Provide photographs of the site to highlight the Accident / Incident

site conditions.
Part four – TEAM AND TASK DETAILS
To Include:
1. Team Composition. Provide details of the size and composition of the team
(deminers, section leaders, team leaders, supervisors, medics etc),
including MDD and mechanical teams.
2. The qualifications and experience of personnel directly involved in the

Accident / Incident.
Page 2 of 6
3. Original Statements of personnel directly involved in the Accident / Incident.
4. The results of recent QA monitoring (both internal and external) carried out
on the team; and any known problems with the team.
5. Task Documentation, Sequence and Procedure of Tasking details. Provide

details of the task to include the survey work carried out (general and
technical); Implementation / Clearance plan for the task, which should
include area to be cleared and depth of clearance.
6. Any known mine laying techniques or patterns; the planned use of the land
after clearance; time worked on the task; progress in terms of area cleared
as a percentage of the total area to be cleared; types and numbers of items
found and any problems encountered with the task.
7. Include copies of survey reports, Implementation / Clearance plans, task

progress reports or any other relevant demining organisation or demining
worksite administration documentation.
Part five – EQUIPMENT AND PROCEDURES USED
To Include:
1. Equipment used. Provide details of the equipment being used on the site
relevant to the Accident / Incident. This may cover detection equipment,
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), deminers toolkits, demolition
equipment, communication equipment, medical equipment, vehicles and
mechanical equipment. For electronic detection equipment provide details
of on site testing requirements.
2. Procedures used. Provide an overview of any procedures used related to

the Accident / Incident with reference to SOPs and NTSG’s.
3. Work routines. Provide details of the work routines being followed on the
task at the time of the Accident / Incident and the number of hours worked
by personnel (including those involved in the Accident / Incident) on the day
prior to it occurring. If work routines involve handovers between personnel,
provide details of when the last handover occurred prior to the Accident /
Incident and the details of what is covered during handovers for example,
detection equipment checks, briefings etc, with reference to SOPs.
Part six – EXPLOSIVE HAZARDS INVOLVED
To Include:
1. Details of any mines, UXO's, explosive devices or explosives that were

involved in the Accident / Incident, such as common names, a detailed
description of the components (name, type, size or weight) and construction
details.
2. For items located also include the position in/on the ground (i.e. surface or
buried and if buried depth and attitude in the ground) and whether item was
Page 3 of 6
trip wired, command detonated or booby trapped.
3. For incidents involving a detonation provide details of blast holes (size and
depth); mine/UXO or other debris located and any known or suspected
items involved.
4. Photographs for any items located or photographs of blast holes and

debris.
Part seven – DETAILS OF INJURIES
To Include:
1. Details of all personnel (including non demining workers) injured as a result

of the Accident / Incident. Include names, occupation, details of injuries
and cross reference the names to the activities that the personnel were
carrying out at the time of the incident. All injured personnel no matter how
minor the injuries they received are to be included.
2. The location of the injured personnel, immediately after the Accident /

Incident occurred, should be shown on the Accident / Incident detailed site
plan.
Part eight – EQUIPMENT/PROPERTY/INFRASTRUCTURE DAMAGE
To Include
1. Details of all equipment, property or infrastructure damaged as a result of

the incident:
a. For equipment include detailed descriptions to include owner, make,

model, age, serial numbers (where applicable), current value (if known),
details of damage, insurance held by the owner/organisation and if
possible an assessment of the cost of repair/replacement.
b. For property and infrastructure provide details of the owner(s), damage

incurred, insurance held by the owner(s) and if known the cost of restitution
or repair.
c. Details of any PPE involved in the Accident Incident by type/function,

make, model or any other identifying details. Describe any damage to the
PPE and provide comment as to the effectiveness or otherwise of the PPE
in preventing injury (or more serious injury) to personnel involved in the
Accident / Incident.
d. Photographs of damaged equipment, property or infrastructure and copies

of any other supporting evidence (ownership papers, property deeds,
insurance details, repair quotes etc).
Part nine – MEDICAL AND EMERGENCY SUPPORT
To Include:
1. Details of the medical and emergency support (communications and

Page 4 of 6
evacuation transport) available at the incident site prior to the Accident /

Incident occurring. This may be cross referenced to SOPs. Also if
applicable to the Accident / Incident, include details of the frequency of
demining Accident response plan practices and the date the last practice
was carried out.
2. Provide timings for key activities during the casualty evacuation for example
the evacuation of the casualty(ies) off the Accident / Incident site, the arrival
at the initial medical facility, departure from the initial medical facility and
arrival at the final medical facility.
3. Comment on the effectiveness or otherwise of the medical and emergency

support in terms of planning and preparation, medical equipment and
supplies, communications, evacuation transport, medical treatment facilities
and external support (from other mine action organisations) to the casualty
evacuation. Where deficiencies were identified provide details and
recommendations for improvements.
Part ten – REPORTING PROCEDURES
1. Comment on the effectiveness or otherwise of the initial Accident / Incident

reporting procedures carried out.
Part eleven – SEQUENCE OF EVENTS.
1. Provide a sequential list of events (timings and dates), from the initial time
of the Accident / Incident through to and including the casualty evacuation
procedures; also to include actions of the Investigating Officer.
Part twelve – CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
1. Based on the Accident / Incident findings, sequentially detail full and

detailed conclusive comments on all salient findings.
2. Based on the Accident / Incident conclusions, sequentially detail full and

detailed recommendations on all conclusions.
Signature of Investigating Officer

Name of Investigating Officer
Position of Investigating Officer
Annexes:
To Include:
A. Copy of the initial Accident / Incident Contact Report.
B. Witness statements.
Page 5 of 6
C. Accident / Incident map location and detailed site plans.
D. Site photographs.
E. Training records, QA monitoring reports, survey reports, Implementation /

Clearance plans, task progress reports or any other demining organisation
or demining worksite administration documentation required.
F. Photographs and technical details of items located, blast holes or

mine/UXO debris.
G. Medical records or injury data sheets.
H. Photographs of damaged equipment, property or infrastructure.
I. Copies of equipment/property ownership documentation (ownership

papers, property deeds, insurance details etc).
J. Damage repair quotes/estimates.
K. IMSMA Demining Accident / Incident Report and Casualty Report.
Page 6 of 6
MINE / UXO ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT FORMAL

INVESTIGATION CONVENING ORDER AND TERMS
OF REFERENCE
EXAMPLE OF A FORMAL INVESTIGATION CONVENING ORDER AND
TERMS OF REFERENCE
CONVENING ORDER FOR ACCIDENT / INCIDENT INVESTIGATION BOARD OF
INQUIRY.
File reference (incident serial number):
Date:
References:
A. Demining Organisation Accident / Incident Detailed Investigation Report.

B. National Technical and Safety Guidelines (NTSG).
C. Demining Organisation Accredited SOP’s
1. The Programme Manager of the National Mine Action Office hereby appoints the
following members to form a BOI / Independent Investigation Team to investigate
the Accident / Incident that occurred on the DATE.
a. Chairman - NAME AND POSITION HELD

b. Member - NAME AND POSITION HELD
c. Member - NAME AND POSITION HELD
d. Member - NAME AND POSITION HELD
2. The BOI / Independent Investigation Team is to carry out a full investigation and
provide a written report to the undersigned by DATE. In the event that the
completed report is not able to be submitted on the date indicated, an interim
report outlining progress with the investigation and the reason for the delay is to
be submitted on that date and further interim reports provided every day until the
completed investigation report is submitted. The report is to be written in the
English language.
3. The Report of the BOI / Independent Investigation Team is to consider the details
as detailed at Annex A and those annotated at Appendix 1 to this Convening
Order; it should be noted that these details however are by no means exhaustive
and are not intended to limit your investigation.
4. The Report is also review Reference B and C as they relate to this incident, in
particular as they may relate to the actions taken leading up to the incident. The
BOI / Independent Investigation Team is to comment on the adequacy and
effectiveness of Reference B and C, where appropriate make recommendations
for amendments.
Page 1 of 4
5. The BOI / Independent Investigation Team is to comment on the adequacy of the

relevant IMAS and make recommendations for review as appropriate.
6. Following the distribution of the final detailed report, the BOI / Independent
Investigation Team is to issue those relevant report recommendations to
members of the mine/UXO clearance community in the Sudan, to inform them of
relevant information and any actions that should be taken by them.
NAME
POSITION
DATE
Page 2 of 4
Appendix 1 to Convening Order DATED
CONTENTS OF REPORT FOR ACCIDENT / INCIDENT INVESTIGATION
The Report of the Board of Inquiry is to consider the details below:
1. Introduction.
2. Documentation, Sequence and Procedures of Tasking.
3. Geography and Weather.
4. Priority and Type of Task.
5. Site Layout and Marking.
6. Management, Supervision and Discipline on site.
7. Quality Assurance and Quality Control.
8. Communications and Reporting.
9. Medical, including injuries sustained.
10. Personalities, Team Identity No’s and Interviews.
11. Training and experience of personnel involved.
12. Equipment and Tools.
13. Details of the Mine/UXO involved.
14. Evidence of re-mining.
15. Dress and Personal Protective Equipment.
16. Use of Dogs.
17. Use of Machines.
18. Particulars of Deminers Insurance.
19. Detailed chronological account of the activities on the day of the Incident.
20. Summary.
21. Conclusion.
Page 3 of 4
22. Recommendations.
The following documents should also be included with the report:
1. A copy of this Convening Order.
2. A copy of the Demining Organisations Detailed Investigation Report.
3. Witness statements.
4. Sketches, diagrams, location and site plans as appropriate.
5. Photographs highlighting important aspects of the incident for example site

conditions; mines, UXO, explosive devices or explosives involved; blast holes
and blast debris; injuries to personnel; and equipment, property or infrastructure
damage.
6. Task documentation, which may include survey reports, clearance plans,

demining worksite plans or demining worksite documentation.
7. Extracts from Reference B and C where applicable.
8. Medical records or coroner’s reports.
9. Any further documentary evidence gathered during the investigation.
Page 4 of 4
Chapter 16
ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Several of the components of mine action are inherently dangerous and
pose threats to the environment as well as personnel. However, by ensuring
that mine action personnel are well prepared, that safe work practices are
applied and that due consideration is given to environmental impact, the level of
risk to personnel and the environment can be greatly minimised.
1.2 The UNMAO as the authority for mine action within Sudan, is charged
with the responsibility for establishing the requirements for Environment, Health
and Safety (EH&S) management systems for mine action and for ensuring that
mine action organisations correctly apply them.
2. SCOPE
2.1 This standard describes the requirements for EH&S management

systems in mine action in Sudan and the key elements of those systems.
3. EH&S RESPONSIBILITIES OF MINE ACTION

ORGANISATIONS
3.1 Each mine action organisation is to develop a detailed, comprehensive
and suitable EH&S management system prior to receiving accreditation to
conduct mine action in Sudan.
3.2 The organisation is to:
a. Provide a written policy covering EH&S detailing the key

responsibilities, commitments and procedures.
b. Provide and maintain safe work places, machinery and equipment,
and adopt safe work practices and procedures with a view to eliminating
hazards or minimising them as much as practicable.
b. Provide adequate supervision and training, including development
and refresher training where appropriate.
c. Provide, at no cost to the individual, adequate Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE) and protective clothing.
d. Provide, at no cost to the individual, adequate health care and
emergency medical support in case of accidents.
e. Set out the EH&S system in writing and ensure this information is
delivered to all staff in a language or medium each individual readily
understands.
f. Verify the implementation and application of the EH&S system and
periodically conduct systematic, detailed and comprehensive audits of
the EH&S system.
g. Appoint a designated EH&S officer and ensure that all staff have
access to this person.
Page 1 of 7
Chapter 16
h. Ensure that all accidents and incidents concerning EH&S are

reported, recorded and investigated by the EH&S officer, and that the
findings of such investigations are promulgated to all staff and acted
upon.
k. Notify the UNMAO, through the relevant UNRMAO of all demining
incidents in accordance with Chapter 15.
l. Ensure that adequate insurance cover against death, disablement
and injury is provided for all staff.
m. Develop and implement work practices that minimise unnecessary
detrimental impact on the environment.
3.3 Each mine action organisation is to conduct an annual review of it’s

EH&S policy to ensure it remains valid for their particular operating
environment. Additionally, the organisation must review, and amend as
necessary, it’s EH&S system each time it introduces new methodologies or
technologies.
4. EH&S RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE INDIVIDUAL

4.1 Along with the mine action organisation, each individual staff member
has a responsibility for their own health and safety. Each individual is to:
a. Take all reasonable care for their own safety and that of other
persons who may be affected by their acts or omissions at work.
b. Comply with instructions given for their own conduct and safety.
c. Use safety devices and PPE consistently, correctly and as directed
and take all due care of these items.
d. Immediately report to their supervisor or superior any situation
which they have reason to believe could present a hazard and which
they cannot themselves correct.
5. WORK ROUTINES
5.1 The urgency of humanitarian demining places strong pressures on mine
action organisations and individuals to achieve results quickly. Such pressures
are understandable, however they must not be allowed to override the controls
and monitoring necessary to ensure humanitarian demining is conducted as
safely as possible.
5.2 In recognition of this need, all mine action organisations are to conform
to the work routines described below. These routines apply equally to
humanitarian and development demining.
a. Daily Work Routines: Personnel employed on humanitarian

demining activities are not to ‘work’ more than a total of 10 hours in any
work day of which no more than 6 hours, excluding breaks, is to be
physical demining. For the purposes of this standard, the term ‘work’
does not include travel times to and from the task-site, set-up/pack-up
processes, briefings/debriefings, organized breaks, movement to and
from the control-point to/from the place of work and any other activity
prior to the commencement of works signal/order or cessation of works
signal/order. Personnel employed on demining, including supervisors,
Page 2 of 7
Chapter 16
are to be given a minimum break of 10 minutes for every 60 minutes of

demining work.
b. Rest Days: Personnel employed on demining operations are not to

work more than 21-days without a break. Breaks should be applied on a
minimum ratio of 1-day off for every 6-days worked.
c. Long-Term Routines: All personnel employed on demining,

including supervisors, are to have a break of at least 7 consecutive days
for each four month period worked.
6. STAFF INSURANCE COVER
6.1 All national staff employed by mine action organisations in Sudan are to
be provided, at no cost to the individual, with insurance cover.
7. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
7.1 General: Humanitarian demining activities are to be carried out in a

manner that ensures, where practicable, that:
a. Previously hazardous areas are left in a state in which they are

suitable for their intended use.
b. Non-hazardous areas affected by demining operations are left in a
similar condition to that before demining operations commenced.
7.2 Worksites and Accommodation Facilities: The following should be

considered and wherever practicable be implemented:
a. Preservation of the environment is to be considered in the site

selection and layout for worksites and accommodation facilities.
b. Temporary accommodation facilities are to be located in
consultation with local communities to ensure that they do not affect local
economic activities or social and cultural values. They are to comply with
all national or local regulations concerning the construction of temporary
facilities.
c. Temporary accommodation sites are to be well drained and, if
necessary, have sufficient soil depth to permit the digging of toilets,
wastewater soak pits and rubbish pits. d. The establishment and
operation of temporary accommodation facilities is to be carried out in a
manner that avoids or minimises erosion and the discharge of silt into
any watercourse.
e. Toilets are to be properly constructed and are to be used on all
demining worksites and temporary accommodation facilities.
f. Personnel are not to deposit human waste on the soil surface or in
water courses.
g. Toilets are to be provided at a minimum of one for every 20 persons
and they are to be located at least 20m from any demining worksite
control point, accommodation or food preparation areas, watercourses or
wells.
h. Where toilets are dug into the ground, the depth of the hole is to be
sufficient to allow 0.5m of earth cover over the toilet pit when it is filled in.
Page 3 of 7
Chapter 16
i. All domestic rubbish is to be removed from the site, buried or

burned on a daily basis.
j. Solid waste and ash left over from burning is to be either removed
from the site or buried.
k. Containers used for storing domestic rubbish are to be vermin proof
and constructed to contain spilled liquids.
l. Rubbish removed from the site is to be appropriately disposed of.
m. Any rubbish spilled during the removal process is to be cleaned up.
n. Rubbish is only to be buried with the approval of the local
communities and then in locations agreed to by them.
o. Rubbish pits are to be properly located away from accommodation
and food preparation areas, watercourses and wells, and are to be
located and constructed so as not to contaminate groundwater.
p. Rubbish pits are to be deep enough to allow at least 1m of earth
cover over the rubbish when they are filled in and are to be constructed
large enough to take all the rubbish from the sit
q. Where possible, rubbish in pits is to be burned or covered over on a
regular basis.
r. Burning for cooking, domestic heating and for rubbish disposal is
only to be carried out provided the burning is supervised, fire fighting
equipment is provided and adequate precautions are taken to ensure that
fire does not spread. As a minimum, fire fighting equipment is to be a
serviceable and should comprise of a suitable fire extinguisher.
s. Waste water from washing, bathing or kitchen areas is to be
drained into properly constructed soak pits constructed large enough to
take the amount of waste water generated. .
t. Waste water is not to be released so that it will enter watercourses.
u. The supply of domestic water is to be carried out in a manner that
does not affect the supply of water to the local communities; unless the
local communities have been properly consulted on this matter and have
agreed to any arrangements made.
v. When applicable, mine action organisations are to implement
preventive measures for the control of vermin and disease carrying
insects.
w. On completion of operations all buildings, equipment, surplus
materials, fencing (except that marking hazardous areas) and other such
items are to be completely removed. Toilets soak pits and rubbish pits
are to be filled in, covered with soil and the surface stabilised to prevent
erosion and to allow natural regeneration of vegetation. As far as is
practicable, all disturbed areas are to be restored to their original
condition.
x. Debris, rubble and wire and any other remains of obstacles
removed from a demining worksite are to be dumped in a cleared area
adjacent to the worksite. When applicable, local communities are to be
consulted when locating this dump site.
y. Watercourses are not to have the flow of water obstructed during
operations unless it is necessary to divert or dam the watercourse to
allow demining to be conducted. If it is necessary to divert or dam a
watercourse, the landowner or local community is to be consulted and
their agreement obtained before the dam is constructed.
Page 4 of 7
Chapter 16
z. Any toxic waste products of demining operations are not to be

buried. They are to be collected and removed to an approved disposal
area.
aa. When mine action organisations are conducting operations, they
are to remain aware of the location of local communities, the prevailing
wind conditions in the area and the ability of these prevailing winds to
carry smoke, dust and toxic fumes to local communities. They are to
ensure that the impact on local communities of any degradation of air
quality is minimised.
bb. Mine action organisations are to liaise with local communities and
authorities to explain the scope, scale and duration of any likely air
degradation and the long-term benefits to be achieved as a result of this
short-term inconvenience.
cc. When mechanical operations are conducted, the ground over
which the operations were conducted is to be left as close as possible to
its original state such that it is suitable for its intended use.
dd. Where vegetation is removed from ground that is subject to
erosion, measures are taken to stabilise the ground on completion of
mechanical operations.
ee. When mechanical assets are serviced or repaired in the field, any
used parts or by-products from the work are to be collected and disposed
of in an environmentally acceptable location and manner.
ff. The dumping of oil or other materials onto the ground or into any
watercourse is prohibited.
gg. Drained oil or other materials is to be contained using a drip pan
or other suitable receptacle and disposed of in an environmentally
acceptable manner.
hh. Mechanical assets are only to be operated within the designated
demining worksite, within the boundaries of any temporary
accommodation facilities or any other areas approved by the UNRMAO
for training or testing purposes.
ii. Mechanical assets are to be properly maintained. Any fuel or oil
leaks that occur are to be promptly repaired.
jj. Mines, UXO and AXO must be disposed of without creating any
danger to people, property or infrastructure. If mines, UXO or AXO must
be destroyed in-situ and there is a risk to property or infrastructure,
protective works must be used. If, even with protective works, there is still
a risk of damage to property or infrastructure, the UNRMAO is to be
informed and local communities or authorities consulted about the
operation.
kk. When carrying out EOD operations involving potentially toxic or
hazardous components, consideration is to be given to the contamination
of the surrounding area by toxic or hazardous substances, for example,
white phosphorus.
ll. When EOD operations cease, the area used is to be refurbished
in accordance with the requirements of the local communities, and if
necessary, the land formally handed over. As a minimum, the
refurbishment is to include the recovering and disposal of all large items
of scrap; the filling in of any pits and craters made by bulk disposal
operations; and the fencing of and marking of any areas where there may
be residual non-explosive hazardous material left in the ground.
Page 5 of 7
Chapter 16
mm. Mine action organisations are to ensure that previously safe areas
are not contaminated through the unauthorised or unplanned movement
of mines or UXO.
nn. Mine action organisations are to ensure all personnel are aware
of, and comply with, the prohibition on the movement of mines and UXO
from work sites unless as part of a disposal activity.
oo. When moving mines or UXO as part of a disposal activity, take an
accurate count of the items moved and confirm that they have all been
destroyed in the new location.
pp. Conduct thorough ‘Free From Explosives’ (FFE) inspection of any
packaging material moved from a worksite or any mines or UXO that are
to be used for training aids.
qq. Thoroughly check the immediate environs of all mechanical
clearance or disposal worksites to ensure that no of mines or UXO have
been ‘thrown’ into these areas.
rr. Where it is necessary to establish fuel storage facilities, proper
precautions must be taken to ensure that fuel, oil and lubricants are
stored safely and does not contaminate the soil or groundwater.
ss. No fuel storage facilities are to be positioned closer than 30m to a
watercourse.
tt. All storage tanks, containers and fuel dispensing equipment are to
be regularly maintained to ensure that there are no leaks.
uu. Vehicle and equipment fuelling should be undertaken on a hard
surface or over drip pans to ensure that any spilled FOL is contained.
vv. Adequate fire fighting equipment is to be positioned at the fuel
storage facility. As a minimum, this is to be a serviceable CO2 fire
extinguisher.
ww. When maintenance, repair or washing of vehicles and equipment
is required on worksites, specific areas are to be designated for this
activity.
xx. Waste water from vehicle washing is not to be released so that it
will enter watercourses. If necessary, soak pits are to be constructed.
yy. The dumping of oil on the ground is prohibited. Drained oil is to be
contained using a drip pan or other suitable receptacle and disposed of in
an environmentally acceptable manner.
zz. Any used parts, by-products of the maintenance or other rubbish
(except waste oils) are to be disposed of as for domestic rubbish.
aaa. During the transportation of any hazardous, toxic or flammable
materials with the potential to damage the environment, the precautions
that must be taken to ensure that risk is minimised include:
bbb. All materials must be transported in containers that will minimise
or prevent spills or leakage.
ccc. Materials are to be securely loaded in the transport.
ddd. Appropriate fire precautions are to be taken relevant to the
materials being transported.
eee. Vehicles carrying hazardous material are to be driven in a safe
and careful manner.
fff. Prior to commencing operations, mine action organisations are to
investigate the immediate vicinity of the worksite to identify any areas of
cultural or historical significance. They are also to liaise with local
communities and authorities to aid in the identification of such sites.
Page 6 of 7
Chapter 16
ggg. Having identified any areas of cultural or historical significance,

mine action organisations are to take all possible steps to prevent
damage to these sites. Such action may dictate that any mines or UXO
found at the work site are removed to another area for destruction. If
these items are unsafe to move and in-situ demolitions are necessary,
protective works are to be used.
kkk. If any article is located during mine action operations and is
suspected of being of cultural or historical significance, work in that area
is to cease and the matter is to be immediately reported to the UNRMAO.
lll. At each worksite, mine action organisations are to maintain an
‘Environmental Incident Register’. This register is to record the details of
any environmental incident that may occur, the action taken to remedy
the situation, the likely lasting results of the incident and the liaison
carried out with the local communities or authorities in relation to the
incident. The register is to be made available to the UNMAO on request.
mmm. All significant environmental incidents are to be reported to the
UNMAO along with details of results and action taken, as soon as
practicable after the incident.
8. REVIEWS
8.1 The EH&S management systems of individual mine action organisations

will be reviewed by during the accreditation process.
8.2 The UNMAO reserves the right to review the current EH&S system of
any mine action organisation at any time to ensure it remains valid for current
conditions. Should deficiencies be found, the mine action organisation will be
given a suitable period to remedy them.
Page 7 of 7
Chapter 17
TECHNICAL SURVEY
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 The detail of this Chapter provides the minimum requirements to mine
action organisations charged with conducting a technical survey. SOPs and
other plans shall reflect and add to these minimum requirements but any
deviation must be approved by the UNMAO.
2. OBJECTIVE
2.1 To ensure that all activities during technical survey are carried out with
the minimum exposure to risk. To ensure that the technical levels are of a
standard that shall enhance the safety, effectiveness, efficiency and quality of
all clearance operations.
3. RESPONSIBILITY
3.1 It is the responsibility of the mine action organisation, with delegated
authority through supervisors, team leaders and section leaders, to ensure that
all specific technical survey procedures and associated procedures are
implemented in accordance with this Chapter.
4. GENERAL SAFETY
4.1 Prior to conducting a technical survey utilising any accredited assets it is

the responsibility of the mine action organisation to compile and assimilate all of
the available information concerning their task in order to draft their
implementation plan. This may include but not be restricted to information from
UNRMAO, information from other mine action organisations concerning
previous relevant activities, information from the GMAA team, MRE team and
possibly the LIS team.
4.2 During technical survey, survey drills for manual clearance and marking,
and all other procedures associated with survey activities, procedures and
processes as outlined elsewhere in this NTSG are where applicable to be fully
adhered to.
4.3 When carrying out technical survey in a minefield that has not previously
been marked the first action is to establish a boundary lane around the
hazardous area perimeter. This can be done manually, by using MDD’s, by
using mechanical means or any combination of these assets.
4.4 Once the boundary lane has been established, exploratory lanes can be
established into the minefield in order to carryout the requirements of the
survey. These lanes can also be established manually, with MDD’s or with
mechanical means or any combination of these assetts.
4.5 The following are the minimum requirements:
Page 1 of 6
NSTG, Part 1, Edition 9, Version 1
Chapter 17
a. The boundary lane is to be at least 2 metres width.

b. Exploratory lanes are to be at right angles to the boundary lane at
safe distances according to the threat but at a minimum of 25 metres
separation. It is recommended that the lane is widened to 2 metres as
soon as possible but prior to the lane exceeding 30 metres in length.
Overlaps of 10cm and base-stick drills as described elsewhere in this
NTSG apply.
c. Exploratory lanes should not exceed 50 metres in length before
being connected to the exploratory lane to the right and/or left of it and/or
boundary lane by intermediate lanes as per the diagram below:
BOUNDARY LANE 2m min
.
INTERMEDIATE LANE
50m EXPLORATORY 50m

LANES
BOUNDARY LANE BOUNDARY LANE
e. Intermediate lanes are cleared applying all techniques, processes

and procedures as for the boundary and/or exploratory lanes.
f. Safety distances and ‘actions on’ as detailed elsewhere in this
NTSG and in the mine action organisations own SOP shall be applied
during all activities of the technical survey.
g. Clearance of an individual exploratory lane shall stop once the other
side of the suspected area has been reached or if mines are found.
h. No digging or excavating is to be carried out in uncleared areas.
Before carrying out any digging for marking and concreting a ‘detector’
check shall be carried out.
i. No pickets shall be driven into the ground in uncleared areas.
Before driving any pickets into the ground a ‘detector’ check shall be
carried out.
j. Steel pickets, barbwire or any other fencing equipment made from
steel shall not be used any closer than 10 meters from ongoing
clearance operations where mine detectors are being used.
k. All marking and fences are to be constructed on cleared ground.
5. INFORMATION GATHERING
5.1 The primary aim of a technical survey is to collect sufficient information to
enable any future clearance requirements to be more accurately defined. This
includes:
a. Priority of future clearance operations

b. Hindrance factors – vegetation, logistics, communications etc
c. Area(s) to be cleared in future clearance operations
Page 2 of 6
Chapter 17
d. Required depth of clearance

e. Local soil conditions – type, density, firmness etc
f. Mine patterns and types of mines to include fusing, positions etc
g. Fragmentation and general metallic contamination levels
h. Suitable means of clearance for the task
i. Areas suitable for different means of clearance i.e. MDD, manual
assets and/or mechanical assets
j. Estimated time required for completion of future clearance
operations
6. OVERALL SEQUENCE OF WORK FOR TECHNICAL

SURVEY
6.1 In general the following overall survey sequence shall be covered by the
following activities:
a. Tasking.
b. Gathering of documentation to include but not restricted to accident
and incident reports, GMAA report, minefield record(s), MRE activity
reports.
c. Site visit to the hazardous area. The site visit team should comprise
of all interested and/or involved parties including but not restricted to,
mine action organisation rep(s) i.e. team leaders, site supervisors,
UNMAO rep, MRE rep, local community rep, mechanical/MDD
organisation reps and reps from the organisation that conducted the
GMAA.
d. Task preparations including MRE for the local population (MRE
should be done before, during and after the technical survey).
e. Site preparations and setting up of site.
f. Clearance of the boundary lane. If area reduction is to be carried
out at the site this can be done as concurrent activity during the
clearance of the boundary lane.
g. Preparations of exploratory lanes.
h. Marking and/or fencing of the task.
i. UNMAO QA visit
j. Completion report to be submitted to the UNMAO.
7. SPECIFIC TECHNICAL SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
7.1 Technical survey involves probing suspected areas (using manual,

mechanical and/or MDD assets) to establish if there is a mine/UXO threat and if
so the extent of the hazardous area.
7.2 The survey may involve any, all or any combination of manual clearance
methods, MDD and/or mechanical and the survey team must be suitably and
adequately trained, experienced and competent enough to carry out survey
operations alongside, in conjunction with and/or coordinating with these assets
and in whatever relevant capacity.
Page 3 of 6
Chapter 17
7.3 Technical survey tasking may require the mine action organisation to
erect hazardous area fencing/marking to reduce the risk of unintentional entry
into the hazardous area. This may be tasked later, after receiving the priority of
the minefield but generally if clearance does not immediately follow a technical
survey then the area shall be marked by semi-permanent or permanent fencing
depending on the estimated duration before clearance commences. The level of
marking shall be determined in the tasking order. Information on this is also to
be passed on to the community through the MRE team.
7.4 Sometimes it may be appropriate to conduct a technical survey when

there is no immediate need to clear all the land. The objective in such
circumstances is to accurately identify, record, mark and fence the extent of the
hazardous area in order to reduce the risk of mine accidents or incidents
occurring.
7.5 The process through which the initial area indicated as contaminated
(during the GMAA) is reduced to a smaller area is known as 'area reduction'.
Area reduction may involve some limited clearance, such as the opening of
access routes and the destruction of mines and UXO, which represent an
immediate and unacceptable risk, but it shall mainly be as a consequence of
collecting more reliable information on the extent of the hazardous area.
7.6 The remaining hazardous area(s) should normally be marked/fenced with

permanent or semi permanent marking systems until cleared by a demining
team.
7.7 Area reduction using MDD’s can be done using a panel search method,
which is the preferred method, along the base line or exploratory lanes, or using
the box method – where boxes have to be prepared by the survey team. Area
reduction is a concurrent activity and should be an ongoing process during the
whole task as more information becomes available.
7.8 If mines are being found when doing area reduction MDD’s or/and
machines are to be withdrawn and to work no closer than 10 meters to the area
that is suspected to be mined.
7.9 Where a mine is found on the boundary lane during the process the
perimeter shall be extended outwards a further 10 metere. This shall ensure all
mines have been captured inside the minefield.
7.10 The soil in the area should be analysed to determine mineral and scrap
metal contamination, which shall affect the choice of detectors for the clearance
operation (if several are available).
7.11 Tests of the soil's composition and mechanics shall be made, to establish
the potential use of mechanical equipment. Access of routes leading to the
clearance site should also be examined especially where the use of heavy
mechanical equipment is considered.
7.14 Likely depths of mines and UXO’s shall require an understanding of the
mine laying tactics and weapon systems used, and an assessment of whether
there has been any soil slippage, flooding, erosion or vertical movement of the
Page 4 of 6
Chapter 17
mines within the soil, why a analysis of the area must be done. It may also
involve the clearance of one or more sample areas/exploratory lanes.
7.15 The survey team shall be equipped with sufficient field equipment so that
it can operate fully autonomous from other operations.
8. TECHNICAL SURVEY REPORTING

8.1 A technical survey report is to be drafted by the mine action organisation
and submitted to UNRMAO once the survey has been completed. This is to
include a sketch which is to be clear and to as large a scale as is practicable
and shall have the following information recorded on it:
a. Landmark details including description and grid reference1

b. Benchmark details including details and the grid reference.
c. Start point position.
d. Turning points positions using a DGPS. All turning points shall be
given a number that shall be recorded on the survey sketch showing
distance and bearings. Turning points shall be on the inside of the
boundary lane.
e. Legs (straight run of the contaminated area boundary lane between
intermediate points) are to be recorded in metres and the bearing to the
next turning or intermediate point is recorded in degrees (360degrees
azimuth).
f. North indicator
g. Scale
h. Date – the sketch was completed
i. Description and location of the admin area used
j. Name – the name of the person who made the sketch shall be
indicated
k. Mined area – areas found to be mined during the survey shall be
indicated on the sketch and this shall include patterns
l. All mines/UXO locations
m. Mines and UXO’s destroyed or removed
n. Exploratory lanes details of locations, lengths etc are to be recorded
o. Areas cleared using MDD’s are to be recorded which should include
all indications given by the MDD’s.
p. Areas cleared using mechanical means of clearance/ground
preparation including detonations are also to be recorded on the sketch
q. Details of possible areas suitable for future mechanical
clearance/ground preparation
r. Details of areas suitable for future MDD ops – suitable without
ground prep, with ground prep.
s. Areas suitable for manual clearance and areas that will require a full
excavation
t. Any steep areas
u. Areas with dense vegetation
1
Whenever practicable and possible all positional recordings should be taken using a
DGPS. If this is unavailable then other suitable and available means aimed at ensuring
the greatest possible degree of accuracy should be utilised.
Page 5 of 6
Chapter 17
v. Marking/Fencing that has been done in the minefield

w. Areas with high fragmentation or non cooperative soil
x. Access routes for mechanical means of clearance
ground/preparation
y. Areas where flooding and/or erosion have occurred.
z. Location of accidents in the area
aa. Other information such as but not restricted to visual remains,
craters, evidence of removed mines, mine patterns
bb. Any other relevant information
cc. Signature from the verifying supervisor
dd. Type of mine detector used
9. MARKING AND FENCING
9.1 Mine action organisations are to carryout the marking of the hazardous
area in conformance with their tasking order. The fencing shall conform to other
details elsewhere in this NTSG,
Page 6 of 6
Chapter 18
MANAGEMENT OF DEMINING OPERATIONS

1. DEMINING PROCESS
1.1 The demining management process is shown in outline in Annex A. In

practice, the process may not be linear and the activities may not always be
consecutive however there will always be a general sequence and logical
progression involving the four stages of the demining management process:
a. Planning
b. Preparation
c. Clearance
d. Post-clearance
1.2 Specific mine action activities i.e. technical survey, mine action
clearance, EOD, MDD operations etc, that form part of the demining process
are not detailed other than making a reference to them when applicable. For
further detail concerning the conduct, processes, procedures, requirements and
standards the relevant Chapter in this NTAG should be referred to.
2. PLANNING
2.1 Planning is the collection, assessment and processing of information,
selection of an appropriate way to proceed, and subsequent formulation of the
detailed method by which a task is to be carried out. This requires accurate and
timely information on the form, scale and impact of the threat posed by mines,
UXO and other ERW.
2.2 A national mine action programme will generally commence with the
GMAA. The processes, procedures, requirements and standards for a GMAA
are detailed elsewhere in this NTSG and should be applied accordingly. In
summary the aim of the general mine action assessment is:
a. To assess the scale and impact of the landmine problem on the

country and individual communities;
b. To survey all reported and/or suspected locations of mine or UXO
contamination, quantities and types of explosive hazards; and
c. To collect general information such as the security situation, terrain,
soil characteristics, climate, routes, infrastructure and local support
facilities, to assist the planning of future mine action projects.
d. To provide an indication of the size and scope of the problem, the
resources needed to meet it, the national capabilities and potential to
address the problem, and the need for external assistance including
financial, human skills, material and information.
e. The information collected should be sufficient to enable the national
authority, with assistance as necessary, to establish priorities and
develop a coherent national mine action programme.
Page 1 of 6
Chapter 18
3. PREPARATION
3.1 Preparation includes all enabling activities that help to clarify the
clearance requirement and develop the capacity of a mine action organisation
and its sub-units to carry out a clearance task.
3.2 At the national level preparation should also include:
a. Equipment preparation;
b. Establish methods of victim reporting;
c. Establishing a network of community volunteers, or linking with
existing community volunteer networks;
d. Coordination activities;
e. Links with other sectors; and
f. The management of the general mine action assessment.
4. CLEARANCE
4.1 Clearance when referred to in the context of humanitarian demining is
the location, identification, removal and/or destruction of mines and UXO, and
for EOD may also involve access, diagnosis, render safe, final disposal and
(where appropriate) protective works.
4.2 The clearance requirements should be achievable and affordable, and

should be consistent with the clearance requirements being applied to similar
categories and uses of land.
4.3 Clearance covers and/or includes many phases, aspects and activities
including but not restricted to manual clearance, use of MDD and/or mechanical
means, EOD/UXO activities, BAC, quality assurance and other.
5. FUNDING
5.1 The funding of demining programmes may be provided by the
government of the mine-affected country, from donor governments, the United
Nations or other international organisations, benefactors, philanthropists or from
many other sources.
5.2 It is important that the funds match the true cost of demining and that a
long term commitment is provided by the donors in order for major projects that
require the mine action organisations to make major investments in staff,
equipment and training.
6. CONTRACT PREPARATION
6.1 The definition of the work to be undertaken should ideally be in the form
of a contract, tasking order or other such formal agreement. The preparation of
a contract or tasking order enables the national government of the mine-
affected country, together with the donor agency, to specify the clearance
requirement in detail. The contract should give details of the risk and quality
management processes to be adopted during the clearance work. It also
should outline the reporting requirements, and the progress and financial
milestones to be achieved.
Page 2 of 6
Chapter 18
7. TRAINING
7.1 Mine action organisations shall employ appropriately trained and

qualified managers, deminers and other required personnel as appropriate.
Although some centralised training for senior national managers and technical
advisors may be appropriate, the majority of training should be conducted in the
mine-affected country, not only for cultural and linguistic reasons, but also for
access to details of the mine and UXO threat.
8. INFORMATION
8.1 The effective management of demining programmes requires accurate,
appropriate and timely information. National mine action authorities and mine
action organisations should establish and maintain effective management
information systems. The UN's Information Management System for Mine
Action (IMSMA) has been developed to provide the facility to collect, collate and
distribute relevant information at field and headquarters levels in a timely
manner. IMSMA is available to all mine action programmes.
9. EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS

9.1 It is the responsibility of the national mine action authority to allocate the
proper tools in the most effective manner to ensure that priorities can be
achieved depending on the clearance situation.
9.2 Demining programmes have traditionally relied on manual practices,

procedures and drills and in many cases these methods will be the most
appropriate and effective means of detecting, removing or destroying mines and
UXO. However, in some programmes the greater use of equipment may enable
clearance (and other elements of demining) to be conducted more safely,
effectively and efficiently.
9.3 Demining technologies can be grouped in three general categories

according to their technical maturity and availability:
a. Equipment that has been fully developed, tested and evaluated

(T&E), and can be introduced into demining programmes without any
major modification or changes;
b. Those technologies that have been proved to work but require
further development and formal T&E
c. Those technologies that may have an application to demining but
have yet to mature and have not yet been formally demonstrated.
9.4 Mine action organisations should focus their equipment procurement on

the first category, but whenever possible should assist in the development and
fielding of those technologies in the second category. Some new technologies
have the potential to generate major improvements in safety and cost-
effectiveness; donors should provide assistance and encouragement to those
demining organisations fielding new technologies, and their T&E.
Page 3 of 6
Chapter 18
10. ACCREDITATION AND LICENSING

10.1 All mine action organisations will be required to undergo the full
accreditation process in order to be formally recognised ion as being competent
and able to plan, manage and carry out relevant mine action activities safely,
effectively and efficiently.
11. COMMUNITY LIAISON

11.1 Community liaison a specialist function of the mine action organisation
and plays a major part in:
a. Confirming the correct area for clearance; and

b. Ensuring a high level of confidence from the community in the
quality of the finished product (i.e., cleared land).
The general requirements of the community liaison function may be filled by

specialist members of the demining team, or the capacity may be subcontracted
to a specialist MRE agency.
11.2 This should also be addressed at a national level.
12. SAFETY AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

12.1 Mine action organisations shall achieve a safe working environment by
providing effective management and supervision, by developing work practices
that contribute to risk reduction, by selecting equipment with inherently safe
design, by providing appropriate training throughout the structure and by
making available effective personal protective equipment (PPE).
12.2 They are to develop and maintain management procedures and

processes that will enable safety and occupational health (S&OH) risks to be
identified, evaluated and reduced in a systematic and timely manner for each
demining task and for each demining worksite.
13. POST-CLEARANCE
13.1 The inspection of cleared land aims to provide confidence that the
clearance requirements have been met, and as such forms an essential part of
the overall clearance process. An important aspect of this procedure is to
clarify the ownership of any residual risk and to ensure that the local community
have been fully briefed.
13.2 Prior to the handover of cleared land, the area shall be surveyed and
marked, and all necessary documentation shall be prepared, including a formal
handover certificate.
Page 4 of 6
Chapter 18
13.3 Wherever possible, mine action organisations should conduct a formal

post project review (PPR) to identify lessons-learned during the planning,
preparation and clearance phases of the operation. The PPR should include a
report on the suitability of the equipment, procedures, training and support.
Issues of concern should be identified and prioritised, and solutions proposed.
13.4 PPRs should be distributed to national mine action authorities, to the

United Nations (UNMAS, UNDP and UNOPS), and to donors or sponsors.
Where PPRs highlight shortcomings in established equipment or procedures,
particularly issues involving safety, they should be more widely distributed.
14. QUALITY MANAGEMENT

14.1 The effective management of demining operations aims to clear land in a
safe and efficient manner achieved by developing and applying appropriate
management processes, by establishing and continuously improving the
competency of mine action organisation personnel, by obtaining accurate and
timely information on the mine and UXO threat, by applying safe and effective
operational procedures, and by using appropriate and efficient equipment.
14.2 The process and procedures that aim to achieve this continuous
improvement to an organisation's management system and operational
practices is commonly referred to as quality management.
14.3 A quality management system shall be developed, the purpose of which

is to ensure that the 'products' or 'services' delivered meet the agreed needs.
14.4 Mine action organisations shall apply the principles of quality

management.
15. AREAS OF RESPONSIBILITY

15.1 United Nations: The United Nations has a general responsibility for the
effective management of mine action programmes by continuously refining
IMAS to reflect developing mine action norms and practices, and incorporating
changes to international regulations and requirements such as those produced
by the International Organisation for Standardisation and the International
Labour Organisation. UNMAS is the office within the United Nations Secretariat
responsible to the international community for the development and
maintenance of IMAS, including this Guide. The United Nations applies IMAS
to its mine action programmes, activities and contracts unless the local situation
precludes their effective use. In such circumstances, when one or more IMAS
is not appropriate, the UN provides alternative, specifications, requirements and
guidance.
Page 5 of 6
Chapter 18
15.2 National Mine Action Authority: The national mine action authority, or
the organisation acting on its behalf, is responsible for ensuring the national and
local conditions that enable the effective management of demining projects and
for establishing and maintaining national regulations and procedures for the
management of demining operations in accordance with IMAS. The national
mine action authority is ultimately responsible for all phases of a demining
project within its national boundaries, including defining the clearance
requirement, the accreditation and licensing of demining organisations, the
monitoring of demining organisations during clearance, and post-clearance
inspections prior to accepting full responsibility for the cleared land.
15.3 Donors: Donor agencies are part of the management process, and as
such have a responsibility to ensure that the projects they are funding are
managed effectively, and in accordance with international standards. This
involves strict attention to the writing of contract documents, and ensuring that
demining organisations chosen to carry out such contracts meet the
accreditation and licensing criteria. Donors, or their agents, are also partly
responsible for ensuring that the standards and guidelines for quality
management are applied. This responsibility and accountability is even greater
when the national mine action authority is in the process of formation, and has
not had the opportunity to gain experience.
15.4 Mine Action Organisation: Ultimately, it is the mine action organisation

which is required to establish an appropriate and effective management system,
demonstrate it to the national mine authority, and apply it throughout the project.
Where the national mine action authority is in the process of formation, the mine
action organisation is also responsible for assisting the formation process, by
giving advice and assistance including the framing of national standards.
Page 6 of 6
DEMINING PROCESS
Determine International
START
mine action requirements
Collect & collate info to Develop a NMA programme
Planning
Commercial
or general
enable planning, which aims to reduce the Programme
mine action development and/or social, economic & planning
assessment refinement of a NMA environmental impact of
programme landmines and UXO
Prioritise & select the area(s) to be

cleared of mines & UXO
Collect sufficient info to enable the

Technical
Survey
clearance requirement to be
defined, including the area(s) to be
Preparation
cleared & the depth of clearance
Contractual Specify the clearance Authorise desk (provisional) assessment –

arrangements
requirements & responsibilities accreditation & license(s)
Develop appropriate capabilities &

Enabling
activities
establish funding arrangements
On-site inspections to confirm

accreditation & license(s)
Detection, removal or destruction Monitoring & inspections (quality Clearance

of all mine & UXO hazards assurance)
Inspection of cleared land by

sampling (quality control)
Clearance
Post
Prepare handover documentation.

FINISH
Conduct post-project review
Page 1 of 1
Chapter 19
HUMAN REMAINS AND GRAVES LOCATED

DURING MINE ACTION OPERATIONS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Human remains and graves are sometimes reported or found during
mine action operations and, in such situations, the organisation must ensure
that appropriate actions are taken.
2. HUMAN REMAINS
2.1 Human remains encountered during mine action operations must not be
touched or moved. The description of the remains and their location should be
recorded and the information relayed to the UNMAO, UNMIS and relevant
authorities, as soon as possible.
2.2 In circumstances where mine action organisations are requested to

conduct clearance to enable safe access to the human remains, the UNMAO
must be informed and, appropriate authorisation obtained prior to commencing
any such operations.
3. GRAVES
3. The location of graves and cemeteries must be recorded during mine
action operations and no demining operations shall be conducted within close
proximity without prior authorisation from the UNMAO and relevant authorities.
Page 1 Page 1
Chapter 20
REMOTE EXPLOSIVE SCENT TRACING

1. GENERAL
1.1 Remote Explosive Sent Tracing (REST) has proven itself to be an effective
tool for area reduction in humanitarian mine clearance, especially for use during
the verification of roads.
1.2 This chapter provides specifications and guidelines for the planning,
preparation, accomplishment and management of vapour sampling and remote
analysis operations. It also describes the sampling process, the analysis process
and the follow-up of mine suspected areas subsequent to the completion of the
analysis process.
1.3 This Chapter has been written taking into consideration and in accordance
with IMAS 09.43 and other applicable IMAS. Mine action organisations are to refer
to these where appropriate for further guidance. Where appropriate the standards
detailed in other applicable Chapters of this NTSG are to be applied.
2. DEFINITIONS
2.1 The following common terms and definitions apply:
a. The term 'target odour' is used to describe the scent from the target
item.
b. The term ‘scent trapping’ is used to refer to the process of collecting
target odour in filters.
c. The term ‘breaching’ is in the context of this IMAS used to describe the
provision of safe access lanes for people involved in scent trapping.
d. The term ‘sampling operation’ is used to describe the overall field
operation established for the purpose of collecting scent on filters. The term
comprises the breaching and scent trapping functions as well as other
related activities, such as field logistics, rescue services, medical back-up
and communications.
e. The terms ‘indication’ or ‘indicated’ are used to describe the trained
response given by a sniffer animal which is used to return a filter as suspect
positive.
3. OVERVIEW OF THE PROCESS
3.1 The system has four principal elements:
a. The breaching and rescue element – the provision of safe access

b. The scent trapping element – the systematic collection of air by suction
through filters.
c. The analysis element – the analysis of the filter cartridges.
Page 1 of 10
Chapter 20
d. The follow-up demining element – verify the presence of mines or

UXO in the sectors that have been identified by the analysis element as
potentially mined and to carry out the requisite clearance.
3.2 Sampling operations involves the scent trapping of air and/or dust
containing explosive traces near the ground surface, typically undertaken using
vehicle mounted or portable sampling machines capable of sucking air through
filter cartridges fitted to the end of plastic tubes. The tubes are typically placed in
single or double-headed tube assemblies at the end of a long suction pipe, which is
attached to the sampling mechanism. The filter cartridges currently in use in REST
are made from coiled polyvinyl chloride (PVC) netting, which has the ability to
attract TNT molecules. The filter cartridges are placed in a sampling mechanism,
which is then carried over a "leg" of 100 – 300 m at steady walking or driving pace.
During this movement, there is continuous suction, with the pipe being
systematically moved from side to side in a 2-4 meter wide pattern. At the end of
this "leg", the filter cartridges are changed, and the used cartridges are
systematically marked and stored in plastic containers.
3.3 Positional recording of the start/end of legs is to be done using DGPS, map
readings or manual measurement and each filter cartridge representing that
particular leg is to be appropriately marked/recorded.
3.4 The filter cartridges are then to be checked for traces of the target odour.
3.5 When the filter cartridges have been analysed, a follow-up clearance will be
required of all the sectors indicated as possibly contaminated. Filter cartridges with
no explosive trace represent mine/UXO free sectors, and these sectors will be
assessed as having no further need for mine clearance. The re-checking of
"positive" sectors is normally undertaken using free-running dogs to pinpoint the
exact location of mines/UXO. Manual deminers or other suitable and accredited
demining methods shall be used to finally be used to uncover and deal with the
finds.
4. SAMPLES
4.1 Samples taken are always unknown until they have been tested. They are
therefore to be referred to as ‘probable positives’ when they are taken in the field
around a confirmed item of explosive ordnance. ‘True positives’ can only be made
in a controlled environment, using known quantities (e.g. tnt µg/l h2o, s/l³air).
These samples can sometimes be referred to as ‘known positives’
a. An area declared as positive has been tested and indications have been
made in the test facility and further investigation shall be done by using
clearance assets. This does not guarantee the presence of mines/UXO as
some false indication may occur or scent/odour may have been picked up
outside the perimeters of the sampled area, e.g. a ERW in the proximity but
outside the area sampled.
b. An area declared as negative has had filters tested with no indications.
Page 2 of 10
Chapter 20
c. When referring to it must be considered whether or not it contains the

target substance (normally TNT).
5. APPLICATIONS
5.1 Whilst the REST system has no application is areas with regular or
patterned minefields, it may have an application if the objective is to determine
whether there is a potential mine/UXO threat in a particular area, or where the
edge of such a mined area might be.
5.2 The REST should not be used for general area elimination without prior
testing to ensure its effectiveness and reliability.
5.3 The REST system may be applied as a verification and elimination method
when the objective is to check one or more houses for booby traps. Confined
rooms with entrapped air may be ideal for the application of REST.
6. SPECIFIC ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 The mine action organisation is responsible for appointing specifically

trained and qualified personnel to plan and conduct all aspects of the sampling
operation. It is acknowledged that different organisations may be tasked to
carryout the different elements of sampling operation that they may refer to
appointments differently. As such the following shall be applied appropriately and
relevantly:
a. A project manager will be responsible for managing the implementation

of all field activities and for co-ordinating the breaching and scent trapping
elements of the REST operation. His/her responsibilities include but are not
limited to:
(1) Planning and management of the overall sampling operation

(2) Co-ordination between the breaching and scent trapping team
(3) Establishment of appropriate security and safety arrangements
(4) Establishment of appropriate medical evacuation procedures
(5) Establishment of appropriate communications procedures
(6) Establishment of an appropriate rescue back-up procedures
(7) Establishment of the appropriate logistic support elements
(8) Establishment of appropriate procedures for the preparation and
storage of records including the preparation of maps with plots and
records of the exact location of each change of filter cartridge, marking
of the filter cartridges, container boxes and other relevant information
(landmarks, road condition etc)
(9) Confirmation that prevailing procedures for the storage of blank
and used filter cartridges are implemented and followed
(10) Co-ordination of rescue operations in the event of accidents or
vehicle breakdown.
Page 3 of 10
Chapter 20
b. A team leader will be appointed to head the scent-trapping team. He/she

is responsible for all activities undertaken by his/her team before, during and
after the sampling operation. These include but are not limited to:
(1) Inspection of sampling equipment and sampling staff before
sampling operations start
(2) Monitoring the sampling staff during sampling to ensure that
sampling is undertaken at the correct speed and that the search pattern
and change of filter cartridges are undertaken in accordance with the
prevailing SOP
(3) Ensuring that the filter cartridges are changed exactly at the spots
marked by the marking staff
(4) Ensuring that the sampling staff walk steady in the centre of their
lanes and that the roles of the primary and secondary scent trappers are
rotated frequently
c. The breaching operation is typically mechanised but breaching may also
be manually undertaken or by means of mine dog detection. When
mechanised breaching is used, the team shall be headed by a breaching
team leader who is responsible for his/her team before, during and after
operations. This includes but is not limited to:
(1) Inspection of vehicles, accessories and other needed tools/assets
prior to the breaching
(2) Ensuring that all personnel sitting inside the mine-proof vehicles
are correctly strapped in during the breaching process
(5) Inspection and evaluation of the situation of the road and, if
working off-road, on the work area and the suitability of the mine proof
vehicles to operate on such roads or areas
(4) Inspection of the patterns created by the wheels of the vehicles
during the operations with subsequent recommendations as to whether
further marking of the vehicle track is required to ensure that the
sampling staff can identify the right tracks to walk in.
(5) The breaching team leader is normally located in the first mine-
proof vehicle during operations. Radio contact is to be maintained with
the second mine proof vehicle (and the third if available) as well as the
project manager and the scent trapping team leader.
7. TEAM COMPOSITIONS & RESPONISBILITIES

7.1 Mechanised breaching team: A mechanised breaching team may be put
together in different ways, and its personnel may have different titles and roles and
responsibilities to those suggested in this standard, due to the unique character of
each operation. A typical breaching team however should compose of 9 – 14
people, and their positions and responsibilities should be in line with the following
principles:
a. Breaching Team Leader – typically responsible for the management of

the breaching team including all safety, quality and operational aspects,
including the maintenance of vehicles and equipment
Page 4 of 10
Chapter 20
b. Medic – responsible for emergency treatment in the event of mine/UXO

accidents, other accidents or illness. The medic is responsible for
establishing adequate field routines for medical evacuation/treatment
including management and the preparation of medical equipment.
c. Driver(s) – typically responsible for driving and for first order
maintenance of the vehicles
d. Mechanic – typically responsible for the establishment of maintenance
routines, repair of vehicles and planning/preparing the spare part
requirements during the operation. The mechanic may be one of the drivers
e. Logistic staff – typically responsible for logistic support during breaching
and scent trapping, including fuel supply for the scent trapping teams,
placing and picking container boxes on/from the ground, measuring the
driving distance, plotting the exact location of change of filter cartridge and
registration/storage
f. Marker – typically responsible for the accurate marking and recording of
the sectors that have been sampled, including the spots where filters have
been changed. The marker may use a measuring tape or another
measuring device to measure out the exact distance between each change
of filter cartridge. The Marker typically walks behind the first mine-proof
vehicle but in front of the sampling team. He/she marks the spots where
filter cartridges are to be changed
g. Deminers – typically responsible for emergency manual demining in the
event of accidents, vehicle breakdowns or similar.
7.2 Scent Trapping Team: A suggested manual scent trapping team is

described below, and its basic functions are outlined. In practice, such a team may
be composed in any form, so its personnel may have different titles and roles due
to the unique character of each operation, but the basic requirements remain. A
functional breakdown of positions and responsibilities should incorporate the
following principles:
a. Team Leader – typically responsible for the planning and

accomplishment of the sampling process. The Team Leader will normally
follow behind the sampling staff where he/she monitors their walking
steadiness/speed, search pattern and change of filter cartridge as well as
the marking of the safe lanes provided by the breaching team. The team
leader normally has a supervisory and command role.
b. Primary scent trappers – typically responsible for the manual scent
trapping. They will normally walk in the safe lanes/tracks (one in each lane)
where they will sweep the area with the flexible tube attached to the
sampling machines
c. Secondary scent trappers – will typically walk 2-3 m behind the primary
scent trappers. Their role is to monitor the sample pattern and the walking
speed of the primary scent trappers and to change filter cartridges and
decontaminate the cartridge assemblies at the long end of the flexible tube.
The scent trappers are normally responsible for the maintenance of the
sampling equipment and they may also be responsible for the handling,
marking and storage of the filter cartridges.
Page 5 of 10
Chapter 20
8. SAFETY
8.1 The mine action organisation tasked with conducting any element of the
sampling operation is responsible for ensuring that the operations is safe at all
times. All processes, procedures, roles and responsibilities are to be clearly
detailed in the organisational SOP. The following minimum safety standards are to
be implemented:
a. Mine action organisations shall ensure people carrying sampling

machines are provided safe walking access along mine suspected roads,
over areas and/or into houses by taking appropriate actions.
b. Consideration must be taken during planning of the probable level of
mine/UXO contamination as this will affect the effectiveness of the sampling
operation.
c. REST should not be applied if the safety of the people involved is at risk.
d. Scent trappers are to be given adequate rest periods appropriate to the
current elements and in accordance with these NTSG.
e. Primary and secondary scent trappers are to be frequently rotated.
f. A medic is to be available at all times as per the details of Chapter 10.
g. At least two vehicles should be used in pair to support one sampling
operation.
h. Tracks (safe lane) created by the vehicle should be at least 30 cm wide.
i. Tracks should where necessary be marked along the centre tape/paint
or similar while driving to clearly distinguish them.
j. The driver and other staff in the mine proof vehicle during breaching
shall always be sufficiently strapped to prevent a throw-out whilst the vehicle
is moving.
k. All equipment carried inside the cabin of vehicles must be adequately
strapped and secured.
9. RESCUE PLAN
9.1 A rescue strategy and plan shall be prepared prior to the start of sampling
operations. The rescue plan should at minimum take into account the following
factors:
a. The use of safe lanes – the mental and physical strains undergone by
the people inside a detonation wrecked vehicle, these people should not be
allowed to walk out of the area in safe lanes created by the wrecked vehicle.
The shock pressure may have caused dizziness and inability to walk
steadily
b. Manual demining element – every sampling operation should have a
manual demining element capable of demining wider safe lanes from a safe
area to the wrecked vehicle. Team members with other primary functions
may be used as deminers provided that they have been trained and
operationally accredited for manual demining. The manual deminers may
also have to demine a safety zone around the wrecked vehicle, to facilitate
its repair or recovery
Page 6 of 10
Chapter 20
c. Secondary vehicle for rescue of personnel – a secondary vehicle may

assist by transporting rescue staff closer to the wrecked vehicle. It should,
however, not drive all the way up to the wrecked vehicle without prior
manual demining of tracks since it is likely that other mines may detonate in
the same area. It is, however, possible to demine safe lanes manually in
support of the secondary vehicle
d. Secondary vehicle for rescue of the wrecked vehicle – the REST system
normally relies on the use of a second mine proof vehicle to rescue a
wrecked vehicle. This rescue can sometimes be extremely difficult due to
access limitations. The demining organisation should establish a rescue
policy incorporating a series of different access and rescue alternatives
dependent on potential situations on the ground.
10. MINE PROOF VEHICLE

10.1 If mine proof vehicles are to be used, the following principles shall be
applied:
a. The vehicles shall be designed to withstand antitank mine detonations

without putting its personnel at intolerable risk
b. The vehicle should be able to withstand antitank mine detonations with
no substantial or
irreparable damage inflicted to the vehicle itself.
c. The primary vehicle’s main function is to provide safe access for the
scent trapping staff. The secondary vehicle’s main function is to provide
rescue support. The second vehicle must therefore be sufficiently equipped
in terms of towing hooks and cables, crowbars, spares and medical
equipment;
d. The vehicle shall provide a ground pressure, which by far exceeds the
pressure caused by walking sampling staff equipped with protective clothing
and the sampling machines.
11. EXTERNAL QA/QC
11.1 The purpose of a quality management system is to confirm that the

sampling operation is functioning properly and that positive and negative areas are
identified accurately. Mine action organisations are expected to implement their
own internal quality management procedures to ensure that their systems and
processes function in accordance with approved SOPs.
11.2 UNMAO shall implement an external quality management system to satisfy

its own need to ensure that approved processes are followed, since it is
responsible for recommending to the local authorities to accept
Handover/Completion Certificates when they are submitted by mine action
organisations.
11.3 The following is to be adhered to:
Page 7 of 10
Chapter 20
a. Monitoring of the scent trapping: Process, including the handling and

shipping of filters will be done in accordance with accredited SOP written by
organisations charged with the REST function and that have been
developed for this purpose.
b. Sampling: Sampling will be carried out in three ways:
(1) Checking areas declared as negative by using another demining
asset to process the ground. Before this is done the QA Officer must
collect information regarding environmental factors during sampling,
using form ‘Fact & Environmental factors’ (annex A). The areas will be
identified by UNMAO at random or on suspicions. If any ERW containing
explosives are found the organisation is considered to have failed the
inspection and an investigation board shall be set up to determine
reason for the non-conformance. All operational work must cease until
the reason for the failure is determined. Action must be taken to ensure
it won’t happen again before work can resume again. All results shall
immediately be reported to both the sampling and testing components.
Areas declared as positives shall always be checked by other means
and are therefore not subjected to sampling as described.
(2) Checking an area using REST. This will be done on some areas
that have been declared as negative. The areas will be identified at
random by UNMAO and in the vicinity where the organisation is
currently operating. Areas declared as positive could also be checked if
there are suspicions that too many positives have been recorded on
negative areas during the initial process (reason being that too many
false positives contradict the purpose of the system). If the result shows
that an area previously declared as negative comes back as positive the
QC is not considered to have failed the process until a mine/UXO is
found in the area. If no items are found, the QA Officer shall inform the
organisations scent trapping and testing components. If this occurs on a
regular basis, more than 1 out 4 areas, an investigating board must
determine the reason why. If mine/UXO is found, the QA is considered
to have failed and all operational work must cease until the reason for
failure is determent and action taken to make sure it won’t happen again
before work can commence again.
(3) Prepare test filters using the organisations personnel and
equipment, but supervised by UNMAO staff. The purpose of this is to
test the sniffer animals consistency of performance on samples from
Sudan and its ability to accurately measure the correct discrimination
between positive and negative filters at the same time. These samples
shall be prepared in the same way as any other operational samples.
These test filters will be from areas proven to be negative (or considered
to be negative) and an area containing mines/UXO. The ‘probable
positives’ shall be taken from an area where it is known that there are
TNT or any other target substance present. These test samples will then
be processed through the organisations normal chain and the results will
be compared with the origin of the filter. The mine action organization
will be informed of the results as soon as they have been compared.
Any corrective actions will be determined together with the sampling
Page 8 of 10
Chapter 20
organization. The following will be taken into consideration when

preparing these test filters:
i. Follow organisations SOP
ii. Use correct equipment and methods
iii. Each tube must be used for the same amount of time as an
operational tube would be e.g. a tube must be sampled for 5-20
minutes depending on technique. Not only in the air but make sure
dust is sucked up, as per SOP, so that the filters get the same
exposure as an operational sample would.
iv. The ‘scent’ of explosive is not always on top of an mine/UXO but
around it, trapped in the dust, on the ground, on the bushes and/or on
the grass and it is therefore very important to collect around the ERW
at many different locations. This due to the way we believe vapour is
moving and getting trapped in dust and the crust on the surface. A
minimum of 10m² shall be sampled, maximum 5m away from the
target, never from only one spot and never directly on top of the
target.
v. The number of ‘probable positives’ taken as well as position in
the group of filters shall be unknown to the organization. The number
of ‘probable positive’ prepared should be between 5-20% of the total
numbers of test filters prepared and sent in, normally the total number
of test filter prepared should be between 24-100.
vi. Following results are considered to be passed QC; 90% or more
of the probably positives comes back as positives and maximum 25%
of the probably negatives comes back as positives. If these numbers
are not matched the QC is considered to have failed the process.
12. INTERNAL QA/QC PROCESS
12.1 The mine action organisation shall detail their internal QA/QC process in
their SOP. As part of the Internal QC process the organisation shall send a
minimum of 3 ‘probable positive’ with each group of samples leaving the country
for testing. This should ensure that the organisation themselves can pick up any
mistakes in handling and transport. The result of this Internal QC shall be available
during any External QA/QC.
13. ORGANISATION SOPS

13.1 Organisational SOPs are to clearly define and detail, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Roles and responsibilities

b. General and specific safety
c. Medical requirements
d. Operational processes and procedures – sampling pattern, sweeping
technique, filter changing procedures
e. General logistics requirements – storage of cartridges/filters,
management of filters
Page 9 of 10
Chapter 20
f. Scent trapping equipment to be used – type, maintenance, servicing,

care, daily use, checks, repair process
g. Breaching equipment to be used – type, maintenance, servicing, care,
daily use, checks, repair process
h. Recording and mapping procedures – planning map, master map,
master trace, clearance maps
i. Analysis process – site, location, back up filters, testing, storage of filters
j. Details of Mechanical and Manual Mine Action follow up – must comply
with relevant Chapters of this NTSG in all aspects
k. MDD – refer to Chapter 9 of this NTSG and include details for all
activities MDD are to be used for.
l. Internal QA processes and procedures
m. Reporting
Page 10 of 10
Chapter 21
ACCREDITATION OF DEMINING
ORGANISATIONS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Prior to any mine action organisation conducting demining operations in

Sudan they must be accredited. The accreditation process is conducted by the
UNMAO Sudan, as appointed by the NMAC who represent the GoS and SSDC
who represent the GoSS.
1.2 Each stage of the accreditation process is conducted on behalf of the

UNMAO by an appointed accreditation board. The board shall assess the mine
action organisation’s ability to plan, manage and conduct demining operations
safely, effectively and efficiently in compliance to IMAS and the NTSG. On
completion of the accreditation process, the board shall recommend whether or not
the mine action organisation should be issued accreditation to conduct demining
operations in Sudan.
2. ACCREDITATION PROCESS
2.1 The accreditation process will only commence in the following

circumstances:
a. On receipt of a written application from any national organisation.

b. On receipt of a written application from an international organisation
providing:
(1) They can provide evidence of a relevant contract in Sudan and/or
appropriate funding and
(2) They can provide evidence of registration as a UNOPS vendor.
2.2 Accreditation will be completed over three phases (see Annex A) each
phase only being undertaken on successful completion of the previous one. Within
the SudanMAP, accreditation shall be conducted by boards specifically formed for
a particular phase of the accreditation process. The three phases are as follows:
.
a. Phase One - Desk Assessment: This initial phase is an examination of
relevant and appropriate documentation submitted by the mine action
organisation in order to assess and determine the organisational and
individual capabilities, experience and competency to conduct humanitarian
demining in accordance with the NTSG and IMAS in a safe, effective and
efficient manner. This phase is further segmented into ‘organisational’ and
‘operational’’ assessments where specific documentation pertinent to each
aspect is examined. The status of the applying organisation and specific
circumstances surrounding the application will determine the documentation
that is requested by UNMAO to be submitted.
Page 1 of 6
Chapter 21
b. Phase Two - Pre-deployment Quality Assurance: All mine action

organisations shall conduct pre-deployment operational training pertinent to
their contracted activities as per the details of Chapter 13. Training will be
routinely and regularly monitored throughout by the UNMAO regional and/or
sub-office personalities and specialists as applicable (see Chapter 13 & 14).
All aspects of the mine action organisations’ capabilities will be assessed
including but not restricted to planning, logistics, administration, medical and
relevant pertinent humanitarian demining activities i.e. manual, MDD,
mechanical etc. On completion of training programmes the organisation
shall immediately submit the declaration at Annex B and the relevant
accompanying records. One copy of Annex B is required to be submitted for
each sub-unit/asset requiring accreditation. In exceptional circumstances
i.e. the unavailability of UNMAO QA resources; the receipt of the declaration
by UNMAO may result in written authority from UNMAO to the mine action
organisation allowing that mine action organisation to deploy specified sub-
units/assets to UNRMAO designated tasks. In such circumstances
operational assessment will be conducted on-site as soon as is practically
possible after deployment.
c. Phase Three - Operational Assessment: This is an assessment of the
mine action organisations competency in practically planning, managing,
conducting and/or performing humanitarian demining activities in an
operational environment and capacity for which the organisation wishes said
sub-units/assets to be accredited and licensed to perform. The assessment
will assess that relevant activities are performed in a safe, effective and
efficient manner in accordance with the organisations own SOPs, the NTSG
and with IMAS. The following applies:
(1) Whenever practical and possible operational assessment will be
completed on completion of training and prior to deployment onto tasks
(MDD & Medical Assets i.e. medics – will always be assessed
prior to deployment and will only be allowed to deploy into an
operational environment when accredited).
(2) Operational assessment will commence on request of the mine
action organisation and on submission/receipt of Annex B.
(3) The assessment will cover ALL specific mine action and
associated activities being undertaken by the sub-units/assets at the
particular site/task and that the mine action organisation sub-unit/asset
is seeking accreditation for. It will cover the competency of individuals,
teams, support, supervisory and managerial elements in all relevant
facets of the pertinent activity.
(4) In exceptional circumstances i.e. the unavailability of UNMAO
accreditation resources, the mine action organisation, upon submission
of Annex B, may be granted ‘Operational (Provisional) Accreditation’
accompanied by written authority allowing it to deploy specified sub-
units/assets to UNRMAO designated tasks. In such circumstances
operational assessment will be conducted on-site as soon as is
practically possible after deployment.
Page 2 of 6
Chapter 21
3. CERTIFICATION
3.1 The following applies:
a. Desk (Provisional) Accreditation Certificate: On successful completion

of Phase One a Desk (Provisional) Accreditation certificate will be issued to
the mine action organisation (see Annex C). This will be pertinent to the
organisation as a whole and will authorise them to commence Phase Two of
the accreditation process.
b. Operational Asset Accreditation – On successful completion of Phase 3
the mine action organisation will be issued with an Operational Accreditation
Certificate (see Annex D) indicating that the specific asset/sub-unit
assessed is authorised to conduct those activities for which it has been
assessed as competent. This certificate will apply to specific assets/teams
i.e. MMC, EOD, BAC teams etc belonging to mine action organisations and
detailing those specific mine action activities contained/detailed within SOP
for which accreditation has been awarded and for which this asset has been
operationally assessed and deemed competent.
c. Individual Operational Asset Accreditation – On successful completion
of Phase 3 the mine action organisation will be issued with an Operational
Accreditation Certificate (see Annex E) indicating that the specific asset/sub-
unit assessed is authorised to conduct those activities for which it has been
assessed as competent. This certificate will apply to specific individual
assets i.e. medics, MDD etc belonging to mine action organisations and
detailing those specific mine action activities contained/detailed within SOP
for which accreditation has been awarded and for which this asset has been
operationally assessed and deemed competent.
3.2 Certificates will be in force for the duration of the demining season or until it
is necessary due to extenuating circumstances i.e. amendments to NTSG,
changes to mine action organisation key personalities, new/additional processes
being employed etc; to review/begin the accreditation process again.
3.3 On the completion of the accreditation process the QM system and routine
QA monitoring, as outlined in Chapter 14, will take precedence and will be
implemented on mine action organisations’ tasks for the remaining period that
operational accreditation is in force.
4. ACCREDITATION BOARD COMPOSITION

4.1 Depending on which phase of accreditation is being undertaken
accreditation boards shall be formed that will comprise, but not be restricted to,
some or all of the following appointments:
a. UNMAO National QA Coordinator

b. UNMAO Regional QA Officers
c. UNMAO Sub-office QA Officers
d. UNMAO Regional Operations Coordinators
Page 3 of 6
Chapter 21
e. UNMAO Sub-office Operations Officers

f. NMAO/SSDC Representative
g. UNMAO Specialist
4.2 The following applies:
a. The board1 will comprise of appointments suitably qualified and

experienced in the roles for which they are appointed and shall be able to
apply the accreditation requirements in a fair and equitable manner.
b. When accreditation is required for specialist activities i.e. MDD,

medical, MRE etc then the accreditation body shall include the relevant
UNMAO ‘specialist’ or in his absence an UNMAO representative with
relevant qualifications and operational experience that will allow him/her to
carryout the relevant role and responsibilities.
5. BOARD RESPONSIBILITIES
5.1 General Responsibilities: Each board will be responsible for conducting the
desk assessment, pre-deployment quality assurance and/or operational
assessment of mine action organisations. Accreditation boards have the following
general responsibilities:
a. Gain accreditation to operate as an accreditation body

b. Respond and/or react in a timely fashion to queries and/or applications
from prospective or currently operational mine action organisations
concerning accreditation.
c. Assess applications in a timely manner ensuring delays do not impact
unnecessarily on the operational effectiveness of the applicants.
d. Specify and provide national standards and guidelines for the
accreditation of mine action organisations and operations.
e. Accredit mine action organisations and their sub-units.
f. Act with independence, impartiality and integrity during the accreditation
process.
g. Issue certificates authorising mine action organisations to conduct
operational mine action activities/tasks.
5.2 Specific Responsibilities: Whenever possible and/or practicable boards shall

comprise of those appointments detailed with ‘primary responsibilities’.
Depending on the accreditation phase, on the practicalities and circumstances, on
the specific requirements and availability of appointments at the time, the board
may require input or assistance from some or all of the other appointments listed:
a. Desk (Provisional) Accreditation Board:
1
The term ‘board’ when used throughout this chapter can mean a single appointment, a number of
appointments or all appointments from those detailed at paragraph 4.1a-g.
Page 4 of 6
Chapter 21
(1) Director of the NMAC – primary responsibility for authorising desk

(provisional) accreditation
(2) Executive Director of the SSDC – primary responsibility for
authorising desk (provisional) accreditation (if the mine action
organisation is required to conduct mine action activities in South
Sudan)
(3) UNMAO Director of Mine Action – primary responsibility for
recommending the desk (provisional) accreditation
for conducting desk (provisional) assessment and for the production
and issuing of the relevant certificates.
(5) Regional Quality Assurance Officers, Sub-office Quality
Assurance Officers, Sub-office Operations Officers and specialists to
support and assist as requested.
b. Operational (Provisional) Accreditation Board:
for authorising operational (provisional) accreditation and for the
production and issuing of the relevant certificates.
(2) Regional Quality Assurance Officers – primary responsibility for
recommending operational (provisional) accreditation and for
coordinating pre-deployment quality assurance.
(3) Sub-office Quality Assurance Officers/Specialists – primary
responsibility for conducting pre-deployment quality assurance
assessments.
(4) Sub-office Operations Officers and specialists to support and
assist as requested.
c. Operational Accreditation Board:
(1) Director of the NMAO – primary responsibility for authorising
operational accreditation
(2) Executive Director of the SSDC – primary responsibility for
authorising operational accreditation (if the mine action organisation is
required to conduct mine action activities in the South Sudan)
(3) UNMAO Director of Mine Action – primary responsibility for
recommending the operational accreditation
for the production and issuing of the relevant certificates and for
coordinating effort to execute operational assessments
(5) Regional Quality Assurance Officer – primary responsibility for
conducting operational assessments
(6) Sub-office Quality Assurance Officers/Specialists – primary
responsibility for conducting operational assessments
(7) Regional Operations Coordinator, Sub-office Operations Officers
and Specialists to support operational assessment process as
requested.
6. DURATION, SUSPENSION AND/OR TERMINATION OF

OPERATIONAL ACCREDITATION
Page 5 of 6
Chapter 21
6.1 Duration: The period of operational accreditation will last for the duration of
the contract or for the duration of the demining season (Oct 01st – Sep 30th)
whichever is the lesser.
6.2 Suspension: The following list, although not exhaustive, details possible
reasons when suspension of operational accreditation may be invoked against a
mine action organisation.
a. If monitoring results in the suspension of a task (refer to Chapter 14,

paragraph 8).
b. In the case of improper use of the accreditation agreement
c. In the event of failure to disclose major and significant management or
operational changes.
6.3 Termination: The following list, although not exhaustive, details possible
reasons when the UNMAO may recommend to the national authority, the
termination of accreditation:
a. If monitoring results in the suspension of a task (refer to Chapter 14,

paragraph 8).
b. If the accredited organisation goes out of business
c. If the accredited organisation does not wish to prolong the accreditation
agreement
d. If the requirements or provisions of standards or laws are changed and
the accredited organisation cannot or will not ensure compliance with the
new requirements or provisions
e. If inadequate measures are taken following the suspension of an
accreditation
6.4 Before the termination of an accreditation agreement, the UNMAO shall

determine measures to be taken to re-clear land released prior to the cancellation
of the accreditation agreement. The responsibility for re-clearing land and the cost
of such re-clearing will either lie with the mine action organisation or another party.
The responsibilities should be specified in the contract of work.
Page 6 of 6
ACCREDITATION PROCESS
Responsibility
Accreditation/Monitoring Body
Ser Process description National Remarks
Mine Action (NA Coordinator, Regional/Sub-office
QA
Organisation QA/Ops personalities & others as
Coordinator
req’d)
PHASE ONE – DESK ASSESSMENT
Submits enquiry to Must be by letter, email or
1 9
conduct mine action fax
Receives and
2 acknowledges receipt 9 By email or letter
of enquiry
Sends organisation the

UNMAO introduction
3 9 Within 10-working days
letter complete with
annexes
Submits documents as Preferably in e-format

4 required in 9 (CD-ROM etc) or as email
introduction letter attachment
Acknowledge receipt
5 9 By email or letter
of documentation
Conduct desk
6 assessment based on 9
documentation
Inform organisation of
7 9 By email or letter
decision
Does application and

supporting
9
8 information meet the If YES go to Ser 12.
YES or NO
desk assessment
requirements stage ?
Notify applicant of
9
additional information
9 If NO in By email or letter
needed to process the
Ser 8
application
9 Preferably in e-format
Applicant provides
10 If NO in (CD-ROM etc) or as email
additional information
Ser 8 attachment
Does application and
supporting
If NO continue process as
information meet the 9
11 in Ser’s 9/10 until process
desk assessment YES or NO
is exhausted or complete
requirements for this
stage ?
Send applicant a copy

12 9
of the extant NTSG.
Applicant drafts
organisational SOPs
covering all proposed Preferably in e-format
mine action activities (CD-ROM etc) or as email
13 9
that comply with attachment that can be
NTSG and submits to printed
Nat QA Coord for
appraisal/review
Appraisal/review of
14 9
submitted SOPs
Do SOPs meet the

desk assessment 9
15 If YES go to Ser 19.
requirements and YES or NO
comply with NTSG?
Notify applicant of 9
Send appraisal form
16 required amendments, If NO in
attached to email/letter
changes to SOPs. Ser 15
Page 1 of 3
Applicant actions
recommendations in
17 9
appraisal form and
resubmits SOPs
Do SOPs meet the

desk (provisional) If NO continue process as
9
18 assessment in Ser’s 16/17 until process
YES or NO
requirements and is exhausted or complete
comply with NTSG?
Notify organisation
that desk (provisional)
19 assessment process 9 In written format
completed
successfully
Issue ‘Desk
(Provisional)
20 9
Accreditation’
certificate.
PHASE TWO – PRE-DEPLOYMENT QUALITY ASSURANCE
Conducts training and UNMAO Sub & Regional

21 prepares for 9 9 office assets regularly and
deployment routinely monitors
Submits post-training 9
22
paperwork
Notify organisation
that pre-deployment
23 quality assurance 9 In written format
completed
successfully
In exceptional
circumstances this will be
accompanied by written
authority allowing the
Issue ‘Operational
deployment of indicated
(Provisional)
24 9 assets to task prior to
Accreditation’
operational assessment in
certificate
which cases operational
assessment by UNMAO
will take place on-site at the
earliest opportunity
PHASE THREE – OPERATIONAL ASSESSMENT
This will generally be
completed prior to
Undergo operational
25 9 9 deployment and on
assessments
completion of training (see
Ser 24)
Does mine action

organisation meet the
9
26 operational If YES go to Ser 31
YES or NO
assessment
requirements?
Advise the applicant

of corrective action 9
27 In written report format
required and timelines If NO in Ser 26
involved
9
Carry out corrective
28 If NO in
action/training
Ser 26
9
Undergo operational
29 If NO in 9
assessments
Ser 26
Does mine action
If NO continue process as in
organisation meet the
9 Ser’s 27 - 29 until process is
30 operational
YES or NO exhausted or complete or go
assessment
to Ser 33
requirements?
Page 2 of 3
Notify organisation
that operational
31 9 In written format
assessmnet completed
successfully
Issue Operational
32 Accreditation 9
Certificate
Inform reasons in
Terminate application
33 9 written/report format to NA
for accreditation
Coordinator & organisation
Contiuous monitoring
of organisation for
34 9
compliance with the
accreditation.
Page 3 of 3
TRAINING DECLARATION
DECLARATION
This document declares that:- (print asset(s)/resource(s)sub-units designation) -
of:- (print organisation name) -
has/have undergone suitable and sufficient internal training that has

complied with accredited organisational SOPs and NTSGs and is
considered by the signatory as fit for purpose, capable and
competent to conduct those mine action activities for which it
has/they have been contracted/employed.
I, (print name) - as the authorised

representative of:-
(print organisation name) - confirm the details
of this declaration:
Signature: Organisation Stamp:
Date:
The following documentation is attached and submitted in support

of this declaration:
Course Outline/Programme □
Nominal Roll of Students □
Attendance Records □
Instructor Details □
Examiner Details □
Evaluation/Interim Test Results □
Final Test Results □
Pass/Fail Criteria Results □
Other Applicable Documentation □
* A copy of this declaration is to be sent immediately upon completion of each training course to
the National Quality Assurance Coordinator and Regional Quality Assurance Officer.
** On written acknowledgement from the National Quality Assurance Coordinator (in his
absence the Regional Quality Assurance Officer) confirming receipt of this declaration, an
‘Operational (Provisional) Accreditation’ certificate will be issued and operational assessment can
be arranged.
*** In certain circumstances, the acknowledgement of receipt of this declaration may be
accompanied by written authority to deploy the indicated assets/resources/sub-unit on to
operational tasks authorised by UNRMAO.
Page 1 of 1
UNMAO SUDAN
DESK (PROVISIONAL) ACCREDITATION
This certificate is presented to the indicate that XXXXX has completed
the desk (provisional) assessment and is deemed competent to conduct
the following mine action activities within the Sudan Mine Action
Programme
Landmine Impact Survey □
General Survey □
Technical Survey □
Manual Mine Clearance □
Road/Route Survey &/or Clearance □
Mechanical Demining Operations □
Mine Detection Dogs □
Explosive Ordnance Disposal □
Battle Area Clearance - Surface □
Battle Area Clearance Sub-surface □
Remote Explosive Scent Tracing □
Mine Risk Education □
1. PERIOD OF PROVISIONAL ACCREDITATION:
FROM: TO:
2. CERTIFICATE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER:
3. VALIDATION OF PROVISIONAL ACCREDITATION:

Issued by: NIGEL WILKINSON Recommended by: JIM PANSEGROUW
UNMAO NATIONAL QA OFFICER UNMAO DIRECTOR of MINE ACTION
Signature: Date: Signature: Date:
Authorised by: CDR JURKUCH BARAC Authorised by: ELAWAD BASHEER,

SSDC EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR NMAO DIRECTOR
NOTE: This certificate does not authorise the organisation or its sub-units to conduct ‘live’ mine action
activities. All sub-units must first complete relevant training in the mine action activities they are
intended to be employed in and undergo operational accreditation.
Page 1 of 1
UNMAO SUDAN
This certificate indicates that xxxx of xxxx has completed the
operational assessment and is authorised to conduct the following mine
action activities as part of the Sudan Mine Action Programme
Landmine Impact Survey □
General Survey □
Technical Survey □
Manual Mine Clearance □
Road/Route Survey/Clearance/Verification □
Mechanical Demining Operations □
Mine Detection Dogs □
Level 1 □
Explosive Ordnance Disposal Level 2 □
Level 3 □
Battle Area Clearance - Surface □
Battle Area Clearance - Sub-surface □
Remote Explosive Scent Tracing □
Mine Risk Education □
1. PERIOD OF OPERATIONAL ACCREDITATION LICENSING:
FROM: TO:
2. LICENCE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER:
3. VALIDATION OF ACCREDITATION LICENCE:
Issued by: NIGEL WILKINSON Recommended by:
UNMAO NATIONAL QA OFFICER REGIONAL QA OFFICER
Authorised by:
REGIONAL OPS COORDINATOR
Signature: Date:
NOTE: This certificate indicates that the sub-unit/asset of the organisation has undergone and successfully completed
operational assessment and is authorised to conduct those mine action activities indicated. In order to be valid this certificate
must be supported by an organisational operational accreditation certificate.
UNMAO SUDAN
This certificate indicates that
( medic name)
of
(organisational name)
has completed the operational assessment and is authorised to

be employed in the role of on-site Advanced Life Support
medic providing cover during mine action activities conducted
as part of the
Sudan Mine Action Programme
1. PERIOD OF OPERATIONAL ACCREDITATION LICENSING:
FROM: TO:
2. LICENCE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER:
3. VALIDATION OF ACCREDITATION LICENCE:
Issued by: NIGEL WILKINSON Recommended by:

UNMAO NATIONAL QA OFFICER REGIONAL MEDICAL OFFICER
Authorised by: Authorised by:

REGIONAL QA COORDINATOR REGIONAL OPS COORDINATOR
NOTE: This certificate indicates that the sub-unit/asset of the organisation has undergone and successfully completed
operational assessment and is authorised to conduct those duties/activities indicated. In order to be valid this certificate must be
supported by an organisational operational accreditation certificate.
Chapter 22
ROAD/ROUTE SURVEY/VERIFICATION
AND/OR CLEARANCE
1. GENERAL INTRODUCTION
1.1 The purpose of this Road/Route Survey and Clearance Chapter is to define
the minimum standards and procedures for Road/Route Survey and Clearance
conducted in Sudan. This is not a stand alone document and is to be read in
conjunction with other relevant chapters within this NTSG. All activities detailed
within this Chapter will be conducted in accordance with approved and accredited
SOP’s of the organisation conducting the Road/Route Survey and Clearance.
2. ROUTE PHASES
2.1 The three distinct phases for the Survey and Clearance of roads/routes in
Sudan are listed below, although the sequence may be altered to suite specific
priorities:
a. Phase 1 Road/Route Survey.
b. Phase 2 Road/Route Clearance (8m and 26m wide).
c. Phase 3 Road/Route Rehabilitation and Reconstruction.
2.2 Since it is usually different organisations involved in each phase or contract,

full and detailed IMSMA documentation shall be handed over from one phase to
the next through Regional UNMAO.
3. ROAD/ROUTE SURVEY PLANNING

3.1 During the planning phase of any Road/Route Survey all possible sources of
information are to be considered. Survey teams will provide the principal sources of
information gathering from a multitude of sources. All possible creditable sources
of information should be explored and analyzed to determine its authenticity and
accuracy to enable adequate planning to achieve the greatest results. Valuable
information may also be obtained from 'technical' sources such as satellite images,
aerial photographs, military dossiers and hospital records
4. ROAD/ROUTE SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
4.1 Organisations conducting Road/Route Survey in Sudan should use a

standard information collation form. Some sources of information that should be
covered in the survey are:
a. The local populous in the area who know the area

b. Knowledge of any previous mine UXO accidents / incidents along the
route
Page 1 of 8
Chapter 22
c. Security threat in the area

d. History of conflict in the area
e. Previous vehicle use of the route
f. Weather and terrain – route conditions, obstacles
g. General intelligence in the area.
4.2 The standard IMSMA information collation form (Road/Route Survey

Questionnaire), is simple to utilise, maintain, and requires the minimum staff effort.
The current version of this form shall be utilised for all Road/Route Survey
Operations.
4.3 As an aid to its use, the Mined Area Indicators are divided into I km sections
and 100 meter sub-sections. The listed information sources are not exhaustive and
should be expanded as and when required. In order to ensure that a sufficient
quantity of credible data is made available a number of samples and resources
should be acquired.
4.4 The authenticity and accuracy of survey data shall be determined by

analyzing the Type, Source and Details. For example, each category is allocated
a rating of accuracy (reliability) starting at one as the least accurate, through to five
being the most accurate.
4.5 Survey information gathering shall provide a source of continually updated

data and not merely a 'single snap-shot' of the situation.
5. ASSESSMENT OF INFORMATION
5.1 The assessment of information obtained from the road/route survey shall
involve the detailed examination and cross referencing of each item of information
with as many creditable sources as possible, an evaluation of these results and
then the identification of significant facts of information concerning the road/route,
leading ultimately to appropriate conclusions being made.
5.2 Road/Route Survey should always be conducted by suitably qualified

specialists. The objective of assessing information is to ensure an accurate threat
assessment and classification in order to prevent avoidable accidents/incidents
from occurring.
5.3 Following the Road/Route Survey routes will then be classified into the
following categories:
a. Not Surveyed - Annotated the colour GREY on UNMAO maps.

b. No Evidence of Mines/UXO – Annotated the colour AMBER on UNMAO
maps.
c. Mined – Annotated the colour RED on UNMAO maps.
d. Cleared – Annotated the colour GREEN on UNMAO maps.
5.4 This classification will allow Operation Managers to plan future clearance
activities on or near the Roads/Routes where mined Roads/Routes or mined areas
Page 2 of 8
Chapter 22
are identified and will allow mission and other agencies to include appropriate
safety and security measures in planning for movement of assets and personnel.
5.5 The “Not Surveyed” category is further defined within the following
parameters:
a. No recognised Road/Route Survey has taken place along the route with
regards completing the Road/Route Questionnaire and obtaining a
comprehensive inventory on:
(1) All reported and/or suspected locations of mine/UXO contamination
(2) The quantities and types of explosive hazards
(3) Information on the local soil characteristics, vegetation and climate.
Note
If insufficient information is collected during the conduct of the survey, to
confidently categorise the road as “No evidence of Mines/UXO” then its category
must remain “Not Surveyed”.
5.6 The “No Evidence of Mines/UXO” Category is further defined within the
following parameters:
a. A recognised Road/Route Survey has taken place along the road/route

with regards completing the Road/Route Questionnaire and:
(1) There is no information or suspicion of mines being laid or mine
incidents / accidents on the road/route
(2) The road/route has been frequently used by local population and
large vehicles without incidents / accidents
(3) The road/route is easily identifiable
(4) There is no information regarding any military activity or cross line
fighting having taken place
(5) No defensive positions or ambush sites have been identified
5.7 The “Mined” Category is further defined within the following parameters:
a. A recognised Road/Route Survey has taken place along the road/route

with regards completing the Road/Route Questionnaire and:
(1) Although the road/route is in use, there have been mine incidents /
accidents in the past
(2) There is information that mines were laid in the area and that there
have been some mine incidents / accidents reported
(3) There is information that hostilities took place in the area, although,
no recorded mine incidents / accidents
(4) There is reliable information that mines have been laid and their
have been a number of recent mine incidents / accidents
(5) There is credible information that the road/route has been mined
(6) The local population believes the road/route to be mined but can
not give details of specific incidents.
5.8 The “Cleared” Category is defined as
Page 3 of 8
Chapter 22
“A road/route that has been physically and systematically processed by a

demining organisation to ensure the removal and/or destruction of all mine
and UXO hazards to a specified depth in accordance with NTSG’s”.
5.9 Road/route classification is a continuous process which aims to accurately

reflect the true threat. In particular, changes to assumptions and to the reliability of
sources of information should be revisited on a regular basis, and the implication of
these changes examined fully.
6. INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
6.1 Records and information gathered during Road/Route Survey shall be

retained and a copy of the survey result included in the task dossier for any future
mine action process required on the route, including the cancellation of “Danger
Areas”. All information should be made available to demining organisations,
National, Regional and Sub Mine Action Offices and other organisations with a
vested interest in the road/route.
6.2 Information should be made available in a form which is appropriate for its
use and subsequent review. This may include reports, summaries, maps, GPS
tracking, and electronic media. Whenever possible, use should be made of
standard and proven information management systems and GIS, such as IMSMA.
6.3 The Road/Route Survey information will be used to justify the judgement
and common sense used in the classifying of road/route portions, or cancellation of
previously reported danger areas, either ‘no evidence of mines’ or ‘mined areas’.
This information will be referred to during all internal and external quality assurance
checks and future road/route enquiries.
7. RESPONSIBILITIES
7.1 It is the responsibility of all mine action organisations that undertake

Road/Route survey to conduct this process in accordance with this NTSG using
only accredited assets and SOP.
7.2 It is the responsibility of the mine action organisation to complete the

relevant “Minefield” or “UXO” Reports for previously identified hazardous areas
they encounter during the conduct of the survey, even if these hazards do not
directly impinge on the Road/Route.
7.3 The UNMAO will issue maps, updated at regular intervals that will show the
current state of roads. Any further clarification needed shall be directed through
either the Chief of Operations at the UNMAO or the relevant Regional Operations
Coordinators.
Page 4 of 8
Chapter 22
8. ROAD/ROUTE CLEARANCE
8.1 Following the Road/Route Survey, those areas that have been categorised
as being “Mined”, will initially require a further assessment and following this
integrated clearance assets to systematically process and clear the area.
8.2 General: During road/route clearance the following applies:
a. Depths: During Road/Route clearance operations the mine action

organisation shall ensure the removal and/or destruction of all AT mines and
UXO from the road/route to a depth of 30cm; all AP mines are to be
removed and/or destroyed to a depth of 13cm. These clearance depths can
only be varied by an amendment to the Implementation Plan, which requires
appropriate authorisation from UNMAO.
b. Width: The stipulated clearance width will be initially 8m wide, taking the
left hand side of the road/route as the marking line; this width allows for a
workable twin lane trafficable road/route. Following this initial clearance the
Road/Route may then be widened to 26m which will be a sufficient area for
the Road/Route reconstruction to take place. These distances may
however be amended at Regional level, if a specific threat is identified that
requires the distances to change and/or there is a specific clearance width
requirement from a donor.
c. Lengths: In order to ensure that the clearance of Roads/Routes is
conducted in manageable sized areas and to allow for a more
comprehensive picture to be built, Task Dossiers shall not be issued for
areas in access of 25 km's in length. Likewise within the Task Dossiers, the
tasks themselves should not be in excess of 5 km’s each; consideration
should always be given to using obvious landmarks such as river crossings,
villages as natural demarcation points.
8.3 Road/Route Clearance Concept of Operations: It may be that sufficient

information was made available from the Road/Route Survey regarding specific
hazardous areas to allow for clearance to take place without any further follow up
assessment, when this is the case integrated clearance assets will be tasked
directly by the UNRMAO to clear those identified contaminated areas. The
following applies:
a. When insufficient information is made available from the Road/Route

Survey regarding specific hazardous areas, then a further assessment will
be conducted to identify those specific hazardous areas. In order to expedite
the assessment and identification of specific hazardous areas and to allow
for the subsequent clearance, one or more of the following assessments
tools will be utilised:
(1) Explosive Vapour Samples.
(2) Electronic (Magnetic) Readings and/or Measurements
(3) Ground Penetrating Radar
b. In addition to the above assessment tools, location information in the
form of DGPS/GPS readings shall also be taken along the road/route
Page 5 of 8
Chapter 22
c. The assessment tools must be suitable to operate throughout the varying

degrees of road/track terrain commonly found in Sudan, which vary from
bush track to very poorly maintained roads.
d. On completion of the assessment the information will then be analysed
to verify identified hazardous areas. Following this identification a mine
action organisation will be requested to submit an Implementation Plan to
the UNRMAO for approval. Following the approval those previously
identified hazardous areas will be cleared by integrated clearance assets.
e. All information, including but not limited to, DGPS/GPS readings and any
subsequent mapping will become the property of the UNMAO.
f. This concept of operation will dramatically increase the speed of
assessment by which actual mined areas of routes are identified and
subsequently cleared.
8.4 Road/Route Clearance Method of Operation: The UNRMAO Regional

Operations Coordinator may authorise a variation to these specific methods of
operation to suit specific situations, provided the required and defined level of
detection and clearance is still being achieved. The following applies:
a. During MDD and manual follow up clearance, individual signals located

within the specific identified hazardous areas shall be investigated to a
minimum area of 4m diameter around the signal. This distance shall be
extended in accordance with the Implementation Plan.
b. In areas where the hazardous area cannot be detailed nor specified due
to a high concentration (Lines of Disengagement), then the route is to be
cleared using a Linear Feature Road/Route Clearance Method of Operation.
Presently there are two Methods of Operation currently employed:
(1) “Follow On”
(2) “Arrow Head Formation”
c. Both methods of operation are completed in much the same way as any
linear feature is cleared such as a road, track, pipeline, power line or other
such linear feature.
d. It should be noted that during linear type clearance tasks require a high
degree of command and control, as clearance teams are often spread out
over a large distance and visual contact can be lost, particularly when there
is vegetation present.
e. The demining procedures and safety precautions are exactly the same
as for any demining task; only the setting of the clearance lanes is different.
f. The following applies during the conduct of clearance:
(1) Follow On –
i The task shall start from a baseline which is set out at the
beginning of and at right angles to the linear feature.
ii. A 2 wide metre access lane should then cleared parallel to and
at the edge of the linear feature. The access lane should be cleared
by clearing two 1metre wide adjacent lanes.
iii. As the access lane progresses and on reaching 50 m (or 75m
for directional / fragmentation mines), the first crossover lane can
then cleared at the 26m point at right angles to the linear feature
Page 6 of 8
Chapter 22
and past the opposite edge of the linear feature to the required
clearance width requirement (8m or 26m).
iv. Crossover lanes are to be at 25m or 50m spacing depending on
the mine type hazard. The task is then simply cleared using the
access lane as the base lane and progressively clearing the
crossover lanes at right angles to the feature.
v. When a mine or item of UXO is found by the main clearance
party the item is to be marked, the lane closed and another lane
worked. The item will then be destroyed at the end of the working
day.
vi. If MDD assets are utilised to initially clear the area then the task
should start again from a 2m baseline which is set out at the
beginning of and at right angles to the linear feature. As the access
lane progresses and on reaching 10 m, a crossover lane can then
cleared at right angles to the linear feature and past the opposite
edge of the linear feature to the required clearance width
requirement (8m or 26m). Crossover lanes are then to be cleared
at 10m spacing, a 10 x 6m search and clearance block has now
been prepared for the MDD assets to clear.
vii. The task is then simply cleared using the access lane as the
base lane and progressively clearing the crossover lanes at right
angles to the feature at 10m intervals to prepare and subsequently
clear the 10m x 6m search and clearance blocks. Annex A to this
NTSG Chapter details the “Follow On” Method of Operation.
(2) Arrow Head Formation –
i. The task should again start with a 2 metre wide baseline which
is set out at the beginning of and at right angles to the linear
feature; once this is completed the first clearance lane can be
started at right angles to the base lane.
ii. As the first clearance lane progresses and on reaching 25 m (or
50m for directional / fragmentation mines), the second clearance
lane can then started at again right angles to the base lane.
iii. When a mine or item of UXO is found by the main clearance
party the item is to be marked, the lane closed and another lane
worked. The item will then be destroyed at the end of the working
day.
iv. The task is then simply cleared by placing more clearance lanes
at right angles to the base lane when the safety distance is
achieved. Annex B to this NTSG Chapter details the “Arrow-Head
Formation” Method of Operation.
8.5 Post Road/Route Clearance Marking: In those highly hazardous

concentrated areas (Lines of Disengagement), where contamination still exists to
the flanks of the cleared route and it is not possible to conduct clearance
operations in the immediate future, Permanent Fencing should be erected as
detailed at NTSG Chapter 1. This will act as a physical and visual barrier to stop
any possible movement of humans and/or livestock. The following applies:
Page 7 of 8
Chapter 22
a. The Permanent Fencing should extend at least 10m each side of the
outer boundaries of the contaminated area, with both sides of roads being
fenced; the fencing itself should be placed 50cm inside the actual cleared
area.
b. The marking of any cleared area following clearance has to be
unambiguous and permanent. The Bench Mark, Start Point and each
Turning Point shall be physically marked and situated in accordance with
NTSG Chapter 2.
c. If following the assessment no specific hazardous areas are identified,
then the left hand side of the road route is to be used as the marking line; it
is this marking line that is to be utilised for the turning points/perimeter
coordinates with the information being recorded either with DGPS or
GPS/Bearings and Distances.
d. For those areas where specific hazards are identified and subsequently
cleared, perimeter coordinates for the whole area (polygon), are required.
The information is to be recorded again either with DGPS or GPS/Bearings
and Distances.
e. AAll turning points / perimeter coordinates, are to be indicated on either
the IMSMA Completion or Suspension report (task dependant), and
associated map submitted. Instances where the ground may be unsuitable
for metal picket insertion, then a large rock / pile of rocks shall be placed.
When marking for a Suspension Task, the rocks shall be painted red and
when marking for a Completion Task the rocks shall be painted white.
8.6 Post Route Clearance Documentation: When following road/route

clearance that results in no residual contamination existing to the flanks of the
road/route, then this is to be clearly annotated on the IMSMA Completion Report.
If however following clearance, residual contamination still exists on either flank of
the road/route and DA’s have only been partially cleared then this is to be clearly
annotated on the IMSMA Completion Report.
8.7 Road/Route Rehabilitation and Reconstruction: Following the road/route

clearance and prior to the actual route being reconstructed (Phase 3), all DA’s
remaining to the flanks of road/route will be marked with permanent fencing so as
to allow work to continue safely.
Page 8 of 8
FOLLOW ON CLEARANCE
Uncleared
Area
Min 2m
Crossover /
Clearance Lanes
Access / Base
Lane 2m wide
Min 26m
Deminer
Page 1 of 1
ARROW-HEAD FORMATION CLEARANCE
Uncleared
Area
Clearance
Lanes
Min 25m
2m wide
base lane
Deminer
Min 25m
Page 1 of 1
NTSG, Part1, Edition 9, Version 1
PERMANENT FENCING REQUIREMENTS

PERMANENT FENCING
Cleared Route
Permanent Fencing
Residual Mine Rows
10m
10m
Page 1 of 1
NTSG, Part1, Edition 9, Version 1
Chapter 23
STRUCTURE FOR DEMINING OPERATIONS

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 To ensure safe, effective and efficient demining operations, it is paramount
that an adequate number of suitably trained and qualified personnel are employed
within the mine action organisation and its sub-units.
1.2 Where relevant and normally applying to positions that involve the
supervision and/or management of personnel and/or assets the positions shall be
filled by suitably experienced1 personnel.
1.3 Any amendment by the organisation to the quantity or quality of personnel

within a demining unit must be authorised by the UNMAO:
2.1 Generic personnel titles have been used in this chapter and although, they
may differ between organisations, the quantity of personnel and the qualifications
shall remain the same.
2.2 Additional personnel, vehicles and equipment may be required depending

on specific operational needs.
2.3 A qualified medic shall be attached to all demining units (including, LIS,
GMAA, MRE) on the following occasions:
a. When working in the proximity of hazardous (mine / ERW) areas.

b. When working in hostile areas.
c. When any humanitarian demining activity involving clearance is to be
carried out.
2.4 It is the responsibility of the mine action organisation to employ individuals in

roles for which they have received sufficient training and/or are suitably qualified
and/or experience.
3. TEAM COMPOSITIONS
3.1 The minimum numbers of personnel required by mine action organisations
or sub-units to conduct independent humanitarian demining operations in Sudan:
1
The term ‘experienced’ when used within this chapter is applied to positions where it is recommended that
there should be a verifiable history of either conducting the actual role or having served in a lower position
within the overall role of the sub-unit where the individual would have had adequate exposure and/or
responsibility to be able to make the step-up into the more senior role.
Page 1 of 4
Chapter 23
a. Landmine Impact Survey (LIS)
1 x Survey Commander (experienced and qualified in survey and

manual mine clearance)
1 x Survey Officer (experienced and qualified in survey and manual
mine clearance)
1 x Medic (qualified medic) – task depending (see paragraph 2.3)
1 x Driver (qualified to relevant vehicle category)
b. General Survey
1 x Commander (experienced and qualified in survey, manual mine

clearance and to Level 3 EOD (if the team is conducting EOD)
1 x Survey Officer (experienced and qualified in survey and to
Level 1 EOD (if the team is conducting EOD and/or required to assist
with the procedure)
1 x Medic (qualified medic) – Task depending (see paragraph 2.3)
c. Technical Survey
1 x Commander (experienced and qualified in survey, manual mine

clearance and to the required level if conducting EOD)
1 x Survey Officer (experienced and qualified in survey, manual mine
clearance and to Level 1 EOD if required to assist with the procedure)
1 x Deminer (qualified in manual mine clearance) – required if marking
or clearance is to be conducted
1 x Medic (qualified medic) – (see paragraph 2.3)
d. Manual Mine Clearance
1 x Commander (experienced and qualified in manual mine clearance

& EOD Level 2)
1 x Deminer (qualified in manual mine clearance and Level 1 EOD if
required to assist with the procedure)
1 x Deminer (qualified in manual mine clearance)
1 x Medic (qualified medic)
e. Mechanical Demining
1 x Commander (experienced qualified in mechanical & manual mine

clearance, EOD Level 2)
1 x Machine operator (for each working machine, experienced and
qualified machine operator & in mechanical mine clearance)
Page 2 of 4
Chapter 23
1 x Supervisor/Observor (for each working machine, experienced and

qualified in mechanical & manual mine clearance Level 1 EOD if
1 x Deminer (qualified in manual mine clearance)
f. Mine Detection Dogs (MDD)
1 x Commander (experienced and qualified in MDD & manual mine

clearance, EOD Level 2)
1 x MDD handler (qualified in MDD)
1 x Deminer (qualified in manual mine clearance, MDD Level 1 EOD if
g. Battle Area Clearance (BAC)
1 x BAC Commander (experienced and qualified in BAC, manual mine

clearance and EOD Level 3 or 4 depending on task requirement)
1 x Deminer (qualified in BAC, manual mine clearance and Level 1
EOD if required to assist with the procedure)
1 x Deminer (qualified in BAC and manual mine clearance)
h. Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD)
1 x EOD Commander (experienced and qualified to EOD Level 3 or 4

depending on task requirement and in manual mine clearance)
1 x EOD Officer (qualified to EOD Level 1 to assist with the procedure)
i. Mine Risk Education (MRE)
2 x MRE Officers (experienced and qualified in MRE)

1 x Medic (qualified medic) – task depending
3.2 Operational Management for mine/UXO clearance: At least one person

shall be experienced and qualified in all mine/UXO clearance procedures
conducted by the organisation including EOD to level 4. This person shall be in
country during all mine/UXO clearance operations conducted by the mine action
organisation.
Page 3 of 4
Chapter 23
3.3 Support for Demining Operations: It is the responsibility of mine action

organisations to ensure that they have a sufficient number of experienced and
qualified personnel to support their demining operations.
3.4 SOP: The mine action organisation is to clearly define the composition of
teams including the relevant experience, qualifications and training requirements in
their relevant SOP.
4. ACCREDITATION
4.1 As part of the Desk (provisional) Assessment, mine action organisations
shall submit an organigram detailing their in-country structure. The organigram
shall include the names/positions of senior staff from programme manager down to
site supervisor level and a breakdown of its sub-units, indicating the number of
personnel for each position. This shall be amended and re-submitted to the
UNMAO as changes are made.
4.2 CV’s shall be required at the same time for all senior international personnel
who are to conduct/be employed in supervisory or managerial positions.
Page 4 of 4
Chapter 24
CLEARANCE TASK ADMINISTRATION

1. GENERAL
1.1 Routine efficient and effective administration is necessary at all stages of
humanitarian demining. This administration should reflect the mine action
organisations ability to attend to detail and should cover all aspects.
1.2 The ability of the mine action organisation to apply effective and efficient
administration will be first assessed during the accreditation process by reviewing
pertinent documentation. However there is a requirement that the levels assessed
as being applied during a successful accreditation are continued throughout
operations.
1.3 This chapter does not cover specific daily routine administration that is the
responsibility of the mine action organisation. It does however give guidance on
particular aspects that the mine action organisation is to comply with and/or
implement.
2. TASK CYCLE WITHIN SUDANMAP
2.1 Diagram 1 depicts the life-cycle of a task that will generally always be
applied and implemented within SudanMAP:
Tasking Reconnaissance
Handover Implementation
Plan
Completion Monitoring
/Suspension /review
Diagram 1
Page 1 of 9
Chapter 24
2.2 Tasking The tasking (see diagram 2) of mine action organisations shall
begin once a relevant task is identified and will be dependant on but not restricted
to the priorities applied to the task and the resources required to complete it. The
UNRMAO along with the relevant UNMAO sub-office will be responsible for co-
ordinating and implementing the tasking of mine action organisations.
Plan
/Suspension /review
Diagram 2
Wherever practicable a reconnaissance of the task should be conducted by

UNMAO sub-office Operations Officer in order for them to familiarise themselves
with the pertinent details and circumstances that have resulted in its identification
and also to conduct a threat assessment and risk analysis. If no survey report is
available, the Operations Officer shall generate a survey report, with a detailed
sketch polygon, based on the findings of the reconnaissance and assessments.
Post task identification and reconnaissance the following applies:
a. Task Dossier The initial production of this is the responsibility of the

UNMAO sub-office. All available information, detail and documentation
pertaining to the task should be included in the dossier and should be
appropriately indicated. An example of the front cover and documentation
that could be inserted into the task dossier depending on the specific task
can be seen at Annexes A and B respectively. The dossier is a ‘living
document’ throughout the life cycle of a task and therefore can and should
be added to and appropriately updated by the relevant organisation as and
when appropriate.
b. Task Order Once ready, the task dossier will be issued to the relevant
mine action organisation. On acceptance the authorised mine action
organisation representative shall sign the tasking order. An example tasking
order can be seen at Annex C. The UNMAO sub-office is to then archive a
copy of the complete task dossier along with the signed task order.
2.3 Joint Reconnaissance After the Task Dossier has been issued a joint
reconnaissance should be planned and conducted by the mine action organisation
representative(s) and the UNMAO sub-office Operations Officer (see diagram 3).
Page 2 of 9
Chapter 24
Plan
/Suspension /review
Diagram 3
The latter will show the location of the task and discuss any pertinent
reconnaissance findings and threat assessments. A joint discussion and
assessment will then take place culminating in the formulation and agreement to a
proposed plan.
2.3 Implementation Plan All the details collated to date are to be utilised in
order to produce an implementation plan (see diagram 4). This is the responsibility
of the mine action organisation issued with the task.
Plan
/Suspension /review
Diagram 4
The implementation plan template shown at Annex D shall be used and adhered to
whenever practicable and possible. It should contain details of the reconnaissance,
the survey report generated as a result of the reconnaissance and other supporting
relevant documents.
Page 3 of 9
Chapter 24
2.4 Implementation Plan Approval The implementation plan is to be submitted

for approval. The following approval process applies:
a. Mine Action Organisation Responsibility The implementation plan is to

be completed, prepared and signed by the authorised individual from the
mine action organisation. It is to be submitted to the UNMAO sub-office that
issued the task within 4 working days from the signing of the tasking order
or 4 working days after the completion of the joint reconnaissance if one is
conducted. The mine action organisation is to ensure it clearly identifies and
details all pertinent information by following the template at Annex D. In
particular any planned deviation from accredited SOPs shall be clearly
highlighted.
b. UNMAO Sub-office Responsibility The UNMAO sub-office Operations
Officer will review the implementation plan to ensure it complies with any
appropriate agreements and with the standards, processes and procedures
detailed in the mine action organisations accredited SOPs. The review shall
consider and decide if any proposed deviations from accredited SOPs are
necessary and/or acceptable. The review should include an assessment
that the implementation plan is able to meet the aims of the task in a safe,
effective and efficient manner. The sub-office Operations Officer is to
confirm and if necessary verify any relevant or appropriate detail e.g.
minefield polygon coordinates if established. The Operations Officer should
refer all concerns with regards to the implementation plan to the mine action
organisation in an attempt to resolve them at this level. If resolution is not
achieved, pertinent issues shall be raised with the Regional Operations
Coordinator. Once satisfied the Operation Officer is to sign-off on the
implementation plan and then submit it to the Regional Operations
Coordinator. This should be completed within 48 hours of receipt. Any
deviation from accredited SOPs and any other critical issues are to be
clearly annotated.
c. UNMAO Regional Office Responsibility The Regional Operations
Coordinator, if satisfied with the implementation plan, shall sign it off and
forward it to the relevant authorised appointment(s) within 24 hours. On
approval of the implementation plan at this level the mine action
organisation can be informed they can commence the task.
d. UNMAO Responsibility The implementation plan will then undergo final
review and acceptance within 24 hours of receipt. The Contracts Officer will
file the signed implementation plan and copies of the completed document
as is at this stage will then be distributed for filing, storing or further action
as appropriate. When all the required signatures have been obtained, the
implementation plan shall become a mini-contract from a contractual point of
view between the UN and the mine action organisation.
2.5 Task Monitoring and Review During the task implementation, monitoring,
review and quality assurance is to be conducted (see diagram 5) by both the
UNMAO sub-office QA Officer and the mine organisation as per chapter 14 of this
NTSG.
Page 4 of 9
Chapter 24
Plan
/Suspension /Review/QA
Diagram 5
In addition the mine action organisation shall submit a Weekly IMSMA Progress
Report. Once the information from the Progress Report is verified, it will be entered
into IMSMA. Progress Reports should be kept in all copies of the task dossier until
completion/handover of the task and then filed/archived with the rest of the task
documents.
2.6 Amendments to Implementation Plans Any amendments to

implementation plans will only be authorised by adopting the ‘sign-off’ process as
for the original version. No amendment or changes to signed-off processes and
procedures will be allowed until the full ‘sign-off’ process is completed. This should
be completed within 1 working day. In general amendments will only be considered
under the following circumstances:
a. Changes enforced by security concerns

b. Changes enforced by weather
c. New information becomes available that was not available at the time
of planning
Each amendment should be numbered and appropriately filed and recorded in all
copies of the task dossier.
2.7 Task Completion Task implementation is only considered complete once

the mine action organisation has submitted the Completion Report to the UNMAO
sub-office (see diagram 6).
Page 5 of 9
Chapter 24
Plan
Diagram 6
The UNMAO sub-office QA Officer shall conduct a final QA and sign-off the
appropriate section of the completion report indicating the task is ready for the
formal handover. The completion report will then be entered into the IMSMA and
appropriately filed and recorded in all copies of the task dossier. The following
applies:
a. All original documentation belonging to UNMAO shall be handed to

UNMAO with the completion report.
b. Attached to the completion report shall be 2 x A3 scale maps indicating
the different assets that completed the task.
c. The completion report is to be used to verify that the task has been
completed as per the tasking order and the implementation plan.
2.8 Task Suspension When a task is suspended, the UNMAO sub-office QA

Officer shall conduct a QA evaluation with the mine action organisation and
generate an IMSMA Suspension Report. If and when the task recommences a joint
reconnaissance shall be conducted by the UNMAO sub-office Operations Officer
and the tasked mine action organisation. If a different mine action organisation is
employed, the UNMAO sub-office QA Officer shall conduct a QA handover
evaluation preferably with representatives from both mine action organisations
present. Following this, the new mine action organisation will generate a new
implementation plan and the complete process will recommence.
2.9 Formal Handover/Declaration After all documentation processes are

complete a formal Handover and Declaration Certificate as at Annex E will be
generated (see diagram 7)
Page 6 of 9
Chapter 24
Plan
Diagram 7
The following applies:
a. A copy of the completion survey report and a A3 scale map will be

attached to the Formal Handover and Declaration Certificate.
b. This is to be signed as followed:
(1) Authorised representative from the mine action organisation.
(2) Authorised representative of any supporting mine action
organisation i.e. sub-contractor.
(3) Acceptance signature from UNMAO (usually the Regional
Operations Coordinator).
(4) Final receipt by responsible authority.
2.9 Archiving Task Documentation (UNMAO) Once all documentation as per

the contents sheet are compiled and recorded the task can be considered
complete. The final action shall be for the IMSMA Officer to verify all information
against the database. Thereafter the documentation shall be archived.
3. TASK MAP
3.1 Accurate mapping of mine and UXO clearance operations is extremely
valuable for operational planning, conducting task briefings and as a testimony to
the clearance conducted.
3.2 Mine action organisations shall ensure that all mine/UXO clearance
supervisors are capable of producing an accurate map of the clearance conducted,
which should be updated regularly in order to reflect the actual clearance on the
ground. The following applies:
a. Each separate clearance task shall have its own map which should
depict all clearance activities conducted during the task duration.
b. The production of the map shall start when clearance commences and
should be finished on completion of clearance.
Page 7 of 9
Chapter 24
c. A copy of the map and all coordinates should be submitted with the
completion report.
d. In circumstances where a task is suspended, the mine action
organisation shall ensure that the map accurately reflects all clearance
conducted and that it is included with the suspension report.
e. In situations where a task is divided into smaller tasks (eg, SS-50A,
SS-50B, SS-50C), it maybe necessary to produce separate maps.
f. The map should be drawn on graph paper and the scale used should
be sufficient to ensure that the details are unambiguous. It is recommended
that the minimum scale used is 1:1000 (1cm = 10m).
g. Non permanent markers (eg, pencils) should be used to draw the map,
therefore, allowing for alterations if required.
3.3 When drawing a task map the following sequence should be followed:
a. Stage One –
(1) From the Benchmark, record the bearing and distance to the Start
Point.
(2) From the Start Point, record all perimeter coordinates (bearings
and distance) to each turning point, using a DGPS or compass and
measuring tape, returning to the Start Point.
(3) Ensure that the information is gathered in one direction only.
b. Stage Two –
(1) Select a point on the map for the Benchmark and the Start Point,
plot all perimeter coordinates from the Start Point onto the map using a
protractor and ruler. Ensure that the perimeter coordinates are plotted
in one direction only.
c. Stage Three –
(1) Draw/record all other relevant symbols and information
d. Stage Four –
(1) The map should be updated regularly, ideally at the end of each
working day.
3.4 The task map shall have the following information:
a. Map name (in Arabic and/or English)

b. Task number and start date
c. Team Leader’s Name
d. BM and grid reference
e. SP and grid reference
f. North Pointer
g. Scale
h. Legend
i. Control Point/administration area
j. Mines/UXO located
k. Cleared areas
Page 8 of 9
Chapter 24
3.5 In addition, the task supervisor should have the following information
available at the task:
a. List of perimeter coordinates (in sequence)

b. Map symbols sheet (if not included on map)
c. Mine/UXO information (type/quantity/depth) located
d. Accidents / Incidents
3.6 The following colours are recommended for use on task maps:
a. Red – mines/UXO
b. Blue – water features
c. Green or yellow – cleared areas, working lanes
d. Black – other symbols.
4 VISITORS BRIEF
4.1 All task visitors shall be given a brief by the task supervisor in a designated
safe area (e.g. control point or administration area) prior to being allowed into the
worksite. The briefing shall be conducted in the pertinent language to ensure that
all visitors understand the content of the brief.
4.2 The briefing shall include the following details:
a. The operations brief should include the following:
(1) Ground orientation

(2) History – what, when, where, who, why, how?
(3) Map brief – marking, symbols and clearance.
b. The safety brief should include the following:
(1) Organisation marking system, in particularly, clear/unclear areas.

(2) Actions on controlled demolitions.
(3) Actions on uncontrolled explosion.
(4) Casualty evacuation plan.
(5) Conduct of visitors (do’s and do not’s).
(6) Wearing of PPE (Personal Protective Equipment).
4.3 Annex F and G provide examples of an Operations Brief and examples of a

Safety Brief.
Page 9 of 9
XXXXXX REGION MINE ACTION OFFICE,

XXXXXX SUB OFFICE
TASK Number
XXXX
DA/MF Number
XXXX
Activity
XXXX TASK DOSSIER

Location
XXXX
An UNMAS Programme Executed with UNOPS

Page 1 of 1
______________________________________________________________________
___
UNITED NATIONS MINE ACTION OFFICE
XXXX REGION MINE ACTION OFFICE
CONTENT
1. Table of Contents
2. Control Sheet (I)
3. Tasking order
4. Task Data Sheet (I)
5. Minefield Report (I)
6. Danger Area Report (I)
7. Mine/UXO Incident/Accident Report (I)
8. GMAA / Survey Reports (I)
9. Village Reports (I)
10. Minefield Assessment Map from IMSMA-GIS
11. Implementation Plan / Amendments
12. Progress Reports (I)
13. QA Reports (I)
14. Completion reports (I)
15. Other Reports or Information if available
16. Clearance Certificate
(I) = IMSMA Forms – If available
Page 1 of 1
TASKING ORDER
Minefield Clearance Task - XXXX
Task ID: XX XXXX
Issued by: XXXX Sub Office
1. Description of Task
A comprehensive Reconnaissance Report is attached to this Document. The

suspected Dangerous areas were reported by the SPLA in Abyei and were
recorded by the Ops Offr XXXX Sub Office. The task involves the Manual
clearance of the Minefields as described in the Task Implementation Plan and
within the provisions of this Order.
2. Objective of the Task
The objective of this task is to conduct a mine clearance operation at XXXX

in the listed Minefields as detailed in the accompanying DA Reports contained
in this folder.
3. Task requirement
An UNMAS Programme Executed with UNOPS

Page 1 of 3
MCT
The following are XXXX Regional Office and XXXX Sub-Office requirements
for this task:
a. Clearly identify MF – Perimeter to be demarcated.

b. Prepare the Task Implementation Plan and submit for UNMAO-S
approval prior to task commencement.(Obtain an Electronic copy of
Template from this office). – Attached Scale Map of Defined area.
c. Conduct the clearance operation in conformity with the approved
Implementation Plan.
d. Submit Weekly Progress reports in accordance with IMSMA
requirement and XXXX SOP.
e. On completion of the Clearance operation, prepare all the relevant
completion documents and arrange with this office for the Handing
over date of the cleared sites.
f. Report any additional new DA.
g. On-Site Requirements
• Daily Updated Operational Scale Map
Survey
• ID – Mine / UXO threat

• Suspected Mined Areas / BAC – Produced Polygon by def.
perimeters of suspected area / Dangerous area.
• ID Ref. Point
• ID / Mark – bench mark for each DA reported.
• Mark TP’s with Red painted Rocks / Mine Signs
• DGPS
• UXO – mark / record / report
• Report Ammo Bunkers
• Roads – Tracks
• Record additional DA’s
• Completion Survey report
4. Operation Methodology
The task will be carried out using the standard Manual Mine clearance
procedures, in accordance with XXXX SOP, NTSG and IMAS.
Any changes to the operation methodology or organisations SOP are to be

forwarded in writing and approved by the XXXX Regional Office before
implementation.
5. Benefits
Page 2 of 3
The completion of this task will allow for safe and secure
resettlement/movement of village residents/returnees and promote the socio-
economic development in the locality.
6. Signatures
Prepared/Approved by:
Name: XXXXXX
Title: Operations Officer
XXXXXi Sub Office
Sign………………………….Date……………………………
Task Accepted/Rejected by:
Name:
Title:
On behalf of [Organisation]
Sign………………………….Date……………………………
Page 3 of 3
Implementation Plan
[XXXX Organisation]
Country: Task start date:
State: Task end date:
Sub District: Type of Task:
Area: UXO areas for demolition:
Task ID: Assets:
1. Contents
Objective.................................................................................................
Requirement............................................................................................
Operational Concept. ................................................................................
Standard for Manual Mine Clearance ..........................................................
Methodology............................................................................................
Internal Quality Control. ...........................................................................
External Quality Control ............................................................................
Resources................................................................................................
Support Resources ...................................................................................
Priority of work ........................................................................................
Time lines................................................................................................
Reporting and Completion.........................................................................
Task Start Date........................................................................................
Task End Date. ........................................................................................
Risk Issues ..............................................................................................
Safety Issues. ..........................................................................................
Political and Social Factors ........................................................................
CASEVAC/MEDIVAC plan...........................................................................
Communication Plan.................................................................................
Page 1 of 13
Attachments:
Attachment A: Task Order

Attachment B: Contractor initial survey report
Attachment C: Polygon A3 map
AttachmentD: Contractor’s SOP
Attachment E: Gantt Chart (Schedule)
Attachment F: (Relevant docs to task)
Attachment G: (Relevant docs to task)
Attachment H: (Relevant docs to task)
2. Objective
The objective of this task is to conduct Manual Mine clearance and EOD Operations
within the XXXX District of the 11 tasks described in Task Dossier NR-XXXX.
3. Task requirement
1. Carry out site reconnaissance of all the DA’s described in task NR- XXXX.
2. Produce an acceptable and feasible Implementation Plan (IP) to manage the
task NR- XXXX.
3. Conduct operations in accordance with the approved Implementation Plan.
Within this scope of the Implementation Plan, the two MMCTs deployed for this
task will:
a. Clear the 9 mine fields described in the Task dossier using manual
methods.
b. Conduct controlled demolitions of the UXO described in the 2 EOD tasks
within dossier Nr- XXXX.
4. Report any additional new DA’s within the area.
4. Concept of Operations
Page 2 of 13
XXXX will provide two Manual Mine Clearance Teams based in XXXX for the
execution of this task. MAT 1 and MAT 2 will be provided to complete these tasks –
they are based in XXXX and will commute through their operational cycled to XXXX .
To ensure the execution of this task as per the IP; internal QA will occur as follows:
1. Monitoring of internal XXXX weekly reports from the supervisors to the XXXX
Operations Officer for consistency and content in relation to the requirements
of the IP.
2. Monitoring of any IMSMA format report produced by the supervisor for
consistency and content in relation to the requirements of the IP.
3. Field check by the XXXX operations officer of the MMCTs during the task to
insure that all work is being carried out as per the IP.
5. Standard for Clearance
The standards for the Manual Mine Clearance will comply with the International Mine
Action Standards as the Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) of XXXX are approved by
UNMAO-Sudan.
6. Methodology
Page 3 of 13
Manual Mine Clearance

1. Conduct metal free clearance of the designated areas described within sub
tasks:
1. NR-315
2. NR-316
3. NR-319
4. NR-321
5. NR-323
6. NR-324
to depth of 130mm using the Ebinger 421gc.
2. However due to the fact that sub task NR- XXXX, NR- XXXX and NR- XXXX
are situated on water courses and the area is subject to ‘gentle’ inundation
there is a large probability that the mines, (PMN type identified by SPLA
engineer that laid mine field), would now be buried at a depth deeper than the
default clearance depth of 130mm with the Ebinger 421gc in the FSD SOP’s.
(This clearance depth is based on the Ebinger 421gc being able to locate a
M14 minimum metal AP mine at 130mm). Due to the inundation of these areas
we would need to achieve a greater clearance depth for these three tasks. FSD
proposes to achieve this using one of the three below described methods.
a. Ascertain the safe-maximum depth that an Ebinger 421gc can locate a PMN
type mine in that particular soil type (Black Cotton Soil); and then clear to
that depth. This can be done in the following manner:
• A test pit is dug in the same soil type that is at the site and a PMN
mine is placed at different intervals.
• At each interval the mine is tested with at least three different
detectors to see if it registers a reading.
• Once a safe maximum depth is ascertained, then the NRMAO QA
officer could, if necessary, be present at the site to verify the new
clearance depth for each particular inundated site.
b. An armored excavator can be provided by an external organization to assist
with the clearance so as to remove layers of soil.
c. The method of total-excavation is implemented on these three sites to a
depth of 300mm. This would be very time consuming and inefficient.
EOD
1. Tasks NR- XXXX and Nr- XXXX are identified as EOD tasks. These tasks are
to be carried out in accordance with XXXX SOP’s.
2. Mines discovered by the MMCT’s in the execution of their mine clearance tasks
are to be destroyed in-situ using shaped charges. This will provide the safest
option in destroying any buried mines found.
Page 4 of 13
Ebinger 420gc
0 mm
PMN mine
130mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
7. Activities
Page 5 of 13
Activities
Factors that will influence the priority of work for these tasks are the following:
1. Social economic considerations.
2. Location in relationship to human habitation.
3. Location in relationship to flooding of watercourses.
4. Accessibility.
5. Logistical issues.
Taking these factors into consideration and that priorities could change, the teams will
initially proceed to clear the sites in the following order:
1. NR- XXXX and XXXX. (Task NR XXXX)

Main bridge and settlement areas adjacent to the XXXX bridge. Due to their
relevant proximity to each other they will be cleared by one team.
2. NR- XXXX, XXXX and XXXX. (Task NR XXXX)

Church area earmarked for imminent resettlement. Due to their relevant
proximity to each other they will be cleared by one team.
3. NR- XXXX. ( Task NR XXXX)

This suspected minefield is situated on a water course and will need to be cleared
before the first rains commence. Task for one team.
4. NR- XXXX. (Task NR XXXX)

Area adjacent to a major foot path and this suspected minefield is situated on a
water course and will need to be cleared before the first rains commence. Task
for one team.
5. NR- XXXX and XXXX. ( Task NR XXXX)

Areas adjacent to Hooch village. Due to their relevant proximity they will be
cleared by one team.
6. NR- XXXX.(Task NR XXXX)

Relatively remote and distant. Task for one team.
7. NR- XXXX.( Task NR XXXX)

Relatively remote and distant. Task for one team.
Once a team has completed a task the supervisor will contact the XXXX
Operations Officer and his team will be assigned a new task in accordance with
the priority of work.
Page 6 of 13
8. Resources
XXXX will provide two manual mine clearance teams. Each team will consist of:
1. 1x International Supervisor.
2. 1x Trauma Medic.
3. 2x drivers.
4. 10x Deminers.
5. 3x Soft skinned vehicles (Landcruiser hardtop) – one will be compliant with the
standards required for function of CASEVAC Transportation Vehicle.
6. Internal QA capacity.
9. Support Resources
1. UNMAO administrative capabilities.

2. Explosives supplied by UNMAO.
3. UNMIS Helicopter Medivac capacity.
4. If needed UNMIS will ensure a safe working environment and any
escort/protection required by the MMCTs.
The MMCTs will be self catering and self sufficient as a unit for accommodation and
catering needs.
10. Risk issues
1. Security issues. (XXXX locality is situated within a politically sensitive zone and
tension/conflicts could hamper humanitarian mine action). Logistical issues. (All
equipment/consumables must be transported from Khartoum or XXXX)
2. Physical conditions. (Factors paired with the Rainy season and the extreme
hard nature of the local soil will have impact task efficiency )
3. Illness or injury.
4. Allocations of the block leave periods.
5. Unforeseen Breakdown. (Fuel in XXXX is known to be of bad quality)
11. Political/Social Factors
• Due to the tense political status of XXXX it is to be expected that interference

by local authorities could hamper operations.
• Delays and harassment is to be expected at the XXXX check point north of XXXX
town.
• The local population of the area is known to be suspicious of humanitarian work
and opportunistic harassment is to be expected.
Page 7 of 13
12. Internal Quality Control (QA/QC)
A quality control management (QC) system as defined in the Standard Operating

Procedures, (SOP – Section 11), will be enforced by the XXXX Operations Officer who
shall be responsible for the execution thereof.
13. External Quality Control (QA/QC)
To facilitate external QA by the XRMAO, the supervisor and the QA officer can liaise to
meet at a certain pre-arranged safe area. Once on the ground the XRMAO QA officer
can then decide on which areas he would like to conduct the external QA.
The XRMAO QA officer must leave behind at the site a hand written and signed QA
sheet with the supervisor for the QA assessment to be valid.
A hard copy of all External QA reports will be handed in with the final task completion
dossier compiled by the XXXX Op’s officer.
At the completion of each task the Supervisor will contact the XRMAO and request a
completion survey by the XRMAO for that specific task.
14. Duration and Timings
Page 8 of 13
The XXXX MMCTs will operate on the standard basis of a minimum of 21 working
days per month out in the field and a 7 day stand down period back in XXXX
The first day of deployment will commence when the MMCTs leave their duty station
of XXXX and the last day of their deployment will be counted as the day that the
teams return to XXXX.
A seven day stand down period will inter-space each deployment period.
There is one unusual physical circumstance that will effect the time line and needs to
be taken into consideration: Lack of suitable local material for minefield
marking.
In area of XXXX is devoid of any suitable minefield marking material. The only trees
in the area are of the “Acacia” type and due to their thorny nature, not suitable for
harvesting for mine field marking pegs. There are few non Acacia trees in the area
and harvesting of these trees could cause conflict with the local population.
Their are also no rocks in the area for uses as minefield markers. This means that
Bamboo will have to be harvested and from an area to the north of XXXX on the
teams’ transit from the duty station to XXXX. This could take one day in total for
each 3 week deployment.
Page 9 of 13
Deployment Min.6 days 1-day rest
Demining 1 day Bamboo Harvest
Stand down Camp setup/ break
1 travel day
Bear in mind that the task time line will alter due to the following factors:
1. Security issues.
2. Logistical issues.
3. Physical conditions. (Rainy season)
4. Illness or injury.
5. Allocations of the block leave periods.
Time-line adjustment
If any unforeseen incident occurs in the field, during the deployment phase of the
time line, that delays actual clearance work , it will be at the supervisors discretion to
increase the amount of days spent on deployment to compensate.
15. Demolitions
16. Casevac/Medevac Plan
• Each team will be equipped with a CASEVAC transportation vehicle.

• One team member is a qualified trauma medic.
• Team supervisor will be conversant with the UNMAO CASEVAC PLAN.
• Team Supervisor will liaise with UNMIS and AIROPS personnel.
• Helicopter Evacuation through UNMIS Sector 4 and 6 to a level 3 facility at
the XXXX UNMIS base at XXXX.
Page 10 of 13
17. Communication Plan
1. HF/VHF communication with UNMIS Sector XXXX.

2. RBGAN email communication.
a. Team Supervisor (XXXX – XXXX)
b. Team Supervisor (XXXX – XXXX)
c. Op’s Officer (XXXX – XXXX)
3. Thuraya phone numbers:
a. Team Supervisor (XXXX) - TBA)
b. Team Supervisor (XXXX – TBA)
c. Op’s Officer (XXXX +882 1654 20XXXX)
4. Mobile Phone:
a. Op’s Officer (XXXX - 091517XXXX)
18. Reporting
1). Completion Reports.

One completion report will be submitted to the XRMAO at the end of each sub
task.
2). Progress Report.

A progress report will be submitted to the XRMAO at the end of each week, this
report will include a detailed and accurate site map. This Progress Report will be
sent to the XRMAO by each Friday 1600Hrs.
3). DA Reports.
DA reports will be submitted to the XRMAO for every new DA encountered during
deployment/operations.
4). XXXX Internal Weekly Report.

A XXXX internal weekly report shall be submitted to the XXXX Op’s officer in
Khartoum at the end of each week.
19. Others
Page 11 of 13
COMMENCEMENT DATE:
Due to the fact that the XXXX is still withholding vital equipment needed for the
teams imminent deployment, it is not possible to furnish a start date. The teams will
deploy for this task as soon as the XXXX releases this equipment.
MAT 1 will leave Khartoum immediately for deployment in XXXX and collect spare
Tents from the RMAO office. MAT 2 will deploy as soon as the equipment is available.
COMPLETION DATE:
This tasking is expected to run through to at least the end of 2006.
Signatures
Prepared/Submitted by:
Name:
Title:
Organisation:
Sign………………………….Date……………………………
Accepted by:
Name:
Title:
UNMAO Sub Office:
Sign………………………….Date……………………………
Verified by:
Name:
Title:
UNMAO Regional Operations Coordinator
Sign………………………….Date……………………………
Approved by:
Jim Pansegrouw
Director/Programme Manager
Sign………………………….Date……………………………
Page 12 of 13
Approval acknowledged by:
Name:
Title
[Organisation]
Sign………………………….Date……………………………
Amendments to this document will be published from time to time. An up to

date record of amendments is to be maintained in the table below.
Any comments, suggestions or proposed amendments to this document

should be addressed to Regional Operations Coordinator.
Record of Amendments
S/N Date Remarks/Comments Approved by
1 01/07/06 Timeline adjustment due to weather UNMAO PM
Page 13 of 13
ANNEX E to Chapter 24
HANDOVER AND FORMAL DECLARATION CERTIFICATE

GENERAL INFORMATION
1. TASK ID: 10. LOCATION OF CLEARED AREA:

2. MINEFIELD IMSMA NAME:
3. TASK DOSSIER NUMBER: - DESCRIPTION AND UTM.
4. MAP NAME: - MAP DETAILING CLEARED AREA TO BE ATTACHED.
5. EDITION: - DIAGRAM OF CLEARED AREA TO BE ATTACHED.
6. SHEET NUMBER:
7. MAP SCALE:
8. MAP SERIES:
9. LOCAL AREA NAME:
DETAILS OF CLEARANCE OPERATIONS
11. NUMBER AND TYPE OF MINE / UXO CLEARED: 15. FINAL DISPOSAL METHOD OF RECOVERED MINES / UXO:
12. CLEARANCE METHODOLOGY USED: 16. IS AREA METAL FREE?
13. QUALITY ASSURANCE METHODOLOGY USED: 17. QUALITY ASSURANCE INSPECTOR NAME:
14. CLEARANCE DEPTH: 18. DATE OF COMPLETION EVALUATION.
DECLARATIONS AND ACCEPTANCES
HANDOVER AND DECLARATION ON BEHALF OF QUALITY ASSURANCE DECLARATION BY THE UNMAO QA

DEMINING ORGANISATION OFFICER
I CERTIFY THAT TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND I CERTIFY THAT THE AREA AND DEPTH SPECIFIED IN
BELIEF THE AREA AND DEPTH SPECIFIED IN THIS THIS HANDOVER AND FORMAL DECLARATION
HANDOVER AND FORMAL DECLARATION CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN INDEPENDENTLY ASSESSED TO
HAS BEEN CLEARED OF ALL MINE AND UXO HAZARDS. BE CLEAR OF ALL MINE AND UXO HAZARDS.
NAME: NAME:
POSITION: POSITION:
DATE: DATE:
SIGNATURE: SIGNATURE:
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE BY THE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE BY THE UNMAO
UNMAO SUB-OFFICE OPERATIONS OFFICER REGIONAL OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
IN THIS HANDOVER AND FORMAL DECLARATION IN THIS HANDOVER AND FORMAL DECLARATION
CERTIFICATE IS CORRECT AND ACCEPTABLE. CERTIFICATE IS CORRECT AND ACCEPTABLE.
NAME: NAME:
POSITION: POSITION:
DATE: DATE:
SIGNATURE: SIGNATURE:
ACCEPTANCE BY THE NATIONAL AUTHORITY
I ACCEPT RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS AREA ON BEHALF OF THE PEOPLE NAME:

OF SUDAN. I UNDERSTAND THAT THE SPECIFIED AREA HAS BEEN
CLEARED OF MINES AND UXO TO THE DEPTH SPECIFIED IN THIS DATE:
HANDOVER AND FORMAL DECLARATION CERTIFICATE.
SIGNATURE:
ATTACHMENTS: MAP DETAILING CLEARED AREA.

DIAGRAM OF THE CLEARED AREA.
Page 1 of 1
ANNEX F to Chapter 24
EXAMPLE: TASK OPERATIONS BRIEF

1. INTRODUCTION
a. Task Supervisor’s introduction.
b. Minefield introduction.
2. GROUND ORIENTATION
a. Accurate direction of North.
b. Location, distance and direction of towns, villages and major

geographical features.
3. MINEFIELD HISTORY
a. Who laid the mines, when, for what reason, where and what type.
b. Location of defensive positions or battles in relation to task site.
c. Accident/incident history (including human, animals and vehicles).
d. Reason for task selection.
e. Who requested that the Organisation clear this task?
f. Task start date:
g. Estimated completion date:
4. MAP BRIEF
a. With map orientated to the ground, explain the scale and key
b. Location of all personnel and key locations on task site.
c. Point out the location of non - Organisation accidents and

casualties.
d. Point out areas which are peculiar to this minefield (for example
heavy metal contamination, thick vegetation, flooding etc).
e. Reason for clearance (what will happen with the land once it has
been cleared).
DO YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT THE BRIEF?
Page 1 of 1
ANNEX F to Chapter 24
EXAMPLE: TASK VISITORS SAFETY BRIEF

For you own safety please pay attention to this brief.
THE MARKING SYSTEM:
Red topped posts / rocks or red/white rocks: These mark the boundary
between clear and unclear land.
NEVER CROSS A LINE OF RED ROCKS/ POSTS or RED/WHITE ROCKS.
White topped posts or rocks. These mark safe areas (eg, control point,
control lanes).
Yellow topped post or rocks. These mark the location where anti personnel
mines, anti tank mines or UXO have been found and destroyed.
CONDUCT IN A MINEFIELD:
1. Always follow the instructions given to you by Organisation staff.
2. Never run in a minefield.
3. Never throw anything in the minefield.
4. Do not pick any thing up without permission.
5. Do not stray from your guide.
In the event of a controlled explosion, you will be escorted to a safe area prior to
the demolition.
In the event of an uncontrolled explosion STOP WHAT YOU ARE DOING and
STAND STILL. Inspect yourself to make sure you have not been injured. If you
have bring it to the attention of the Organisation staff otherwise await further
instructions.
If at any stage you are unsure whether you are in cleared or uncleared ground,
STOP and STAND STILL and await further instructions.
There are trained paramedics at the site who have a major trauma bag. In the
event of an accident the casualty will be transported to the nearest hospital.
DO YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ON THE SAFETY BRIEF?
Now supervise the fitting of all visitor protective equipment.
Page 1 of 1
Chapter 25
LANDMINE IMPACT SURVEY

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Land Impact Survey (LIS) is an integral part of the SudanMAP. It is a

specialized activity that is planned and executed by the Survey Action Centre
(SAC) in close coordination with UNMAO and implemented by organisations that
are appropriately trained and experienced in ensuring the requirements and
standards are met and achieved at all times.
1.2 This chapter does not go into finite detail or cover all facets of the LIS that
will be carried out and/or implemented during its conduct in the SudanMAP but
aims to provide the essential information necessary for all readers to have an
insight into the conduct and requirements of the activity and to highlight pertinent
requirements when conducting the activity..
2. GENERAL
2.1 A completed LIS shall provide data for improved planning and prioritisation
of the SudanMAP. The data shall also provide a baseline against which to
measure progress and inform policy-makers on the most effective allocation of
resources to combat the problem.
2.2 Through this process, the impact of the mine/UXO problem can be
categorized and mapped, permitting policy-makers to focus efforts in the most
affected areas and enabling the targeting of interventions for mine risk education,
marking, technical surveys, clearance and victim assistance.
2.3 LIS protocols have been developed and shall be implemented to assure
stakeholders that the LIS is conducted in accordance with the LIS methodology
developed by the Survey Working Group (SWG).
3. THE LIS PROCESS
3.1 Outlined below are the phases of the survey process. These phases and
their component activities are presented in a general chronological order, which
corresponds to the task/sub-task matrix of the certification guidelines. A number
of tasks/sub-tasks will occur within each phase, although in some cases a given
task may continue throughout two or more phases.
a. PHASE 1: Planning, Preparation and Office Establishment:

(1) UN Assessment Mission The assessment mission shall determine
the requirement and utility of a survey and will explicitly call for such a
survey when it is needed. An assessment mission report calling for the
conduct of a survey is the first step in the process. UNMAS shall use
Page 1 of 5
Chapter 25
these reports to determine in which countries a survey is appropriate

and possible, and to assist in priority setting.
(2) Advance Survey Mission An Advance Survey Mission shall develop
the contacts and information required to plan for the actual survey.
Critical planning information shall be gathered and capacity assessment
made of organizations and resources, which may be capable of
supporting a survey.
(3) Survey Proposal & Outline Plan An initial survey proposal shall be
prepared containing an outline plan based on operational data collected
during the Advance Mission. The outline plan shall provide a basis to
begin the survey project. Further development of this plan shall be an
ongoing task conducted during the implementation of the survey and will
include refinements based on the results of both pre- and pilot-tests.
(4) Operational Set-up & Establishment of Country Presence An
operational base(s) shall be prepared complete with temporary offices
and a communications system to support the survey team.
(5) Recruit Local & International Staff An open and transparent
recruitment and selection process shall be undertaken designed to
attract and retain competent local & international staff. The survey team
shall include members with a wide range of skills including social-
science methodology, information management and technical mine
expertise. Final selection of staff is the responsibility of the
implementing survey team with due consideration of the National host.
(6) Preliminary Opinion Collection The survey team should begin the
systematic collection of informed opinion of national “experts” familiar
with the mine contamination problem in close coordination with the
SudanMap. This is an ongoing activity and will be repeated as needed
throughout the survey, especially as the actual survey teams move into
new States.
b. PHASE 2: Project Expansion and Survey Instrument Refinement
Training:
(1) Selection and Training Based on the selection process and the
level of academic and professional skills of the survey staff recruited, a
training programme shall be developed. The aim of the training
programme shall be to teach survey-related skills and knowledge to
reinforce the survey process and upgrade any skill or knowledge
shortfalls.
(2) Conduct Pre- and Pilot Tests Following the survey training stage, a
pre-test of the survey instrument itself shall be conducted to determine
its utility and cultural acceptability. Likewise a pilot test shall be
conducted of the entire survey process to analyze management,
logistics and administrative systems and planning assumptions.
(3) Review A complete review and analysis of the pilot test results and
adjustment of the survey process shall be completed before launching
the Impact Survey.
Page 2 of 5
Chapter 25
(4) Develop Survey sampling methodology The refined survey process

shall be used to develop methodologies for conducting both a sample
survey as well as a sampling to check for false negative. These shall be
used to build a predictive model of the survey results as well as to build
a measure of confidence regarding survey findings.
(5) Revise Operational Plan Prior to actually conducting the survey,
information gained during the testing exercises shall be used to revise
and update the final operations plan. This shall be done in country and
will involve input from the SudanMAP and other stakeholders as
necessary.
c. PHASE 3: Data Collection, Processing and Verification
(1) Collect systematic Preliminary Opinion in each Area This is the
focused qualitative interviewing of key informants starts at the beginning
of survey process. Documented and coded interview forms are
recorded, collated and analyzed.
(2) Administer and Manage Impact Mine /UXO Survey Data The
conduct of the Impact Survey shall take place under contractual
agreements and in close collaboration with the SudanMap. The survey
is to be conducted in accordance with UN policy. There shall be a
results-based management system established to track team
assignments and outputs, rigorous field supervision and extensive
internal quality controls on data editing and entry.
d. PHASE 4: Data Analysis. Presentation and Hand-Over
(1) Data Analysis The objective analysis of data collected during the
survey is vital to ensure acceptance of the survey results. The analysis
of facts collected in quantitative study and impact weighting that is
applied must be transparent, logical and understandable. The analysis
of data must meet the informational needs of the National Authorities.
(2) Handover As part of completing the survey, the Survey Team shall
present its preliminary findings, maps and data to the SudanMap and
other stakeholders in the country. This will be done not only to share the
knowledge gained, but to illicit comments and input prior to publishing
the final report and releasing data on the world-wide web.
3.2 Prior to departing the country, the survey team shall provide all information
to the SudanMap. This information shall include all relevant data, maps and a
draft written report.
4. Reports
4.1 The Survey Team shall produce a Final Report as a product for the
National Authorities in order to allow them to continue the mine action process.
This report is to focus on an objective presentation and analysis of the data
gathered in the survey. The survey team leader shall also produce a more
subjective report providing commentary and recommendations for how future
mine action programs should be conducted.
Page 3 of 5
Chapter 25
5. Quality Assurance guideline

5.1 General Areas of evaluation are as follows:
a. Survey Utility: To ensure that a survey will serve the practical

information needs of the National Authorities and International community.
b. Survey Feasibility: To ensure that the survey will be realistic in it’s
operational goal and timelines. The survey must be practical in application
and the results must meet expectations of stakeholders.
c. Survey Ownership: To ensure that the survey will be conducted legally,
ethically and with due regard for those involved with the survey and those
who will be affected by the results and ensuring that the National Authority
is part of the process.
d. Survey Accuracy: To ensure that a survey will reveal and convey
technically correct information concerning the Mine/UXO problem and
associated factors. Accuracy involves ensuring veracity of data, objectivity
of analysis and fair assessment of the survey process.
e. Survey Information Transfer and Reporting: To ensure that information
is conveyed and transferred in an accurate, complete manner to the
SudanMAP. Using IMSMA, information transferred must be in a form
useable to those who receive it.
5.2 LIS Operational Protocols These are developed by the Survey Working
Group (SWG) and are, in effect, the de-facto standards for the conduct of LIS.
They are developed according to best practice in mine action, social science and
statistical analysis and provide the detail of how a LIS should be conducted. The
main nine LIS operational protocols are currently as follows:
a. Advance Survey Mission

b. Preliminary Opinion Collection
c. Minimum Data Requirements
d. Field Organisation
e. Guidelines for Interviewers in the Community Visit
f. Visual Inspection
g. False Negative Sampling
h. Impact Scoring and Community Classification
i. Data Analysis
The protocols1 shall be the prime references for the implementing organisation
and shall provide the only basis on which the evaluation of the LIS can takes
place.
1
These protocols are considered to be outside the scope of this document and are therefore
not included. If the reader wishes to make reference to them or find out more information
concerning LIS not covered in this document then this can be done by visiting www.sac-na.org
or by contacting SAC, 6930 Carroll Avenue, Suite 240, Takoma Park, MD 20912, USA
Page 4 of 5
Chapter 25
6. EVALUATION CRITERIA
6.1 The evaluation shall be based on criteria of organisational preparedness
and operational conduct. The following can apply:
a. Organisational Preparedness The surveying organisation shall be

assessed as to whether they are sufficiently prepared to implement a LIS in
accordance with the SWG operational protocols. They shall be assessed
according to specific criteria relating to the following issues and activities:
(1) The Advance Survey Mission

(2) The feasibility of the initial operational plan
(3) Staff recruitment
(4) Staff training
(5) Development of the survey instrument
b. Operational Conduct The surveying organisation will be assessed on its

ability to implement survey operations in accordance with the LIS
operational protocols and the initial operational plan. They will be assessed
according to specific criteria relating to the following issues and activities:
(1) Impact scoring and community classification

(2) Minimum data requirements
(3) Field organization
(4) Preliminary opinion collection (national and local)
(5) Community interviews
(6) Visual inspection
(7) False negative sampling
(8) Strategic planning activities
(9) General survey issues.
Page 5 of 5

Demining Plan 2

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Demining Plan 2

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

NATIONAL TECHNICAL

STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES

Additional Standards and Guidelines:

Part 2 – Information Management and Reporting

a. Mine Risk Education (MRE)

A separate technical standard, Part 2, is provided for Information

2. The aim of this and the other aforementioned technical standards is to

7. This document is designed to be a “living” document. The procedures and

8. Where necessary this document meets and exceeds those minimum

1. In accordance to ‘Security Resolution 1590’, the United Nations Mine Action

a. The establishment of minimum standards for humanitarian demining to

NATIONAL TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES

2. The NTSG shall be adhered to by all mine action organisations.

3. This NTSG provides limited explanations for conducting specific

4. Any amendments to the NTSG must be authorised by the Director of Mine

Ser Date Chapter Paragraph Amendment Remarks/Reason

GLOSSARY OF MINE ACTION TERMS,

Abandoned Explosive Ordnance (AXO)

Note: ISO 9000 usage is that an ‘Accreditation’ body accredits the

Amended Protocol II (APII)

Anti-Personnel Mine Ban Convention (APMBC)

Anti-Personnel Mines (APM)

Battle Area Clearance (BAC)

Bomb Live Unit (BLU)

CEN (Committee European Normalisation)

CEN Workshop Agreement (CWA)

Cluster Bomb Unit (CBU)

Commercial off the Shelf (COTS)

control area or point

demining accident response plan

destroy (destruction) in situ

Note: Durability involves resistance to degradation, corrosion, cracking, de-

European Normalisation (EN)

Explosive Ordnance (EO)

Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD)

Explosive Remnants of War (ERW)

Feasibility Study (FS)

fixed price contract

fragmentation hazard zone

Full Development (FD)

hazard (ous) area

hazard marking system

intended use (land)

International Mine Action Standards (IMAS)

Note: They provide a frame of reference which encourages, and in some

International Organisation for Standardization (ISO)

Landmine Impact Survey (LIS)

medical support staff

Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)

Mine Action Centre (MAC)

Mine Action Coordination Centre (MACC)

mine action organisation

Mine Detection Dog(s) (MDD)

Mine Risk Education (MRE)

mine risk reduction

National Mine Action Authority (NMAA)

Operational Analysis (OA)

permanent marking system

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

post clearance inspection

Post Design Services (PDS)

Preliminary Development (PD)

Note: Prototypes are used to aid development of the final production